Jawaharlal Nehru Technological

University Anantapur
(Established by Govt. of A.P., Act. No. 30 of 2008)
Ananthapuramu–515 002 (A.P) India

B.Tech. in Computer Science & Engineering

Course Structure and Syllabi

under R19 Regulations

1 Page
 JNTUA Curriculum
Computer Science & Engineering B. Tech Course Structure

S.No. Course Name Category L-T-P-C

Physical Activities -- Sports, Yoga and Meditation,
1. MC 0-0-6-0
Plantation
2. Career Counselling MC 2-0-2-0
Orientation to all branches -- career options, tools,
3. MC 3-0-0-0
etc.
Orientation on admitted Branch -- corresponding
4. EC 2-0-3-0
labs, tools and platforms
5. Proficiency Modules & Productivity Tools ES 2-1-2-0
Assessment on basic aptitude and mathematical
6. MC 2-0-3-0
skills
7. Remedial Training in Foundation Courses MC 2-1-2-0
8. Human Values & Professional Ethics MC 3-0-0-0
Communication Skills -- focus on Listening,
9. BS 2-1-2-0
Speaking, Reading, Writing skills
Concepts of Programming
10. ES 2-0-2-0

2 Page
 Semester - I (Theory - 3, Lab - 4)
S.No Course No Course Name Category L-T-P Credits
1. 19A54101 Algebra and Calculus BS 3-1-0 4
2. 19A51102T Chemistry BS 3-0-0 3
3. 19A05101T Problem Solving & Programming ES 3-1-0 4
4. 19A03102 Engineering Graphics Lab ES 1-0-4 3
5. 19A03101 Engineering Workshop LC 0-0-2 1
6. 19A51102P Chemistry Lab BS 0-0-3 1.5
7. 19A05101P Problem Solving & Programming ES 0-0-3 1.5
Lab
Total 18

Semester - II (Theory - 5, Lab - 5)

S.No Course No Course Name Categ L-T-P Credi
ory ts
1. 19A02201T Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering ES 3-0-0 3
2. 19A54202 Probability and Statistics BS 3-1-0 4
3. 19A56101T Applied Physics BS 3-0-0 3
4. 19A05201T Data Structures ES 3-0-0 3
5. 19A52101T Communicative English - I HS 2-0-0 2
6. 19A05202 Computer Science and Engineering Workshop LC 0-0-2 1
7. 19A52101P Communicative English - I Lab HS 0-0-2 1
8. 19A02201P Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering Lab ES 0-0-3 1.5
9. 19A56101P Applied Physics Lab BS 0-0-3 1.5
10. 19A05201P Data Structures Lab ES 0-0-3 1.5
Total 21.5

3 Page
 Semester – III (Theory - 7, Lab – 3, MC-1)
S.No Course No Course Name Category L-T-P Credits
1. 19A54303 Mathematical Foundations of Computer BS 3-0-0 3
Science
2. 19A05301 Digital Logic Design PC 3-0-0 3
3. 19A99304 Design Thinking ES 2-0-0 2
4. 19A05302T Database Management Systems PC 3-0-0 3
5. 19A05303T Object Oriented Programming Through PC 3-0-0 3
Java
6. 19A05304T Python Programming PC 2-1-0 3
7. 19A52301 Universal Human Values HS 2-0-0 2
8. 19A05302P Database Management Systems Lab PC 0-0-3 1.5
9. 19A05303P Object Oriented Programming Through PC 0-0-3 1.5
Java Lab
10. 19A05304P Python Programming Lab PC 0-0-3 1.5
11. 19A99301 Environmental Science MC 3-0-0 0
Total 23.5

Semester - IV (Theory - 6, Lab – 2, MC-1)

S.No Course No Course Name Category L-T-P Credits
1. 19A54401 Number Theory and Applications BS 3-0-0 3
2. 19A05401 Computer Organization PC 3-0-0 3
3. 19A05402T Design and Analysis of Algorithms PC 3-0-0 3
4. 19A52401 Entrepreneurship HS 3-0-0 3
5. 19A05403T Operating Systems PC 3-0-0 3
6. 19A05404T Software Engineering PC 3-0-0 3
7. 19A05403P Operating Systems Lab PC 0-0-3 1.5
8. 19A05404P Software Engineering Lab PC 0-0-3 1.5
9. 19A99302 Biology For Engineers MC 3-0-0 0
Total 21

4 Page
 Semester – V (Theory - 6, Lab - 3)
S.No. Course No Course Name Category L-T-P Credits
1. 19A05501 Formal Languages and Automata Theory PC 3-0-0 3
2. 19A05502T Artificial Intelligence PC 3-0-0 3
3. 19A05503T Object Oriented Analysis Design & PC 2-0-0 2
Testing
4. 19A05504T Computer Networks PCC 3-0-0 3
5. Professional Elective-I PE 3-0-0 3
19A05505a Data warehousing and Data mining
19A05505b Web Technologies
19A05505c Mobile Application Development
6. Open Elective-I OE 3-0-0 3
19A01506a Experimental stress analysis.
19A01506b Building Technology
19A02506a Electrical Engineering Materials
19A03506a Introduction to Hybrid and Electric
Vehicles
19A03506b Rapid Prototyping
19A04506a Analog Electronics
19A04506b Digital Electronics
19A27506a Brewing Technology
19A27506b Computer Applications in Food
Technology
19A54506a Optimization Techniques
19A52506a Technical Communication and
Presentation Skills
19A51506a Chemistry of Energy Materials
7. 19A05502P Artificial Intelligence Laboratory PCC 0-0-3 1.5
8. 19A05504P Computer Networks Laboratory PCC 0-0-3 1.5
9. 19A05503T Object Oriented Analysis Design & PCC 0-0-2 1.0
Testing Lab
10. 19A05507 Socially Relevant Project PR ------ 0.5
11. 19A99501 Mandatory course: Constitution of India MC 3-0-0 0
Total 21.5

5 Page
 Semester – VI (Theory - 6, Lab - 2)
S.No. Course No Course Name Category L-T-P Credi
ts
1. 19A05601 Cryptography & Network Security PC 2-1-0 3
2. 19A05602T Big Data Analytics PCC 3-0-0 3
3. 19A52601T English Communication HS 3-0-0 3
Professional Elective-II (MOOCS) PE 3-0-0 3
4. 19A05603a Compiler Design
19A05603b Introduction to Machine Learning
19A05603c Real Time Systems
19A05603d Advance Computer Architecture
19A05603e Computer Vision
Open Elective-II OE 3-0-0 3
5. 19A01604a Industrial waste and wastewater management
19A01604b Building Services & Maintenance
19A02604a Industrial Automation
19A02604b System Reliability Concepts
19A03604a Introduction to Mechatronics
19A03604b Optimization techniques through MATLAB
19A04604a Basics of VLSI
19A04604b Principles of Communication Systems
19A27604a Food Toxicology
19A27604b Food Plant Equipment Design
19A54604a Wavelet Transforms & its applications
19A52604a Soft Skills
19A51604a Chemistry of Polymers and Its Applications
6. Humanities Elective-I HE 3-0-0 3
19A52602a Entrepreneurship & Incubation
19A52602b Managerial Economics and Financial
19A52602c Analysis
19A52602d Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
19A52602e Enterprise Resource Planning
Supply Chain Management
7. 19A05602P Big Data Analytics Laboratory PCC 0-0-3 1.5
8. 19A52601P English Communication lab HS 0-0-3 1.5
9. 19A05605 Socially Relevant Project PR ------ 0.5
10. 19A99601 Mandatory Course: Research Methodology MC 3-0-0 0
11. 19A05606 Comprehensive online examination - 0
Total 21.5

6 Page
 Semester – VII (Theory - 5, Lab -2)
S.No. Course No Course Name Categ L-T-P Credits
ory
1. 19A05701T Internet of Things PC 2-1-0 3
2. 19A05702T Software Testing PC 2-1-0 3
3. Professional Elective-III PE 3-0-0 3
19A05703a Cloud Computing
19A05703b Natural Language Processing
19A05703c Agile Methodologies
4. Open Elective-III OE 3-0-0 3
19A01704a Air pollution and control.
19A01704b Basics of civil Engineering
19A02704a Renewable Energy Systems
19A02704b Electric Vehicle Engineering
19A03704a Finite element methods
19A03704b Product Marketing
19A04704a Introduction to Microcontrollers &
Applications
19A04704b Principles of Digital Signal Processing
19A27704a Corporate Governance in Food Industries
19A27704b Process Technology for Convenience & RTE
Foods
19A54704a Numerical Methods for Engineers (ECE,
CSE, IT & CE)
19A51704a Chemistry of Nanomaterials and
Applications
5. Humanities Elective-II HS 3-0-0 3
19A52701a Organizational Behavior
19A52701b Management Science
19A52701c Business Environment
19A52701d Strategic Management
19A52701e E-Business
6. 19A05702P Software Testing Lab PC 0-0-3 1.5
7. 19A05701P Internet of Things Lab PC 0-0-3 1.5
8. 19A05705 Industrial Training/Skill PR ------ 2
Development/Research Project*
Total 20

7 Page
 Semester – VIII (Theory - 2)
S.No. Course No Course Name Category L-T-P Credits
1. Professional Elective-IV PE 3-0-0 3
19A05801a Dev Ops
19A05801b Deep Learning
19A05801c Adhoc & Sensor Networks
2. Open Elective-IV OE 3-0-0
19A01802a Disaster Management.
19A01802b Global Warming and climate changes
19A02802a IoT Applications in Electrical
19A02802b Engineering
19A03802a Smart Electric Grid
19A03802b Energy conservation and management
19A04802a Non - destructive testing
19A04802b Introduction to Image Processing
19A04802c Principles of Cellular and Mobile
19A04802d Communications
19A27802a Industrial Electronics
19A27802b Electronic Instrumentation
19A54802a Food Plants Utilities & Services
19A51802a Nutraceuticals & Functional Foods
Mathematical Modeling & Simulation
Green Chemistry and Catalysis for
Sustainable Environment
3. 19A05803 Project PR ------ 7

Total 13

8 Page
 Honours Degree in CSE

S.No. Course Course Name L T P Credits

No.
1. 19A05H01 Secure Software Engineering 3 0 0 4
2. 19A05H02 Multicore Architecture & 3 0 0 4
Programming
3. 19A05H03 Reinforcement Learning 3 0 0 4
4. 19A05H04 Trusted Network Systems 3 0 0 4
5. 19A05H05 Parallel Database Systems 3 0 0 4
Total 20

Minor Degree in CSE

S.No. Course No. Course Name L T P Credits

1. 19A05402T Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 0 0 3
2. 19A05302T Database Management Systems 3 0 0 3
3. 19A05404T Software Engineering 3 0 0 3
4. 19A05403T Operating Systems 3 0 0 3
5. 19A05502T Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3
6. 19A05M01 Mini Project 5
Total 20

9 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-I Sem L T P C
3 1 0 4

(19A54101) ALGEBRA & CALCULUS

(Common to all branches of Engineering)

Course Objectives:
• This course will illuminate the students in the concepts of calculus and linear algebra.
• To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced
level mathematics to develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle
various real world problems and their applications.

Bridge Course: Limits, continuity, Types of matrices

Unit 1:Matrices 10 hrs

Rank of a matrix by echelon form, solving system of homogeneous and non-homogeneous
equations linear equations. Eigen values and Eigen vectors and their properties, Cayley-
Hamilton theorem (without proof), finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton
theorem, diagonalisation of a matrix, quadratic forms and nature of the quadratic forms,
reduction of quadratic form to canonical forms by orthogonal transformation.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• solving systems of linear equations, using technology to facilitate row reduction
determine the rank, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonal form and different
factorizations of a matrix; (L3)
• identify special properties of a matrix, such as positive definite, etc., and use this
information to facilitate the calculation of matrix characteristics; (L3)

Unit 2: Mean Value Theorems 6 hrs

Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s mean value theorem, Cauchy’s mean value theorem, Taylor’s and
Maclaurin theorems with remainders (without proof);

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• Translate the given function as series of Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s with remainders
(L3)
• analyze the behaviour of functions by using mean value theorems (L3)

Unit 3: Multivariable calculus 8 hrs

Partial derivatives, total derivatives, chain rule, change of variables, Jacobians, maxima and
minima of functions of two variables, method of Lagrange multipliers.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

10 Page
 • Find partial derivatives numerically and symbolically and use them to analyze and
interpret the way a function varies. (L3)
• Acquire the Knowledge maxima and minima of functions of several variable (L1)
• Utilize Jacobian of a coordinate transformation to deal with the problems in change of
variables (L3)

Unit 4:Multiple Integrals

10hrs
Double integrals, change of order of integration, double integration in polar coordinates, areas
enclosed by plane curves. Evaluation of triple integrals, change of variables between Cartesian,
cylindrical and spherical polar co-ordinates.

Learning Outcomes:
• At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• Evaluate double integrals of functions of several variables in two dimensions using
Cartesian and polar coordinates (L5)
• Apply double integration techniques in evaluating areas bounded by region (L4)
• Evaluate multiple integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical geometries (L5)

Unit 5:Special Functions 6 hrs

Beta and Gamma functions and their properties, relation between beta and gamma functions,
evaluation of definite integrals using beta and gamma functions.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• understand beta and gamma functions and its relations (L2)
• Conclude the use of special function in evaluating definite integrals (L4)

Text Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3/e, Alpha Science
International Ltd., 2002.
2. George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir and Joel Hass, Thomas Calculus, 13/e, Pearson
Publishers, 2013.
3. Glyn James, Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, 4/e, Pearson publishers, 201.
4. Micheael Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th edition, Pearson edn
5. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC Press
6. Peter O’neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage Learning.
7. R.L. Garg Nishu Gupta, Engineering Mathematics Volumes-I &II, Pearson Education
8. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Mc Graw Hill Education
9. H. k Das, Er. Rajnish Verma, Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand.

11 Page
 10. N. Bali, M. Goyal, C. Watkins, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Infinity Science
Press.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
• develop the use of matrix algebra techniques that is needed by engineers for practical
applications (L6)
• Utilize mean value theorems to real life problems (L3)
• familiarize with functions of several variables which is useful in optimization (L3)
• Students will also learn important tools of calculus in higher dimensions. Students will
become familiar with 2- dimensional coordinate systems (L5)
• Students will become familiar with 3- dimensional coordinate systems and also learn
the utilization of special functions

12 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A51102T) CHEMISTRY
(CSE, CSSE, ECE, EIE, EEE and IT)
Course Objectives:
● To familiarize engineering chemistry and its applications
● To train the students on the principles and applications of electrochemistry and polymers
● To introduce instrumental methods, molecular machines and switches

Unit 1: Structure and Bonding Models: (10 hrs)

Planck's quantum theory, dual nature of matter, Schrodinger equation, significance of Ψ and Ψ2
, applications to hydrogen, particle in a box and their applications for conjugated molecules,
molecular orbital theory – bonding in homo- and heteronuclear diatomic molecules – energy
level diagrams of O2 and CO, etc. π-molecular orbitals of butadiene and benzene, calculation of
bond order, crystal field theory – salient features – splitting in octahedral and tetrahedral
geometry, magnetic properties and colour, band theory of solids – band diagrams for conductors,
semiconductors and insulators, role of doping on band structures.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able to
● apply Schrodinger wave equation to hydrogen and particle in a box (L3)
● illustrate the molecular orbital energy level diagram of different molecular species (L2)
● explain the band theory of solids for conductors, semiconductors and insulators (L2)
● discuss the magnetic behaviour and colour of complexes (L3)

Unit 2: Electrochemistry and Applications: (10 hrs)

Electrodes – concepts, reference electrodes (Calomel electrode, Ag/AgCl electrode and glass
electrode) electrochemical cell, Nernst equation, cell potential calculations, numerical problems,
potentiometry- potentiometric titrations (redox titrations), concept of conductivity, conductivity
cell, conductometric titrations (acid-base titrations), photovoltaic cell – working and
applications, photogalvanic cells with specific examples. Electrochemical sensors –
potentiometric sensors with examples, amperometric sensors with examples.
Primary cells – Zinc-air battery, Fuel cells, hydrogen-oxygen, methanol fuel cells – working of
the cells.
Secondary cells – lead acid,and lithium ion batteries- working of the batteries including cell
reactions.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able to
● apply Nernst equation for calculating electrode and cell potentials (L3)
● differentiate between pH metry, potentiometric and conductometric titrations (L2)
● explain the theory of construction of battery and fuel cells (L2)

13 Page
 ● solve problems based on cell potential (L3)

Unit 3: Polymer Chemistry: (10 hrs)

Introduction to polymers, functionality of monomers, chain growth and step growth

polymerization, coordination polymerization, copolymerization (stereospecific polymerization)
with specific examples and mechanisms of polymer formation.
Plastics - Thermoplastics and Thermosettings, Preparation, properties and applications of –
Bakelite, urea-formaldehyde, Nylon-66, carbon fibres, Elastomers–Buna-S, Buna-N–
preparation, properties and applications.
Conducting polymers – polyacetylene, polyaniline, polypyrroles – mechanism of conduction
and applications.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able to
● explain the different types of polymers and their applications (L2)
● explain the preparation, properties and applications of Bakelite, Nylon-66, and carbon
fibres (L2)
● describe the mechanism of conduction in conducting polymers (L2)
● discuss Buna-S and Buna-N elastomers and their applications (L2)

Unit 4: Instrumental Methods and Applications (10 hrs)

Electromagnetic spectrum. Absorption of radiation: Beer-Lambert’s law. Principle and

applications of pH metry, potentiometry, conductometry, UV-Visible, IR and NMR
Spectroscopies. Principles of Gas Chromatography (GC) and High Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC), separation of gaseous mixtures and liquid mixtures

Learning outcomes:
After completion of Module IV, students will be able to
● explain the different types of spectral series in electromagnetic spectrum (L2)
● understand the principles of different analytical instruments (L2)
● explain the different applications of analytical instruments (L2)

Unit 5: Molecular Machines and Molecular Switches: (10 hrs)

Concepts and terms of supra molecular chemistry, complementarity, Basic Lock and Key
principle, examples of Supramolecules, Molecular recognition- cation binding, anion binding,
simultaneous cation and anion binding, supramolecular reactivity and catalysis
Self assembly in biological systems, Synthetic systems- catenanes, rotaxanes, metal ion assisted
assemblies, template synthesis of macrocyclic ligands
Applications of Supramolecular Devices- Ionic devices, Electronic devices, Switching devices

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the students will be able to
● explain the band theory of solids for conductors, semiconductors and insulators (L2)
● explainsupramolecular chemistry and self assembly (L2)

14 Page
 ● demonstrate the application of Rotaxanes and Catenanes as artificial molecular
machines (L2)

Text Books:
1. Jain and Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 16/e, DhanpatRai, 2013.
2. Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula and James Keeler, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10/e, Oxford
University Press, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5/e, Oxford University Press, 2008.
2. Skoog and West, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6/e, Thomson, 2007.
3. J.M.Lehn, Supra Molecular Chemistry, VCH Publications

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
● compare the materials of construction for battery and electrochemical sensors (L2)
● explainthe preparation, properties, and applications of thermoplastics &thermosettings,
elastomers & conducting polymers. (L2)
● explain the principles of spectrometry, GC and HPLC in separation of gaseous and
liquid mixtures (L2)
● apply the principle of supramolecular chemistry in application of molecular machines
and switches (L3)

15 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-I Sem L T P C
3 1 0 4
(19A05101T) PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING
(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the internal parts of a computer, and peripherals.
2. Introduce the Concept of Algorithm and use it to solve computational problems
3. Identify the computational and non-computational problems
4. Teach the syntax and semantics of a C Programming language
5. Demonstrate the use of Control structures of C Programming language
6. Illustrate the methodology for solving Computational problems

Unit 1:
Computer Fundamentals: What is a Computer, Evolution of Computers, Generations of
Computers, Classification of Computers, Anatomy of a Computer, Memory revisited,
Introduction to Operating systems, Operational overview of a CPU.
Introduction to Programming, Algorithms and Flowcharts: Programs and Programming,
Programming languages, Compiler, Interpreter, Loader, Linker, Program execution, Fourth
generation languages, Fifth generation languages, Classification of Programming languages,
Structured programming concept, Algorithms, Pseudo-code, Flowcharts, Strategy for designing
algorithms, Tracing an algorithm to depict logic, Specification for converting algorithms into
programs.

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
1. Identify the different peripherals, ports and connecting cables in a PC (L2)
2. Illustrate the working of a Computer (L3)
3. Select the components of a Computer in the market and assemble a computer (L4)
4. Solve complex problems using language independent notations (L3)

Unit 2:
Introduction to computer problem solving: Introduction, the problem-solving aspect, top-
down design, implementation of algorithms, the efficiency of algorithms, the analysis of
algorithms.

Fundamental algorithms: Exchanging the values of two variables, counting, summation of a

set of numbers, factorial computation, sine function computation, generation of the Fibonacci
sequence, reversing the digits of an integer.

Learning Outcomes: Student should be able to

1. Solve Computational problems (L3)

2. Apply Algorithmic approach to solving problems (L3)
3. Analyze the algorithms (L4)

16 Page
Unit 3:

Types, Operators, and Expressions: Variable names, data types and sizes, constants,
declarations, arithmetic operators, relational and logical operators, type conversions, increment
and decrement operators, bitwise operators, assignment operators and expressions, conditional
expressions precedence and order of evaluation.

Input and output: standard input and output, formatted output-Printf, formatted input-Scanf.

Control Flow: Statements and blocks, if-else, else-if, switch, Loops-while and for, Loops-Do-
while, break and continue, Goto and labels.

Functions and Program Structure: Basics of functions, functions returning non-integers,

external variables, scope variables, header variables, register variables, block structure,
initialization, recursion, the C processor.

Learning Outcomes: Student should be able to

1. Recognize the programming elements of C Programming language (L1)
2. Select the control structure for solving the problem (L4)
3. Apply modular approach for solving the problem (L3)

Unit 4:
Factoring methods: Finding the square root of a number, the smallest divisor of a number, the
greatest common divisor of two integers, generating prime numbers.

Pointers and arrays: Pointers and addresses, pointers and function arguments, pointers and
arrays, address arithmetic, character pointers and functions, pointer array; pointers to pointers,
Multi-dimensional arrays, initialization of arrays, pointer vs. multi-dimensional arrays,
command line arguments, pointers to functions, complicated declarations.

Array Techniques: Array order reversal, finding the maximum number in a set, removal of
duplicates from an order array, finding the kth smallest element

Learning Outcomes: Student should be able to

1. Solve mathematical problems using C Programming language (L3)
2. Structure the individual data elements to simplify the solutions (L6)
3. Facilitate efficient memory utilization (L6)

Unit 5:
Sorting and Searching: Sorting by selection, sorting by exchange, sorting by insertion, sorting
by partitioning, binary search.

Structures: Basics of structures, structures and functions, arrays of structures, pointers to

structures, self-referential structures, table lookup, typedef, unions, bit-fields.

Some other Features: Variable-length argument lists, formatted input-Scanf, file access, Error
handling-stderr and exit, Line Input and Output, Miscellaneous Functions.

Learning Outcomes: Student should be able to

17 Page
 1. Select sorting algorithm based on the type of the data (L4)
2. Organize heterogeneous data (L6)
3. Design a sorting algorithm (L6)

Text Books:
1. Pradip Dey, and Manas Ghosh, “Programming in C”, 2018, Oxford University Press.
2. R.G. Dromey, “How to Solve it by Computer”. 2014, Pearson.
3. Brian W. Kernighan, and Dennis M. Ritchie, “The C Programming Language”, 2nd
Edition, Pearson.

Reference Books:
1. RS Bichkar “Programming with C”, 2012, Universities Press.
2. Pelin Aksoy, and Laura Denardis, “Information Technology in Theory”, 2017, Cengage
Learning.
3. Byron Gottfried and Jitender Kumar Chhabra, “Programming with C”, 4th Edition, 2019,
McGraw Hill Education.

Course Outcomes:
1. Construct his own computer using parts (L6).
2. Recognize the importance of programming language independent constructs (L2)
3. Solve computational problems (L3)
4. Select the features of C language appropriate for solving a problem (L4)
5. Design computer programs for real world problems (L6)
6. Organize the data which is more appropriated for solving a problem (L6)

18 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-I Sem L T P C
1 0 4 3

(19A03102) ENGINEERING GRAPHICS LAB

(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Course Objectives:
● Bring awareness that Engineering Drawing is the Language of Engineers.
● Familiarize how industry communicates technical information.
● Teach the practices for accuracy and clarity in presenting the technical information.
● Develop the engineering imagination essential for successful design.
● Instruct the utility of drafting & modeling packages in orthographic and isometric
drawings.
● Train the usage of 2D and 3D modeling.
● Instruct graphical representation of machine components.

Part A: Manual Drawing: (7 Classes)

Introduction to Engineering graphics: Principles of Engineering Graphics and their

significance-Conventions in drawing-lettering - BIS conventions.

a) Conic sections including the rectangular hyperbola- general method only,

b) Cycloid, epicycloids and hypocycloid
c) Involutes (2L + 6P hrs)
Projection of points, lines and planes: Projection of points in any quadrant, lines inclined to
one or both planes, finding true lengths, angle made by line. Projections of regular plane
surfaces. (2L + 6P hrs)

Projections of solids: Projections of regular solids inclined to one or both planes by rotational
or auxiliary views method. (1L + 3P hrs)

Sections of solids: Section planes and sectional view of right regular solids- prism, cylinder,
pyramid and cone. True shapes of the sections. (1L + 3P hrs)

Development of surfaces: Development of surfaces of right regular solids-prism, cylinder,

pyramid, cone and their sectional parts. (1L + 6P hrs)

Part B: Computer Aided Drafting: (6 Classes)

Introduction to AutoCAD: Basic drawing and editing commands: line, circle, rectangle, erase,
view, undo, redo, snap, object editing, moving, copying, rotating, scaling, mirroring, layers,
templates, polylines, trimming, extending, stretching, fillets, arrays, dimensions. (1L
+ 3P hrs)

Dimensioning principles and conventional representations.

19 Page
Orthographic Projections: Systems of projections, conventions and application to
orthographic projections. (3L + 9P hrs)

Isometric Projections: Principles of isometric projection- Isometric scale; Isometric views:

lines, planes, simple solids. (2L + 6P hrs)

Text Books:
1. K.L.Narayana & P.Kannaiah, Engineering Drawing, 3/e, Scitech Publishers, Chennai,
2012.
2. Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics, 3/e, New Age Publishers, 2000

Reference Books:
1. Dhanajay A Jolhe, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill, Copy Right, 2009
2. N.D.Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, 53/e, Charotar Publishers, 2016.
3. Shah and Rana, Engineering Drawing, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2009
4. K.C.John, Engineering Graphics, 2/e, PHI, 2013
5. Basant Agarwal & C.M.Agarwal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill, Copy
Right, 2008.

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to
● draw various curves applied in engineering. (L2)
● show projections of solids and sections graphically. (L2)
● draw the development of surfaces of solids. (L3)
● use computers as a drafting tool. (L2)
● draw isometric and orthographic drawings using CAD packages. (L3)

Note:
1. Manual (part A) and Computer Aided Drafting (part B) classes can be held in alternative
weeks for optimal utilization of computer facilities.
2. External examinations to be conducted both manual and computer mode with equal
weight of marks.

Additional Sources
1. Youtube: http-sewor,Carleton.cag,kardos/88403/drawings.html conic sections-online,
red woods.edu

20 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-I Sem L T P C
0 0 2 1
(19A03101) ENGINEERING WORKSHOP
(Common to all branches)

Course Objective:
To familiarize students with wood working, sheet metal operations, fitting and electrical house
wiring skills

Wood Working:
Familiarity with different types of woods and tools used in wood working and make following
joints
a) Half – Lap joint
b) Mortise and Tenon joint
c) Corner Dovetail joint or Bridle joint

Sheet Metal Working:

Familiarity with different types of tools used in sheet metal working, Developments of
following sheet metal job from GI sheets
a) Tapered tray b) Conical funnel c) Elbow pipe d) Brazing

Fitting:
Familiarity with different types of tools used in fitting and do the following fitting exercises
a) V-fit b) Dovetail fit c) Semi-circular fit
d) Bicycle tire puncture and change of two wheeler tyre

Electrical Wiring:
Familiarities with different types of basic electrical circuits and make the following
connections
a) Parallel and series b) Two way switch c) Godown lighting d) Tube light
e) Three phase motor f) Soldering of wires

Course Outcomes:
After completion of this lab the student will be able to
1. Apply wood working skills in real world applications. (l3)
2. Build different parts with metal sheets in real world applications. (l3)
3. Apply fitting operations in various applications. (l3)
4. Apply different types of basic electric circuit connections. (l3)
5. Demonstrate soldering and brazing. (l2)

21 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A51102P) CHEMISTRY LAB
(CSE, CSSE, ECE, EIE, EEE and IT)
Course Objectives:
● Verify the fundamental concepts with experiments

List of Experiments:

1. Measurement of 10Dq by spectrophotometric method

2. Models of potential energy surfaces
3. Conductometrictitration of (i) strong acid vs. strong base, (ii) weak acid vs. strong base
4. Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions
5. Potentiometry - determination of redox potentials and emfs
6. Determination of Strength of an acid in Pb-Acid battery
7. Preparation of a polymer
8. Verify Lambert-Beer’s law
9. Thin layer chromatography
10. Identification of simple organic compounds by IR and NMR
11. HPLC method in separation of gaseous and liquid mixtures
12. Estimation of Ferrous Iron by Dichrometry.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
● determine the cell constant and conductance of solutions (L3)
● prepare advanced polymer materials (L2)
● measure the strength of an acid present in secondary batteries (L3)
● analyse the IR and NMR of some organic compounds (L3)

22 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I–I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A05101P) PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING LAB
(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Laboratory Experiments #
1. Assemble and disassemble parts of a Computer
2. Design a C program which reverses the number
3. Design a C program which finds the second maximum number among the given list of
numbers.
4. Construct a program which finds the kth smallest number among the given list of
numbers.
5. Design an algorithm and implement using C language the following exchanges
a  b  c d

6. Develop a C Program which counts the number of positive and negative numbers
separately and also compute the sum of them.

7. Implement the C program which computes the sum of the first n terms of the series

Sum = 1 – 3 + 5 -7 + 9

8. Design a C program which determines the numbers whose factorial values are between
5000 and 32565.

9. Design an algorithm and implement using a C program which finds the sum of the
infinite series

1 – x2/2! + x4/4! – x6/6! + ....

10 Design a C program to print the sequence of numbers in which each number is the sum
of the three most recent predecessors. Assume first three numbers as 0, 1, and 1.

11. Implement a C program which converts a hexadecimal, octal and binary number to
decimal number and vice versa.

12. Develop an algorithm which computes the all the factors between 1 to 100 for a given
number and implement it using C.

13. Construct an algorithm which computes the sum of the factorials of numbers between
m and n.

14. Design a C program which reverses the elements of the array.

15. Given a list of n numbers, Design an algorithm which prints the number of stars
equivalent to the value of the number. The starts for each number should be printed
horizontally.

16. Implement the sorting algorithms a. Insertion sort b. Exchange sort c. Selection sort

23 Page
 d.. Partitioning sort.

17. Illustrate the use of auto, static, register and external variables.

18. Design algorithm and implement the operations creation, insertion, deletion, traversing
on a singly linked list.

19. Develop a C program which takes two numbers as command line arguments and finds
all the common factors of those two numbers.

20. Design a C program which sorts the strings using array of pointers.

# The above list is not exhaustive. Instructors may add some experiments to the above list.
Moreover, 50% of the experiments are to be changed every academic year. Instructors can
choose the experiments, provided those experiments are not repetitions.

Course outcomes: Student should be able to

1. Construct a Computer given its parts (L6)
2. Select the right control structure for solving the problem (L6)
3. Analyze different sorting algorithms (L4)
4. Design solutions for computational problems (L6)
5. Develop C programs which utilize the memory efficiently using programming constructs
like pointers.

References:
1. B. Govindarajulu, “IBM PC and Clones Hardware Trouble shooting and Maintenance”,
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition, 2002.
2. R.G. Dromey, “How to Solve it by Computer”. 2014, Pearson.

24 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) –I- II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A02201T) BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Part A: Basic Electrical Engineering

(Civil, Mechanical, CSE, CSSE, IT and Food Technology)

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce basics of electric circuits.
2. To teach DC and AC electrical circuit analysis.
3. To explain working principles of transformers and electrical machines.
4. To impart knowledge on low voltage electrical installations

Unit 1 DC & AC Circuits:

Electrical circuit elements (R - L and C) - Kirchhoff laws - Series and parallel connection of
resistances with DC excitation. Superposition Theorem - Representation of sinusoidal
waveforms - peak and rms values - phasor representation - real power - reactive power -
apparent power - power factor - Analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of RL - RC -
RLC series circuits.

Unit Outcomes: Able to

● Recall Kirchoff laws (L1)
● Analyze simple electric circuits with DC excitation (L4)
● Apply network theorems to simple circuits (L3)
● Analyze single phase AC circuits consisting of series RL - RC - RLC combinations
(L4)

Unit 2 DC & AC Machines:

Principle and operation of DC Generator - EMF equations - OCC characteristics of DC
generator – principle and operation of DC Motor – Performance Characteristics of DC Motor -
Speed control of DC Motor – Principle and operation of Single Phase Transformer - OC and
SC test on transformer - principle and operation of Induction Motor [ Elementary treatment only
]

Unit Outcomes: Able to

● Explain principle and operation of DC Generator & Motor.
● Perform speed control of DC Motor (L2)
● Explain operation of transformer and induction motor. (L2)
● Explain construction & working of induction motor - DC motor

Unit 3 Basics of Power Systems:

Layout & operation of Hydro, Thermal, Nuclear Stations - Solar & wind generating stations –
Typical AC Power Supply scheme – Elements of Transmission line – Types of Distribution
systems: Primary & Secondary distribution systems.

25 Page
Unit Outcomes: Able to
● Understand working operation of various generating stations (L2)
● Explain the types of Distribution systems

Text Books:
1. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath - “Basic Electrical Engineering” - Tata McGraw Hill -
2010.
2. V.K. Mehta & Rohit Mehta, “Principles of Power System” – S.Chand – 2018.

References:
1. L. S. Bobrow - “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering” - Oxford University Press -
2011.
2. E. Hughes - “Electrical and Electronics Technology” - Pearson - 2010.
3. C.L. Wadhwa – “Generation Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy”, 3rd
Edition, New Age International Publications.

Course Outcomes:
● Apply concepts of KVL/KCL in solving DC circuits (L3)
● Choose correct rating of a transformer for a specific application (L5)
● Illustrate working principles of induction motor - DC Motor (L3)
● Identify type of electrical machine based on their operation.(L1)
● Describe working principles of protection devices used in electrical circuits. (L2)

Part B: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
• To provide comprehensive idea about working principle, operation and applications of
PN junction & zener diodes, BJT, FET, MOSFET and operational amplifier
• To introduce fundamentals of digital electronics
• To educate on principles of various communication systems
• To teach efficacy of electronic principles which are pervasive in engineering applications

Unit I Analog Electronics

Overview of Semiconductors, PN junction diode, Zener diode, Applications of diode as switch
and rectifier, Zener diode as regulator, special purpose diodes: schottky diode, tunnel diode,
varactor diode, photodiode, phototransistor and LED.
BJT construction, operation, configuration and characteristics, JFET and MOSFET
construction, operation, characteristics (CS configuration), applications
Operational Amplifiers: Introduction, block diagram, basic op-amp circuits: Inverting, Non
Inverting, summer, subtractor, voltage follower.

Unit Outcomes:
• Describe operation and characteristics of diodes and transistors (L2)
• Make use of diodes and transistors in simple, typical circuit applications (L3)
• Understand operation of basic op-amp circuits (L2)

26 Page
Unit II Digital Electronics
Introduction, Switching and Logic Levels, Digital Waveform, characteristics of digital ICs, logic
gates, number systems, combinational circuits - adders, multiplexers, decoders; introduction to
sequential circuits, flip flops, shift register, binary counter.

Unit Outcomes:
• Explain different logic gates using truth table (L2)
• Distinguish combinational and sequential circuits (L2)
• Analyze various combinational circuits such as adders, multiplexers and decoders
(L4)
• Understand functionality of flip-flops, shift registers and counters (L2)

Unit III Communication Systems

Introduction, Elements of Communication Systems, EM spectrum, basics of electronic
communication, Amplitude and Frequency modulation, Pulse modulation, Communication
receivers, Examples of communication systems: Microwave & Satellite, Fibre optic, Television,
mobile communication (block diagram approach).

Unit Outcomes:
• Describe basic elements of a communication system (L2)
• Explain need for modulation and different modulation techniques (L2)
• Understand functioning of various communication systems (L2)

Text Books:
1. D.P. Kothari, I.J.Nagrath, Basic Electronics, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill
Education(India)Private Limited
2. S.K. Bhattacharya, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 2nd edition, Pearson
India Private Limited.

Reference Books:
1. R. Muthusubramanian, S. Salivahanan, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, Reprint 2012.
2. David Bell, Electronic Devices and Circuits: Oxford University Press, 5th EDn., 2008.

27 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-II Sem L T P C
3 1 0 4
(19A54202) PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
(Common to CSE, IT and Food Technology)
Course Objectives:
1) To familiarize the students with the foundations of probability and statistical methods
2) To impart probability concepts and statistical methods in various applications
Engineering

Unit 1: Descriptive statistics and methods for data science 10 hrs

Data science, Statistics Introduction, Population vs Sample, Collection of data, primary and
secondary data, Type of variable: dependent and independent Categorical and Continuous
variables, Data visualization, Measures of Central tendency, Measures of Variability (spread or
variance) Skewness Kurtosis, correlation, correlation coefficient, rank correlation, regression
coefficients, principle of least squares, method of least squares, regression lines.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
● summarize the basic concepts of data science and its importance in engineering (L2)
● analyze the data quantitatively or categorically , measure of averages, variability (L4)
● adopt correlation methods and principle of least squares, regression analysis (L5)

UNIT 2: Probability 8 hrs

Probability, probability axioms, addition law and multiplicative law of probability, conditional
probability, Baye’s theorem, random variables (discrete and continuous), probability density
functions, properties, mathematical expectation.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
● define the terms trial, events, sample space, probability, and laws of probability (L1)
● make use of probabilities of events in finite sample spaces from experiments (L3)
● apply Baye’s theorem to real time problems (L3)
● explain the notion of random variable, distribution functions and expected value(L2)

UNIT 3: Probability distributions 6 hrs

Probability distribution - Binomial, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution and
normal distribution-their properties.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
● apply Binomial and Poisson distributions for real data to compute probabilities,
theoretical frequencies (L3)
● interpret the properties of normal distribution and its applications (L2)
Unit4: Estimation and Testing of hypothesis, large sample tests 8 hrs

28 Page
Estimation-parameters, statistics, sampling distribution, point estimation, Formulation of null
hypothesis, alternative hypothesis, the critical and acceptance regions, level of significance, two
types of errors and power of the test. Large Sample Tests: Test for single proportion, difference
of proportions, test for single mean and difference of means. Confidence interval for parameters
in one sample and two sample problems

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
● explain the concept of estimation, interval estimation and confidence intervals (L2)
● apply the concept of hypothesis testing for large samples (L4)

Unit 5: Small sample tests 8 hrs

Student t-distribution (test for single mean, two means and paired t-test), testing of equality of
variances (F-test), χ2 - test for goodness of fit, χ2 - test for independence of attributes.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
● apply the concept of testing hypothesis for small samples to draw the inferences (L3)
● estimate the goodness of fit (L5)

Text Books:
1. Miller and Freunds, Probability and Statistics for Engineers,7/e, Pearson, 2008.
2. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11/e, Sultan
Chand & Sons Publications, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. S. Ross, a First Course in Probability, Pearson Education India, 2002.
2. W. Feller, an Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications, 1/e, Wiley, 1968.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to
● make use of the concepts of probability and their applications (L3)
● apply discrete and continuous probability distributions (L3)
● classify the concepts of data science and its importance (L4)
● interpret the association of characteristics and through correlation and regression tools
(L4)
● design the components of a classical hypothesis test (L6)
● infer the statistical inferential methods based on small and large sampling tests
(L6)

29 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A56101T) APPLIED PHYSICS
(ECE, CSE, EEE & IT Branches)

Course Objectives:
➢ To identify the importance of the optical phenomenon i.e. interference, diffraction and
polarization related to its Engineering applications.
➢ To explain the significant concepts of dielectric and magnetic materials this leads to
potential applications in the emerging micro devices.
➢ To impart knowledge in basic concepts of electromagnetic waves and its propagation in
optical fibers along with its Engineering applications.
➢ To identify the importance of semiconductors in the functioning of electronic devices.
➢ To teach the concepts related to superconductivity which lead to their fascinating
applications.
➢ To familiarize the applications of nanomaterials relevant to engineering branches.

Unit-I : Wave Optics 8hrs

Interference-Principle of Superposition-Interference of light-Conditions for sustained
Interference -Interference in thin films (reflected light)-Newton’s Rings-Determination of
Wavelength- Engineering applications of Interference

Diffraction-Fraunhofer Diffraction-Single and Double slits - Diffraction Grating – Grating

Spectrum -Determination of Wavelength - Engineering applications of diffraction

Polarization-Polarization by double refraction-Nicol’s Prism--Half wave and Quarter wave

plate- Engineering applications of Polarization.

Unit Outcomes:
The students will be able to
➢ explain the need of coherent sources and the conditions for sustained interference (L2)
➢ identify engineering applications of interference including homodyne and heterodyne
detection (L3)
➢ analyze the differences between interference and diffraction with applications (L4)
➢ illustrate the concept of polarization of light and its applications (L2)
➢ classify ordinary polarized light and extraordinary polarized light (L2)

Unit-II : Dielectric and Magnetic Materials (8hrs)

Introduction--Dielectric polarization-Dielectric polarizability, Susceptibility and Dielectric
constant- Types of polarizations: Electronic and Ionic, (Quantitative), Orientation Polarizations
(Qualitative) - Frequency dependence of polarization-Lorentz (internal) field-Claussius -
Mosotti equation-Applications of Dielectrics: Ferroelectricity.
Introduction-Magnetic dipole moment-Magnetization-Magnetic susceptibility and
permeability- Origin of permanent magnetic moment -Classification of Magnetic materials-

30 Page
Weiss theory of ferromagnetism (qualitative)-Hysteresis-soft and hard magnetic materials-
Magnetic device applications (Magnetic bubble memory).

Unit Outcomes:
The students will be able to
➢ explain the concept of dielectric constant and polarization in dielectric materials (L2)
➢ summarize various types of polarization of dielectrics (L2)
➢ interpret Lorentz field and Claussius- Mosotti relation in dielectrics (L2)
➢ classify the magnetic materials based on susceptibility and their temperature dependence
(L2)
➢ explain the applications of dielectric and magnetic materials (L2)
➢ Apply the concept of magnetism to magnetic devices (L3)

Unit – III: Electromagnetic Waves and Fiber Optics 10hrs

Divergence and Curl of Electric and Magnetic Fields- Gauss’ theorem for divergence and
Stokes’ theorem for curl- Maxwell’s Equations (Quantitative)- Electromagnetic wave
propagation (Non-conducting medium) -Poynting’s Theorem.

Introduction to Optical Fibers-Total Internal Reflection-Critical angle of propagation-

Acceptance angle-Numerical Aperture-Classification of fibers based on Refractive index profile
–Propagation of electromagnetic wave through optical fiber – modes -importance of V-number-
Attenuation, Block Diagram of Fiber optic Communication -Medical Applications-Fiber optic
Sensors.

Unit Outcomes:

The students will be able to

➢ apply the Gauss’ theorem for divergence and Stokes’ theorem for curl (L3)
➢ evaluate the Maxwell’s equations, Maxwell’s displacement current and correction in
Ampere’s law (L5)
➢ asses the electromagnetic wave propagation and its power in non-conducting medium (L5)
➢ explain the working principle of optical fibers (L2)
➢ classify optical fibers based on refractive index profile and mode of propagation (L2)
➢ identify the applications of optical fibers in medical, communication and other fields (L2)
➢ Apply the fiber optic concepts in various fields (L3).

Unit – IV: Semiconductors 8 hrs

Origin of energy bands - Classification of solids based on energy bands – Intrinsic
semiconductors - density of charge carriers-Fermi energy – Electrical conductivity - extrinsic
semiconductors - P-type & N-type - Density of charge carriers - Dependence of Fermi energy
on carrier concentration and temperature- Direct and Indirect band gap semiconductors-Hall
effect- Hall coefficient - Applications of Hall effect - Drift and Diffusion currents - Continuity
equation - Applications of Semiconductors.

Unit Outcomes:

31 Page
The students will be able to
➢ classify the energy bands of semiconductors (L2)
➢ outline the properties of n-type and p-type semiconductors and charge carriers (L2)
➢ interpret the direct and indirect band gap semiconductors (L2)
➢ identify the type of semiconductor using Hall effect (L2)
➢ identify applications of semiconductors in electronic devices (L2)

Unit – V: Superconductors and Nanomaterials 8 hrs

Superconductors-Properties- Meissner’s effect-BCS Theory-Josephson effect (AC &DC)-Types
of Super conductors-Applications of superconductors.

Nano materials – Significance of nanoscale – Properties of nanomaterials: Physical, Mechanical,

Magnetic, Optical – Synthesis of nanomaterials: Top-down-Ball Milling, Bottom-up -Chemical
vapour deposition – characterization of nanomaterials: X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), Scanning
Electron Microscope (SEM) - Applications of Nano materials.

Unit Outcomes:
The students will be able to
➢ explain how electrical resistivity of solids changes with temperature (L2)
➢ classify superconductors based on Meissner’s effect (L2)
➢ explain Meissner’s effect, BCS theory & Josephson effect in superconductors (L2)
➢ identify the nano size dependent properties of nanomaterials (L2)
➢ illustrate the methods for the synthesis and characterization of nanomaterials (L2)
➢ Apply the basic properties of nanomaterials in various Engineering branches (L3).

Text Books:
1. M. N. Avadhanulu, P.G. Kshirsagar & TVS Arun Murthy” AText book of Engineering
Physics”- S. Chand Publications, 11th Edition 2019.
2. B.K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Shatendra Sharma, Jyotsna Sharma, “ Engineering Physics”, Pearson Education,2018
2. David J.Griffiths, “Introduction to Electrodynamics”- 4/e, Pearson Education,2014
3. T Pradeep “A Text book of Nano Science and Nano Technology”- Tata Mc GrawHill
2013

Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to
➢ identify the wave properties of light and the interaction of energy with the matter (L3)
➢ apply electromagnetic wave propagation in different guided media (L2)
➢ asses the electromagnetic wave propagation and its power in different media (L5)
➢ calculate conductivity of semiconductors (L3)
➢ interpret the difference between normal conductor and superconductor (L2)
➢ demonstrate the application of nanomaterials (L2)
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

32 Page
B.Tech (CSE)– I-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A05201T) DATA STRUCTURES

(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Course Objectives:
1. To teach the representation of solution to the problem using algorithm
2. To explain the approach to algorithm analysis
3. To introduce different data structures for solving the problems
4. To demonstrate modeling of the given problem as a graph
5. To elucidate the existing hashing techniques

Unit – 1: Introduction
Algorithm Specification, Performance analysis, Performance Measurement. Arrays: Arrays,
Dynamically Allocated Arrays. Structures and Unions. Sorting: Motivation, Quick sort, How
fast can we sort, Merge sort, Heap sort

Learning Outcomes :
Student should be able to
1. Analyze the given algorithm to find the time and space complexities.(L4)
2. Select appropriate sorting algorithm (L4)
3. Design a sorting algorithm (L6)

Unit – 2: Stack, Queue and Linked lists

Stacks, Stacks using Dynamic Arrays, Queues, Circular Queues Using Dynamic Arrays,
Evaluation of Expressions, Multiple Stacks and Queues. Linked lists: Singly Linked Lists and
Chains, Representing Chains in C, Linked Stacks and Queues, Additional List Operations,
Doubly Linked Lists.

Learning outcomes: Student should be able to

1. Evaluate expressions (L5)
2. Develop the applications using stacks and queues (L3)
3. Construct the linked lists for various applications (L6)

Unit – 3 :Trees
Introduction, Binary Trees, Binary Tree Traversals, Additional Binary Tree Operations, Binary
Search Trees, Counting Binary Trees, Optimal Binary search Trees, AVL Trees. B-Trees: B-
Trees, B + Trees.

Learning outcomes
1. Explain the concept of a tree (L2)
2. Compare different tree structures (L4)
3. Apply trees for indexing (L3)

Unit – 4 : Graphs and Hashing

33 Page
The Graph Abstract Data Type, Elementary Graph Operations, Minimum Cost Spanning Trees,
Shortest Paths and Transitive Closure
Hashing: Introduction to Hash Table, Static Hashing, Dynamic Hashing.

Learning outcomes:
Student should be able to
1. Recognize the importance of Graphs in solving real world problems (L2)
2. Apply various graph traversal methods to applications (L3)
3. Design a minimum cost solution for a problem using spanning trees (L6)
4. Select the appropriate hashing technique for a given application (L5)
5. Design a hashing technique (L6)

Unit – 5: Files and Advanced sorting

File Organization: Sequential File Organization, Direct File Organization, Indexed Sequential
File Organization.
Advanced sorting: Sorting on Several keys, List and Table sorts, Summary of Internal sorting,
External sorting.

Learning outcomes: Student should be able to

1. Organize data in the form of Files (L6)
2. Apply sorting on large amount of data (L3)

Text Books:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Susan Anderson Freed “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C”, 2nd Edition, University Press, 2007.
2. Alan L. Tharp, “File Organization and Processing”, Wiley and Sons, 1988.

Reference Books:
1. D. Samanta, “Classic Data Structures”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India, Pvt. Ltd., India,
2012.
2. Peter Bras, “Advanced Data Structures”, Cambridge University Press, 2016
3. Richard F.Gilberg, Behrouz A.Forouzan, “Data Structures A Pseudo code Approach with C”,
Second Edition, Cengage Learning 2005.

Course Outcomes:
Students should be able to
1. Select Appropriate Data Structure for solving a real world problem (L4)
2. Select appropriate file organization technique depending on the processing to be done (L4)
3. Construct Indexes for Databases (L6)
4. Analyse the Algorithms (L4)
5. Develop Algorithm for Sorting large files of data (L3)

34 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)- I-II Sem L T P C
2 0 0 2

(19A52101T) COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH I

(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Introduction
The course is designed to train students in receptive (listening and reading) as well as productive
and interactive (speaking and writing) skills by incorporating a comprehensive, coherent and
integrated approach that improves the learners’ ability to effectively use English language in
academic/ workplace contexts. The shift is from learning about the language to using the
language. On successful completion of the compulsory English language course/s in B.Tech.,
learners would be confident of appearing for international language qualification/proficiency
tests such as IELTS, TOEFL, or BEC, besides being able to express themselves clearly in speech
and competently handle the writing tasks and verbal ability component of campus placement
tests. Activity based teaching-learning methods would be adopted to ensure that learners would
engage in actual use of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions.

Course Objectives

➢ Facilitate effective listening skills for better comprehension of academic lectures and
English spoken by native speakers
➢ Focus on appropriate reading strategies for comprehension of various academic texts and
authentic materials
➢ Help improve speaking skills through participation in activities such as role plays,
discussions and structured talks/oral presentations
➢ Impart effective strategies for good writing and demonstrate the same in summarizing,
writing well organized essays, record and report useful information
➢ Provide knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary and encourage their
appropriate use in speech and writing

Unit 1

Listening: Identifyingthe topic, the context and specific pieces of information by listening to
short audio texts and answering a series of questions. Speaking:Asking and answering general
questions on familiar topics such as home, family, work, studies and interests; introducing
oneself and others. Reading: Skimming to get the main idea of a text; scanning to look for
specific pieces of information. Reading for Writing:Beginnings and endings of paragraphs -
introducing the topic, summarizing the main idea and/or providing a transition to the next
paragraph. Grammar and Vocabulary: Content words and function words; word forms: verbs,
nouns, adjectives and adverbs; nouns: countables and uncountables; singular and plural; basic
sentence structures; simple question form - wh-questions; word order in sentences.

Learning Outcomes

35 Page
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ understand social or transactional dialogues spoken by native speakers of English and
identify the context, topic, and pieces of specific information
➢ ask and answer general questions on familiar topics and introduce oneself/others
➢ employ suitable strategies for skimming and scanning to get the general idea of a text
and locate specific information
➢ recognize paragraph structure and be able to match beginnings/endings/headings with
paragraphs
➢ form sentences using proper grammatical structures and correct word forms

Unit 2
Listening: Answering a series of questions about main idea and supporting ideas after listening
to audio texts. Speaking: Discussion in pairs/ small groups on specific topics followed by short
structured talks.Reading: Identifying sequence of ideas; recognizing verbal techniques that help
to link the ideas in a paragraph together. Writing: Paragraph writing (specific topics) using
suitable cohesive devices; mechanics of writing - punctuation, capital letters. Grammar and
Vocabulary: Cohesive devices - linkers, sign posts and transition signals; use of articles and
zero article; prepositions.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ comprehend short talks on general topics
➢ participate in informal discussions and speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable
discourse markers
➢ understand the use of cohesive devices for better reading comprehension
➢ write well structured paragraphs on specific topics
➢ identify basic errors of grammar/ usage and make necessary corrections in short texts

Unit 3
Listening: Listening for global comprehension and summarizing what is listened to. Speaking:
Discussing specific topics in pairs or small groups and reporting what is discussed Reading:
Reading a text in detail by making basic inferences -recognizing and interpreting specific context
clues; strategies to use text clues for comprehension.Writing: Summarizing - identifying main
idea/s and rephrasing what is read; avoiding redundancies and repetitions. Grammar and
Vocabulary: Verbs - tenses; subject-verb agreement; direct and indirect speech, reporting verbs
for academic purposes.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ comprehend short talks and summarize the content with clarity and precision
➢ participate in informal discussions and report what is discussed
➢ infer meanings of unfamiliar words using contextual clues
➢ write summaries based on global comprehension of reading/listening texts
➢ use correct tense forms, appropriate structures and a range of reporting verbs in speech
and writing

36 Page
Unit4
Listening: Making predictions while listening to conversations/ transactional dialogues without
video; listening with video. Speaking: Role plays for practice of conversational English in
academic contexts (formal and informal) - asking for and giving information/directions.
Reading:Studying the use of graphic elements in texts to convey information, reveal
trends/patterns/relationships, communicate processes or display complicated data.Writing:
Information transfer; describe, compare, contrast, identify significance/trendsbased on
information provided in figures/charts/graphs/tables.Grammar and Vocabulary:Quantifying
expressions - adjectives and adverbs; comparing and contrasting; degrees of comparison; use of
antonyms

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ infer and predict about content of spoken discourse
➢ understand verbal and non-verbal features of communication and hold formal/informal
conversations
➢ interpret graphic elements used in academic texts
➢ produce a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table
➢ use language appropriate for description and interpretation of graphical elements

Unit 5
Listening: Identifying key terms, understanding concepts and answering a series of relevant
questions that test comprehension. Speaking: Formal oral presentations on topics from
academic contexts - without the use of PPT slides. Reading: Reading for comprehension.
Writing: Writing structured essays on specific topics using suitable claims and
evidencesGrammar and Vocabulary: Editing short texts –identifying and correcting common
errors in grammar and usage (articles, prepositions, tenses, subject verb agreement)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ take notes while listening to a talk/lecture and make use of them to answer questions
➢ make formal oral presentations using effective strategies
➢ comprehend, discuss and respond to academic texts orally and in writing
➢ produce a well-organized essay with adequate support and detail
➢ edit short texts by correcting common errors

Text Book
• English all round: Communication Skills for Undegurdation Learners Vol. I,
Orient BlackSwan Publisers, First Edition 2019.

37 Page
Reference Books
• Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students. Routledge,
2014.
• Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical Thinking. Heinley
ELT; 2nd Edition, 2018.
• Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan Educational.
• Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.

Sample Web Resources

Grammar/Listening/Writing
1-language.com
http://www.5minuteenglish.com/
https://www.englishpractice.com/

Grammar/Vocabulary
English Language Learning Online
http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/
http://www.better-english.com/
http://www.nonstopenglish.com/
https://www.vocabulary.com/
BBC Vocabulary Games
Free Rice Vocabulary Game

Reading
https://www.usingenglish.com/comprehension/
https://www.englishclub.com/reading/short-stories.htm
https://www.english-online.at/

Listening
https://learningenglish.voanews.com/z/3613
http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening.html

Speaking
https://www.talkenglish.com/
BBC Learning English – Pronunciation tips
Merriam-Webster – Perfect pronunciation Exercises

All Skills
https://www.englishclub.com/
http://www.world-english.org/
http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/

Online Dictionaries
Cambridge dictionary online
MacMillan dictionary
Oxford learner’s dictionaries

38 Page
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the learners will be able to
➢ Understand the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social or
transactional dialogues spoken by native speakers of English
➢ Apply grammatical structures to formulate sentences and correct word forms
➢ Analyze discourse markers to speak clearly on a specific topic in informal discussions
➢ Evaluate reading/listening texts and to write summaries based on global
comprehension of these texts.
➢ Create a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table

39 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)–I- II Sem L T P C
0 0 2 1
(19A05202) COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

Course Objectives:
• To provide Technical training to the students on Productivity tools like Word processors,
Spreadsheets, Presentations
• To make the students know about the internal parts of a computer, assembling a computer
from the parts, preparing a computer for use by installing the operating system
• Teach them how to connect two or more computers
• Introduce to the Raspberry Pi board
• Explain storytelling by creating Graphics, Webpages and Videos

Preparing your Computer

Task 1: Learn about Computer: Identify the internal parts of a computer, and its peripherals.
Represent the same in the form of diagrams including Block diagram of a computer. Write
specifications for each part of a computer including peripherals and specification of Desktop
computer. Submit it in the form of a report.

Task 2: Assembling a Computer: Disassemble and assemble the PC back to working

condition. Students should be able to trouble shoot the computer and identify working and non-
working parts. Student should identify the problem correctly by various methods available (eg:
beeps). Students should record the process of assembling and trouble shooting a computer.

Task 3: Install Operating system: Student should install Linux on the computer. Student may
install another operating system (including proprietary software) and make the system dual boot
or multi boot. Students should record the entire installation process.

Task 4: Operating system features: Students should record the various features that are
supported by the operating system(s) installed. They have to submit a report on it. Students
should be able to access CD/DVD drives, write CD/DVDs, access pen drives, print files, etc.
Students should install new application software and record the installation process.
Productivity tools

Task 5: Word Processor: Students should be able to create documents using the word processor
tool. Some of the tasks that are to be performed are inserting and deleting the characters, words
and lines, Alignment of the lines, Inserting header and Footer, changing the font, changing the
colour, including images and tables in the word file, making page setup, copy and paste block
of text, images, tables, linking the images which are present in other directory, formatting
paragraphs, spell checking, etc. Students should be able to prepare project cover pages, content
sheet and chapter pages at the end of the task using the features studied. Students should submit
a user manual of the word processor considered.

Task 6: Spreadsheet: Students should be able to create, open, save the application documents
and format them as per the requirement. Some of the tasks that may be practiced are Managing

40 Page
the worksheet environment, creating cell data, inserting and deleting cell data, format cells,
adjust the cell size, applying formulas and functions, preparing charts, sorting cells. Students
should submit a user manual of the Spreadsheet application considered.

Task 7: Presentations: creating, opening, saving and running the presentations, Selecting the
style for slides, formatting the slides with different fonts, colours, creating charts and tables,
inserting and deleting text, graphics and animations, bulleting and numbering, hyperlinking,
running the slide show, setting the timing for slide show. Students should submit a user manual
of the Presentation tool considered.

Networking

Task 8: Wired network: Select a LAN cable, Identify the wires in the cable, Define the purpose
of each wire, Study the RJ45 connecter, Use crimping tool to fix the cable to the connecter, Test
the cable using LAN tester, Connect two or more computers using cross and straight cables,
Configure the computers, share the data between the computers.

Task 9: Wireless network Connect the wireless LAN card or identify the built-in wireless LAN
card, configure four computers using adhoc mode and share the data, connect four computers
using infrastructure mode (Access point) and share the data.

IoT

Task 10: Raspberry Pi

Study the architecture of Raspberry pi, configure software, Install SD card, Connect the cables,
Install Raspbian (or any other) operating system, Configure Wi-Fi, Remotely connect to your
Raspberry Pi.

Story Telling

Task 11: Storytelling

Use Adobe spark or any other tool to create Graphics, Webpages, and Videos.

Reference Books :
1. B. Govindarajulu, “IBM PC and Clones Hardware Trouble shooting and Maintenance”,
2nd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002
2. “MOS study guide for word, Excel, Powerpoint & Outlook Exams”, Joan Lambert,
Joyce Cox, PHI.
3. “Introduction to Information Technology”, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson
Education.
4. Rusen, “Networking your computers and devices”, PHI
5. Bigelows, “Trouble shooting, Maintaining & Repairing PCs”, TMH.
6. https://www.adobe.com
7. https://www.raspberrypi.org

Course Outcomes:
41 Page
• Construct a computer from its parts and prepare it for use (L3)
• Develop Documents using Word processors (L3)
• Develop presentations using the presentation tool (L3)
• Perform computations using spreadsheet tool (L3)
• Connect computer using wired and wireless connections (L4)
• Design Graphics, Videos and Web pages (L6)
• Connect things to computers (L3)

42 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-II Sem L T P C
0 0 2 1

(19A52101P) COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH I LAB

(Common to All Branches of Engineering)
Introduction

The course is designed to train students in receptive (listening and reading) as well as productive
and interactive (speaking and writing) skills by incorporating a comprehensive, coherent and
integrated approach that improves the learners’ ability to effectively use English language in
academic/ workplace contexts. The shift is from learning about the language to using the
language. On successful completion of the compulsory English language course/s in B.Tech.,
learners would be confident of appearing for international language qualification/proficiency
tests such as IELTS, TOEFL, or BEC, besides being able to express themselves clearly in speech
and competently handle the writing tasks and verbal ability component of campus placement
tests. Activity based teaching-learning methods would be adopted to ensure that learners would
engage in actual use of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions.

Course Objectives

➢ To expose the students to variety of self instructional, learner friendly modes of language
learning
➢ To help the students cultivate the habit of reading passages from the computer monitor.
Thus providing them with the required facility to face computer based competitive exams
like GRE, TOEFL, and GMAT etc.
➢ To enable them to learn better pronunciation through stress, intonation and rhythm
➢ To train them to use language effectively to face interviews, group discussions, public
speaking
➢ To initiate them into greater use of the computer in resume preparation, report writing,
format making etc

Course Outcomes
➢ CO1: To remember and understand the different aspects of the English language
proficiency with emphasis on LSRW skills
➢ CO2: To apply communication skills through various language learning activities
➢ CO3: To analyze the English speech sounds, stress, rhythm, intonation and syllable
division for better listening and speaking comprehension.
➢ CO4: To evaluate and exhibit acceptable etiquette essential in social and professional
settings
➢ CO5: To create awareness on mother tongue influence and neutralize it in order to
improve fluency in spoken English.

43 Page
Unit 1
1. Phonetics for listening comprehension of various accents
2. Reading comprehension
3. Describing objects/places/persons

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ understand different accents spoken by native speakers of English
➢ employ suitable strategies for skimming and scanning on monitor to get the general idea
of a text and locate specific information
➢ learn different professional registers and specific vocabulary to describe different
persons, places and objects
Unit 2
1. JAM
2. Small talks on general topics
3. Debates

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ produce a structured talk extemporarily
➢ comprehend and produce short talks on general topics
➢ participate in debates and speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable discourse
markers
Unit 3
1. Situational dialogues – Greeting and Introduction
2. Summarizing and Note making
3. Vocabulary Building

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ Learn different ways of greeting and introducing oneself/others
➢ summarize the content with clarity and precision and take notes while listening to a
talk/lecture and make use of them to answer questions
➢ replenish vocabulary with one word substitutes, homonyms, homophones, homographs
to reduce errors in speech and writing

Unit4
1. Asking for Information and Giving Directions
2. Information Transfer
3. Non-verbal Communication – Dumb Charade

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ Learn different ways of asking information and giving directions
44 Page
 ➢ Able to transfer information effectively
➢ understand non-verbal features of communication

Unit 5
1. Oral Presentations
2. Précis Writing and Paraphrasing
3. Reading Comprehension and spotting errors

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
➢ make formal oral presentations using effective strategies
➢ learn different techniques of précis writing and paraphrasing strategies
➢ comprehend while reading different texts and edit short texts by correcting common
errors

Reference Books
• English in Action, I st Edition, 2019, Maruthi Publications.
• Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students. Routledge,
2014.
• Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical Thinking. Heinley
ELT; 2nd Edition, 2018.
• Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan Educational.
• Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.

Sample Web Resources

Grammar/Listening/Writing
1-language.com
http://www.5minuteenglish.com/
https://www.englishpractice.com/

Grammar/Vocabulary
English Language Learning Online
http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/
http://www.better-english.com/
http://www.nonstopenglish.com/
https://www.vocabulary.com/
BBC Vocabulary Games
Free Rice Vocabulary Game

Reading
https://www.usingenglish.com/comprehension/
https://www.englishclub.com/reading/short-stories.htm
https://www.english-online.at/

Listening

45 Page
https://learningenglish.voanews.com/z/3613
http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening.html

Speaking
https://www.talkenglish.com/
BBC Learning English – Pronunciation tips
Merriam-Webster – Perfect pronunciation Exercises

All Skills
https://www.englishclub.com/
http://www.world-english.org/
http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/

Online Dictionaries
Cambridge dictionary online
MacMillan dictionary
Oxford learner’s dictionaries

46 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)–I- II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A02201P) BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB
(Civil, Mechanical, CSE, CSSE, IT and Food Technology)
Part A: Electrical Engineering Lab
Course Objectives:
1. To Verify Kirchoff’s laws
2. To verify Superposition theorem.
3. To learn performance characteristics of DC Machines.
4. To perform open circuit & Short Circuit test on 1- Phase Transformer.
5. To Study the I – V Characteristics of Solar PV Cell

List of experiments: -
1. Verification of Kirchhoff laws.
2. Verification of Superposition Theorem.
3. Open circuit characteristics of a DC Shunt Generator.
4. Speed control of DC Shunt Motor.
5. OC & SC test of 1 – Phase Transformer.
6. Brake test on 3 - Phase Induction Motor.
7. I – V Characteristics of Solar PV cell
8. Brake test on DC Shunt Motor.

Course Outcomes: Able to

1. Verify Kirchoff’s Laws & Superposition theorem.
2. Perform testing on AC and DC Machines.
3. Study I – V Characteristics of PV Cell

Part B: Electronics Engineering Lab

Course outcomes:
• Describe construction, working and characteristics of diodes, transistors and operational
amplifiers (L2)
• Demonstrate how electronic devices are used for applications such as rectification,
switching and amplification (L2)
• Build different building blocks in digital electronics using logic gates (L3)
• Explain functionality of flip-flops, shift registers and counters for data processing
applications (L2)
• Explain functioning of various communication systems (L2)

List of Experiments:
1. Draw and study the characteristics of Semi-conductor diode and Zener Diode
2. Draw and study the input and output characteristics of Transistor in Common Emitter
configuration
3. Draw and study the static and transfer characteristics of FET in Common Source
Configuration

47 Page
4. Construct half wave and full wave rectifier circuits. Find ripple factor and plot their
output waveforms with and without filters
5. Study the application of Op-amp as an Inverting amplifier, Non-inverting amplifier,
Voltage follower, Summer and Subtractor
6. Realization of logic gates, AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR
7. Realization of Adders, Multiplexers and Decoders using logic gates.
8. Realization of flip-flops using logic gates.
9. Conduct an experiment on AM & FM modulation & demodulation, Plot the
corresponding modulated and demodulated signals

48 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– I-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A56101P) APPLIED PHYSICS LAB
(ECE, CSE, CSSE, EEE, EIE & IT Branches)
Course Objectives:
➢ Understands the concepts of interference and diffraction and their applications.
➢ Understand the role of optical fiber parameters in communication.
➢ Recognize the importance of energy gap in the study of conductivity and hall effect
in a semiconductor.
➢ Illustrates the magnetic and dielectric materials applications.
➢ Apply the principles of semiconductors in various electronic devices.

Note: In the following list, out of 15 experiments, any 12 experiments must be performed
in a semester
List of Physics Experiments

1. Determine the thickness of the wire using wedge shape method

Experimental outcomes:
operates optical instrument like travelling microscope. (L2)
estimate the thickness of the wire using wedge shape method (L2)
Identifies the formation of interference fringes due to reflected light from non
uniform thin film. (L2)
2. Determination of the radius of curvature of the lens by Newton’s ring method
Experimental outcomes:
operates optical instrument like travelling microscope. (L2)
estimate the radius of curvature of the lens (L2)
Identifies the formation of interference fringes due to reflected light from non
uniform thin film. (L2)
plots the square of the diameter of a ring with no. of rings (L3)
3. Determination of wavelength by plane diffraction grating method
Experimental outcomes:
operates optical instrument like spectrometer. (L2)
estimate the wavelength of the given source (L2)
Identifies the formation of grating spectrum due diffraction. (L2)
4. Dispersive power of a diffraction grating
Experimental outcomes:
operates optical instrument like spectrometer. (L2)
estimate the wavelength of the given source (L2)
Identifies the formation of grating spectrum due diffraction. (L2)
5. Resolving power of a grating
Experimental outcomes:
operates optical instrument like spectrometer. (L2)
estimate the resolving power of the grating (L2)
Illustrates the role of resolving power in various optical instruments. (L3)
6. Determination of dielectric constant by charging and discharging method.
Experimental outcomes:

49 Page
 operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the dielectric constant of the given substance. (L2)
Identifies the significance of dielectric constant in various devices. (L2)
7. Magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil carrying current.
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil carrying current. (L2)
plots the intensity of the magnetic field of circular coil carrying current with distance
(L3)
8. To determine the self inductance of the coil (L) using Anderson’s bridge.
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the self inductance of the coil using Anderson’s bridge. (L2)
Identifies the significance of self inductance of the coil in electric devices. (L2)
9. Study the variation of B versus H by magnetizing the magnetic material (B-H curve)
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the hysteresis loss, coercivity and retentivity of the ferromagnetic material..
(L2)
classifies the soft and hard magnetic material based on B-H curve. (L2)
plots the magnetic field H and flux density B (L3)
10. To determine the numerical aperture of a given optical fiber and hence to find its
acceptance angle
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the numerical aperture and acceptance angle of a given optical fiber. (L2)
Identifies the significance of numerical aperture and acceptance angle of a optical
fiber in various engineering applications. (L2)
11. Measurement of magnetic susceptibility by Gouy’s method
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the magnetic susceptibility of the given material. (L2)
Identifies the significance of magnetic susceptibilityin various engineering
applications. (L2)
12. Determination of Hall voltage and Hall coefficient of a given semiconductor using
Hall effect.
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the charge carrier concentration and mobility in a semiconductor. (L2)
Illustrates the applications of hall effect. (L3)
plots the voltage with current and voltage with magnetic field (L3)

13. To determine the resistivity of semiconductor by Four probe method

Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the resistivity of a semiconductor. (L2)

50 Page
 Identifies the importance of Four probe method in finding the resistivity of
semiconductor. (L3)
14. To determine the energy gap of a semiconductor
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the energy gap of a semiconductor. (L2)
Illustrates the engineering applications of energy gap . (L3)
plots 1/T with log R (L3)
15. Measurement of resistance with varying temperature.
Experimental outcomes:
operates various instruments and connect them as per the circuit. (L2)
estimate the resistance with varying temperature. (L2)
plots resistance R with temperature T (L3)

Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to
➢ operate optical instruments like microscope and spectrometer (L2)
➢ determine thickness of a hair/paper with the concept of interference (L2)
➢ estimate the wavelength of different colors using diffraction grating and resolving
power (L2)
➢ plot the intensity of the magnetic field of circular coil carrying current with distance
(L3)
➢ evaluate the acceptance angle of an optical fiber and numerical aperture (L3)
➢ determine magnetic susceptibility of the material and its losses by B-H curve (L3)
➢ determine the resistivity of the given semiconductor using four probe method (L3)
➢ identify the type of semiconductor i.e., n-type or p-type using hall effect (L3)
➢ calculate the band gap of a given semiconductor (L3)

References Books:
1. S. Balasubramanian, M.N. Srinivasan “A Text book of Practical Physics”- S Chand
Publishers, 2017.
2. http://vlab.amrita.edu/index.php -Virtual Labs, Amrita University

51 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – I-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(19A05201P) DATA STRUCTURES LAB

(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce to the different data structures
2. To elucidate how the data structure selection influences the algorithm complexity
3. To explain the different operations that can be performed on different data structures
4. To introduce to the different search and sorting algorithms.

Laboratory Experiments
1. String operations using array of pointers
2. Searching Algorithms (With the Number of Key Comparisons) Sequential,
Binary and Fibonacci Search Algorithms.
3. Sorting Algorithms: Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Shell Sort, Bubble Sort,
Quick Sort, Heap Sort, Merge Sort, and Radix Sort. Using the system clock,
compute the time taken for sorting of elements. The time for other operations
like I/O etc should not be considered while computing time.
4. Implementation of Singly Linked List, Doubly Linked List, Circular Linked
List
5. Stack implementation using arrays
6. Stack implementation using linked lists
7. Queue implementation using arrays. Implement different forms of queue.
While implementing you should be able to store elements equal to the size of
the queue. No positions should be left blank.
8. Queue implementation using linked lists
9. Creation of binary search tree, performing operations insertion, deletion, and
traversal.
10. Breadth first search
11. Depth first search
12. Travelling sales man problem
13. File operations
14. Indexing of a file
15. Reversing the links (not just displaying) of a linked list.
16. Consider a linked list consisting of name of a person and gender as a node.
Arrange the linked list using ‘Ladies first’ principle. You may create new
linked lists if necessary.
17. An expression can be represented in three ways: infix, prefix and postfix. All
the forms are necessary in different contexts. Write modules to convert from
one form to another form.

18. A table can be defined as a collection of rows and columns. Each row and
column may have a label. Different values are stored in the cells of the table.

52 Page
 The values can be of different data types. Numerical operations like
summation, average etc can be performed on rows/columns which contain
numerical data. Such operations are to be prevented on data which is not
numeric. User may like to insert row/columns in the already existing table.
User may like to remove row/column. Create table datatype and support
different operations on it.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students should be able to
1. Select the data structure appropriate for solving the problem (L5)
2. Implement searching and sorting algorithms (L3)
3. Design new data types (L6)
4. Illustrate the working of stack and queue (L4)
5. Organize the data in the form of files (L6)

53 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A54303) MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

Course Objectives
• To explain about the Boolean Algebra, Graph theory and Recurrence relations.
• To demonstrate the application of basic methods of discrete mathematics in Computer
Science problem solving.
• To elucidate solving mathematical problems from algorithmic perspective.
• To introduce the mathematical concepts which will be useful to study advanced courses
Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Theory of Computation, Cryptography and Software
Engineering etc.
• To reveal how solutions of graph theory can be applied to computer science problems

UNIT- I

Statements and Notation, Connectives- Negation, Conjunction, Disjunction, Conditional and

Bi-conditional, Statement formulas and Truth Tables. Well-formed formulas, Tautologies,
Equivalence of Formulas, Duality Law, Tautological Implications.
Normal Forms: Disjunctive Normal Forms, Conjunctive Normal Forms, Principal Disjunctive
Normal Forms (PDNF), Principal Conjunctive Normal Forms (PCNF), Ordering and
Uniqueness of Normal Forms.
The Theory of Inference for the Statement Calculus: Rules of Inference, Consistency of
Premises and Indirect Method of Proof.
The predicate Calculus, Inference theory of the Predicate Calculus.

Unit Outcomes:
• Describe logical sentences in terms of predicates, quantifiers, and logical connectives
(L1)
• Evaluate basic logic statements using truth tables and the properties of logic (L5).
• Apply rules of inference to test the consistency of premises and validity of arguments
(L3).
• Verify the equivalence of two formulas and their duals (L4).
• Find the Principal Conjunctive and Principal Disjunctive Normal Forms of a statement
formula (L1).
UNIT-II
Set Theory: Basic concepts of Set Theory, Representation of Discrete structures, Relations
and Ordering, Functions, Recursion.
Lattices and Boolean algebra: Lattices as Partially Ordered Sets, Boolean algebra, Boolean
Functions, Representation and Minimization of Boolean Functions.
Algebraic Structures: Algebraic Systems: Examples and General Properties, Semi Groups
and Monoids, Groups.

54 Page
Unit Outcomes:
• Describe equivalence, partial order and compatible relations (L1).
• Compute Maximal Compatibility Blocks (L3).
• Identify the properties of Lattices (L2).
• Evaluate Boolean functions and simplify expression using the properties of Boolean
algebra (L5).
• Infer Homomorphism and Isomorphism (L4).
• Describe the properties of Semi groups, Monoids and Groups (L1).

UNIT-III

Elementary Combinatorics: Basics of Counting, Combinations and Permutations,

Enumeration of Combinations and Permutations, Enumerating Combinations and Permutations
with repetitions, Enumerating Permutations and Combinations with constrained
Representations, Binomial Coefficients, The Binomial and Multinomial Theorems, The
Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion.

Unit Outcomes:
• Explain fundamental principle of counting (L2).
• Examine the relation between permutation and combination (L4).
• Solve counting problems by applying elementary counting techniques using the
product and sum rules (L3).
• Apply permutations, combinations, the pigeon-hole principle, and binomial expansion
to solve counting problems (L3).
UNIT-IV:

Recurrence Relations: Generating Functions of Sequences, Calculating Coefficients of

Generating Functions, Recurrence Relations, Solving Recurrence Relations by Substitution and
Generating Functions, The method of Characteristic Roots, Solution of Inhomogeneous
Recurrence Relations.

Unit Outcomes:
• Find the generating functions for a sequence (L1).
• Design recurrence relations using the divide-and-conquer algorithm (L6).
• Solve linear recurrence relations using method of Characteristic Roots (L3).
• Outline the general solution of homogeneous or Inhomogeneous Recurrence Relations
using substitution and method of generating functions (L2).
• Solve problems using recurrence relations and recursion to analyze complexity of
algorithms (L3).

55 Page
UNIT-V:

Graphs: Basic Concepts, Isomorphism and Sub graphs, Trees and their Properties, Spanning
Trees, Directed Trees, Binary Trees, Planar Graphs, Euler’s Formula, Multigraphs and Euler
Circuits, Hamiltonian Graphs, Chromatics Number, The Four-Color Problem

Unit Outcomes:
• Investigate if a given graph is simple or a multigraph, directed or undirected, cyclic
oracyclic (L4).
• Describe complete graph and complete bipartite graphs (L1).
• Identify Euler Graphs, Hamilton Graph and Chromatic Number of a graph (L2).
• Apply the concepts of functions to identify the Isomorphic Graphs (L3).
• Apply depth-first and breadth-first search (L3).
• Apply Prim’s and Kruskal’s algorithms to find a minimum spanning tree (L3).
Course Outcomes:

After completion of this course the student would be able to

• Evaluate elementary mathematical arguments and identify fallacious reasoning (L5).
• Understand the properties of Compatibility, Equivalence and Partial Ordering relations,
Lattices and Has see Diagrams (L1).
• Understand the general properties of Algebric Systems, Semi Groups, Monoids and
Groups (L1).
• Design solutions for problems using breadth first and depth first search techniques (L6)
• Solve the homogeneous and non-homogeneous recurrence relations (L3).
• Apply the concepts of functions to identify the Isomorphic Graphs (L2).
• Identify Euler Graphs, Hamilton Graph and Chromatic Number of a graph (L2).

Text Books:

1. Joe L. Mott. Abraham Kandel and Theodore P. Baker, “Discrete Mathematics for
Computer Scientists & Mathematicians”, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2008. (for Units III to V).
2. J P Trembly and R Manohar, “Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to
Computer Science”, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017(For Unit I&II).
Reference Books:

1. Ralph P. Grimaldi and B.V. Ramana, “Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics, an

Applied Introduction”, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2016.
2. Narsingh Deo, “Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1979.
3. D.S. Malik and M.K. Sen, “Discrete Mathematics theory and Applications”, Ist Edition,
Cenegage Learning, 2012.
4. C L Liu and D P Mohapatra, “Elements of Discrete Mathematics, A computer Oriented
approach”, 4th edition, MCGRAW-HILL, 2018.
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

56 Page
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A05301) DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:
• Understanding basic number systems, codes and logical gates.
• Acquiring the skills to manipulate and examine Boolean algebraic expressions, logical
operations, and Boolean functions
• Acquainting with classical hardware design for both combinational and sequential logic
circuits
• Experiencing about synchronous circuits.
• Obtaining the knowledge about various types of memories.

UNIT - I

Digital Systems and Binary Numbers: Digital Systems, Binary Numbers, Number base
conversions, Octal, Hexadecimal and other base numbers, complements, signed binary numbers,
binary codes, binary storage and registers, binary logic.

Boolean algebra and logic gates: Basic theorems and properties of Boolean algebra, Boolean
functions, canonical and standard forms, Digital Logic Gates.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Summarize the binary number system
• Illustrate various binary codes
• Describe the basic postulates of Boolean Algebra
• Develop a logic diagram using gates from a Boolean function

UNIT - II

Gate–Level Minimization: The Map Method, Four-Variable K-Map, sum of products, product
of sums simplification, Don’t care conditions, Simplification by Quine- McClusky Method,
NAND and NOR implementation and other two level implementations, Exclusive-OR function.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Apply the map method for simplifying Boolean Expressions.
• Apply Don’t care conditions to simplify a Karnaugh map.
• Design two-level Boolean functions with NAND gates and NOR gates

UNIT - III

57 Page
Combinational Logic: Combinational Circuits, Analysis of Combinational Circuits, Design
Procedure, Binary Adder-Subtractor, Decimal Adder, Binary Multiplier, Magnitude
Comparator, Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers and Demultiplexers.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Select fundamental combinational logic circuits.
• Analyze and design combinational circuits.
• Design Boolean function with a multiplexer.

UNIT - IV

Synchronous Sequential Circuits: Latches, Flip-flops, analysis of clocked sequential circuits,

Register and Counters: Registers, Shift registers, Ripple counters, Synchronous counters and
other counters.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Explain the functionalities of latch and different flip-flops.
• Analyze and design clocked sequential circuits.
• Describe the use of sequential circuit components in complex digital systems.

UNIT - V

Memory and Programmable Logic: Random-Access memory, Memory decoding, ROM,

Programmable Logic Array, Programmable Array Logic, Sequential programmable devices.

Digital Integrated Circuits: RTL and DTL Circuits, Transistor-Transistor Logic (TTL), Emitter-
Coupled Logic (ECL), MOS, CMOS Logic, Comparisons of Logic Families

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Interpret the types of memories.
• Construct the Boolean functions with PLA and PAL.
• Describe the most common integrated circuit digital logic families.

Course Outcomes:
Students should be able to
• Analyze the number systems and codes.
• Decide the Boolean expressions using Minimization methods.
• Design the sequential and combinational circuits.
• Apply state reduction methods to solve sequential circuits.
• Describe various types of memories.

58 Page
TEXT BOOKS:

1. M. Morris Mano, M.D. Ciletti, “Digital Design”, 5th edition, Pearson, 2018.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha, “Digital Principles and applications”,
Mc Graw Hill , 8th Edition,2015.
2. David J. Comer, “Digital Logic & State Machine Design”, Oxford University Press, 3rd
Reprinted Indian Edition, 2012
3. R.D. Sudhakar Samuel, “Digital Logic Design”, Elsevier Publishers.

59 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
2 0 0 2

(19A99304) DESIGN THINKING

(Common to CSE & IT)

Preamble: Design is a realization of a concept or idea into a configuration, drawing or a product.

Design thinking is cognitive and practical processes by which design concepts are developed by
designers. Innovation is a new idea or a new concept. Product development is the creation of a
new or different product that offers new benefits to the end user. This course introduces the
design thinking in product innovation.

Course Objectives:

• To familiarize product design process

• To introduce the basics of design thinking
• To bring awareness on idea generation
• To familiarize the role of design thinking in services design
Unit -I

Introduction to design, characteristics of successful product development, product development

process, identification of opportunities, product planning, Innovation in product development.

Unit -II

Design thinking: Introduction, Principles, the process, Innovation in design thinking, benefits of
Design thinking, design thinking and innovation, case studies.

Unit-III

Idea generation: Introduction, techniques, Conventional methods, Intuitive methods,

Brainstorming, Gallery method, Delphi method, Synectics, etc

Select ideas from ideation methods, case studies.

Unit-IV

Design Thinking in Information Technology, Design thinking in Business process model,

Design thinking for agile software development, virtual collaboration, multi user and multi
account interaction, need for communication, TILES toolkit, Cloud implementation.

Unit V

Design thinking for service design: How to design a service, Principles of service design,
Benefits of service design, Service blueprint, Design strategy, organization, principles for
information design, principles of technology for service design.

60 Page
Course Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Generate and develop different design ideas.
• Appreciate the innovation and benefits of design thinking.
• Experience the design thinking process in IT and agile software development.
• Understand design techniques related to variety of software services

Reference Books:

1. Christoph Meinel and Larry Leifer, “Design Thinking”, Springer, 2011

2. Aders Riise Maehlum, “Extending the TILES Toolkit” from Ideation to Prototyping
3. http://www.algarytm.com/it-executives-guide-to-design-thinking:e-book.
4. Marc stickdorn and Jacob Schneider, “This is Service Design Thinking”, Wiely, 2011
5. Pahl and Vietz, “Engineering Design”, Springer, 2007

61 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A05302T) DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(COMMON TO CSE & IT)

Course objectives:
This course is designed to:
• Train in the fundamental concepts of database management systems, database modeling
and design, SQL, PL/SQL and system implementation techniques.
• Enable students to model ER diagram for any customized application
• Inducting appropriate strategies for optimization of queries.
• Provide knowledge on concurrency techniques
• Demonstrate the organization of Databases

UNIT-I: Introduction: Database systems applications, Purpose of Database Systems, view of

Data, Database Languages, Relational Databases, Database Design, Data Storage and Querying,
Transaction Management, Database Architecture, Data Mining and Information Retrieval,
Specialty Databases, Database users and Administrators,

Introduction to Relational Model: Structure of Relational Databases, Database Schema, Keys,

Schema Diagrams, Relational Query Languages, Relational Operations

At the end of the Unit, students will be able to:

➢ Distinguish between Database and File System
➢ Categorize different kinds of data models
➢ Define functional components of DBMS

UNIT-II: Introduction to SQL: Overview of the SQL Query Language, SQL Data Definition,
Basic Structure of SQL Queries, Additional Basic Operations, Set Operations, Null Values,
Aggregate Functions, Nested Sub-queries, Modification of the Database. Intermediate SQL:
Joint Expressions, Views, Transactions, Integrity Constraints, SQL Data types and schemas,
Authorization.

Advanced SQL: Accessing SQL from a Programming Language, Functions and Procedures,
Triggers, Recursive Queries, OLAP, Formal relational query languages.

At the end of the Unit, students will be able to:

1. Outline the elements of the relational model such as domain, attribute , tuple, relation
and entity
2. Distinguish between various kinds of constraints like domain, key and integrity
3. Define relational schema
4. Develop queries using Relational Algebra and SQL
5. Perform DML operations on databases

62 Page
UNIT-III: Database Design and the E-R Model: Overview of the Design Process, The Entity-
Relationship Model, Constraints, Removing Redundant Attributes in Entity Sets, Entity-
Relationship Diagrams, Reduction to Relational Schemas, Entity-Relationship Design Issues.

Relational Database Design:

Features of Good Relational Designs, Atomic Domains and First Normal Form, Decomposition
Using Functional Dependencies, Functional-Dependency Theory, Algorithms for
Decomposition, Decomposition Using Multivalued Dependencies, More Normal Forms

At the end of the Unit, students will be able to:

➢ Develop E-R model for the given problem
➢ Derive tables from E-R diagrams
➢ Differentiate between various normal forms based on functional dependency
➢ Apply normalization techniques to eliminate redundancy

UNIT-IV: Query Processing: Overview, Measures of Query cost, Selection operation, sorting,
Join Operation, other operations, Evaluation of Expressions.
Query optimization: Overview, Transformation of Relational Expressions, Estimating
statistics of Expression results, Choice of Evaluation Plans, Materialized views, Advanced
Topics in Query Optimization.

At the end of the Unit, students will be able to:

1. Identify variety of methods for effective processing of given queries.
2. Obtain knowledge related to optimization techniques.

UNIT V: Transaction Management:

Transactions: Concept, A Simple Transactional Model, Storage Structures, Transaction
Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation, Serializability, Isolation and Atomicity,
Transaction Isolation Levels, Implementation of Isolation Levels, Transactions as SQL
Statements.
Concurrency Control: Lock based Protocols, Deadlock Handling, Multiple granularity,
Timestamp based Protocols, Validation based Protocols.
Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery
Algorithm, Buffer Management, Failure with Loss of Nonvolatile Storage, Early Lock Release
and Logical Undo Operations.

At the end of the Unit, students will be able to:

1. Understand various properties of transaction.
2. Design atomic transactions for an application.
3. Gain the knowledge about log mechanism and check pointing techniques for system
recovery.

63 Page
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to :
1. Design a database for a real world information system
2. Define transactions which preserve the integrity of the database
3. Generate tables for a database
4. Organize the data to prevent redundancy
5. Pose queries to retrieve the information from database.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. A.Silberschatz, H.F.Korth, S.Sudarshan, “Database System Concepts”, 6/e, TMH 2019

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Shamkant B. Navathe, “Database Management System” 6/e RamezElmasri PEA

2. “Database Principles Fundamentals of Design Implementation and Management”, Carlos
Coronel, Steven Morris, Peter Robb, Cengage Learning.
3. Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, “Database Management Systems”, 3/e, TMH

64 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A05303T) OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:
• To understand object oriented concepts and problem solving techniques
• To obtain knowledge about the principles of inheritance and polymorphism
• To implement the concept of packages, interfaces, exception handling and concurrency
mechanism.
• To design the GUIs using applets and swing controls.
• To understand the Java Database Connectivity Architecture

UNIT - I

Introduction: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming, The History and Evolution of

Java, Introduction to Classes, Objects, Methods, Constructors, this keyword, Garbage
Collection, Data Types, Variables, Type Conversion and Casting, Arrays, Operators, Control
Statements, Method Overloading, Constructor Overloading, Parameter Passing, Recursion,
String Class and String handling methods.

Unit Outcomes:

Student should be able to

• Understand the syntax, semantics and features of Java Programming Language.

• Learn object oriented features and understanding type conversion and casting.
• Understand different types of string handling functions and its usage.

UNIT - II

Inheritance: Basics, Using Super, Creating Multilevel hierarchy, Method overriding, Dynamic
Method Dispatch, Using Abstract classes, Using final with inheritance, Object class,

Packages: Basics, Finding packages and CLASSPATH, Access Protection, Importing

packages.

Interfaces: Definition, Implementing Interfaces, Extending Interfaces, Nested Interfaces,

Applying Interfaces, Variables in Interfaces.

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Implement types of Inheritance and developing new classes based on existing classes
• Distinguish between system packages and user defined packages.

65 Page
 • Demonstrate features of interfaces to implement multiple inheritances.

UNIT - III

Exception handling - Fundamentals, Exception types, Uncaught exceptions, using try and
catch, multiple catch clauses, nested try statements, throw, throws and finally, built- in
exceptions, creating own exception sub classes.

Stream based I/O (java.io) – The Stream classes-Byte streams and Character streams, Reading
console Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and writing Files, Random access
file operations, The Console class, Serialization, Enumerations, Autoboxing, Generics.

Unit Outcomes:

Student should be able to

• Learn what exceptions are and how they are handled.

• Learn when to use exception handling and how to create user defined exceptions
• Learn the difference between various files and streams.

UNIT - IV

Multithreading: The Java thread model, Creating threads, Thread priorities, Synchronizing
threads, Interthread communication.

The Collections Framework (java.util): Collections overview, Collection Interfaces, The

Collection classes- Array List, Linked List, Hash Set, Tree Set, Priority Queue, Array Deque.
Hashtable, Properties, Stack, Vector, String Tokenizer, Bit Set, Date, Calendar, Random,
Formatter, Scanner.

Unit Outcomes:

Student should be able to

• Understand concurrency, parallelism and multithreading

• Learn the importance of collections and use prebuilt generic data structures from
framework.

UNIT – V

Applet: Basics, Architecture, Applet Skeleton, requesting repainting, using the status window,
passing parameters to applets

GUI Programming with Swings – The origin and design philosophy of swing, components
and containers, layout managers, event handling, using a push button, jtextfield, jlabel and
image icon, the swing buttons, jtext field, jscrollpane, jlist, jcombobox, trees, jtable, An
overview of jmenubar, jmenu and jmenuitem, creating a main menu, showmessagedialog,
showconfirmdialog, showinputdialog, showoptiondialog, jdialog, create a modeless dialog.

66 Page
Accessing Databases with JDBC:

Types of Drivers, JDBC Architecture, JDBC classes and Interfaces, Basic steps in developing
JDBC applications, Creating a new database and table with JDBC.

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Learn how to use the Nimbus look-and-feel
• Understand the GUI programming.
• Understand basic steps in developing JDBC applications,

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able
• To solve real world problems using OOP techniques.
• To apply code reusability through inheritance, packages and interfaces
• To solve problems using java collection framework and I/O classes.
• To develop applications by using parallel streams for better performance.
• To develop applets for web applications.
• To build GUIs and handle events generated by user interactions.
• To use the JDBC API to access database

Text Books:
1. Herbert Schildt “Java The complete reference”, 9th edition, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Paul Dietel, Harvey Dietel “Java How to Program”, 10th Edition, Pearson Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. T. Budd “Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java”, updated edition,

Pearson Education.
2. Cay S. Horstmann, “Core Java Volume – 1 Fundamentals”, Pearson Education.
3. Sagayaraj, Dennis, Karthik and Gajalakshmi, “Java Programming for core and advanced
learners” University Press
4. Y. Daniel Liang, “Introduction to Java programming”, Pearson Education.
5. P. Radha Krishna, “Object Oriented Programming through Java”, University Press.
6. S. Malhotra, S. Chudhary, “Programming in Java”, 2nd edition, Oxford Univ. Press.
7. R.A. Johnson, “Java Programming and Object-oriented Application Development”,
Cengage Learning.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
2 1 0 3

67 Page
 (19A05304T) PYTHON PROGRAMMING

Course Objectives:
• To learn the fundamentals of Python
• To elucidate problem-solving using a Python programming language
• To introduce a function-oriented programming paradigm through python
• To get training in the development of solutions using modular concepts
• To introduce the programming constructs of python

Unit – I

Introduction: What is a program, Running python, Arithmetic operators, Value and Types.
Variables, Assignments and Statements: Assignment statements, Script mode, Order of
operations, string operations, comments.
Functions: Function calls, Math functions, Composition, Adding new Functions, Definitions
and Uses, Flow of Execution, Parameters and Arguments, Variables and Parameters are local,
Stack diagrams, Fruitful Functions and Void Functions, Why Functions.

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
1. List the basic constructs of Python.
2. Solve the problems by applying modularity principle.

Unit – II

Case study: The turtle module, Simple Repetition, Encapsulation, Generalization, Interface
design, Refactoring, docstring.
Conditionals and Recursion: floor division and modulus, Boolean expressions, Logical
operators, Conditional execution, Alternative execution, Chained conditionals, Nested
conditionals, Recursion, Infinite Recursion, Keyboard input.
Fruitful Functions: Return values, Incremental development, Composition, Boolean functions,
More recursion, Leap of Faith, Checking types,

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Apply the conditional execution of the program.
• Apply the principle of recursion to solve the problems.

Unit – III

Iteration: Reassignment, Updating variables, The while statement, Break, Square roots,
Algorithms.
Strings: A string is a sequence, len, Traversal with a for loop, String slices, Strings are
immutable, Searching, Looping and Counting, String methods, The in operator, String
comparison.

68 Page
Case Study: Reading word lists, Search, Looping with indices.
Lists: List is a sequence, Lists are mutable, Traversing a list, List operations, List slices, List
methods, Map filter and reduce, Deleting elements, Lists and Strings, Objects and values,
Aliasing, List arguments.

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Use the data structure list.
• Design programs for manipulating strings.

Unit – IV

Dictionaries: A dictionary is a mapping, Dictionary as a collection of counters, Looping and

dictionaries, Reverse Lookup, Dictionaries and lists, Memos, Global Variables.
Tuples: Tuples are immutable, Tuple Assignment, Tuple as Return values, Variable-length
argument tuples, Lists and tuples, Dictionaries and tuples, Sequences of sequences.
Files: Persistence, Reading and writing, Format operator, Filename and paths, Catching
exceptions, Databases, Pickling, Pipes, Writing modules.
Classes and Objects: Programmer-defined types, Attributes, Instances as Return values,
Objects are mutable, Copying.
Classes and Functions:

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Apply object orientation concepts.
• Use data structure dictionaries.
• Organize data in the form of files.

Unit – V

Classes and Functions: Time, Pure functions, Modifiers, Prototyping versus Planning
Classes and Methods: Object oriented features, Printing objects, The init method, The
__str__method, Operator overloading, Type-based Dispatch, Polymorphism, Interface and
Implementation
Inheritance: Card objects, Class attributes, Comparing cards, decks, Printing the Deck, Add
Remove shuffle and sort, Inheritance, Class diagrams, Data encapsulation.
The Goodies: Conditional expressions, List comprehensions, Generator expressions, any and
all, Sets, Counters, defaultdict, Named tuples, Gathering keyword Args,

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
• Plan programs using object orientation approach.
• Illustrate the principle of inheritance.

Course Outcomes:
69 Page
 Student should be able to
• Apply the features of Python language in various real applications.
• Select appropriate data structure of Python for solving a problem.
• Design object oriented programs using Python for solving real-world problems.
• Apply modularity to programs.

Text books:
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python”, 2nd edition, SPD/O’Reilly, 2016.

Reference Books:

1. Martin C.Brown, “The Complete Reference: Python”, McGraw-Hill, 2018.

2. Kenneth A. Lambert, B.L. Juneja, “Fundamentals of Python”, CENGAGE, 2015.
3. R. Nageswara Rao, “Core Python Programming”, 2nd edition, Dreamtech Press, 2019

70 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
2 0 0 2

(19A52301) UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES 2: UNDERSTANDING HARMONY

(Common to all)

Introduction:

This course discusses the role of human values in one’s family. It, very briefly, touches issues
related to their role in the society and the nature, which needs to be discussed at length in one
more semester for which the foundation course names as”H-102 Universal Human Values 2 :
“Understanding Harmony” is designed which may be covered in their III or IV Semester.

In the Induction Program, students would get an initial exposure to human

valuesthroughUniversalHumanValues–I.Thisexposureistobeaugmentedby this compulsory
full semester foundation course.

Course Objective:

The objective of the course is four fold:

• Development of a holistic perspective based on self-exploration about themselves
(human being), family, society and nature/existence.
• Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being, family,
society and nature/existence
• Strengthening of self-reflection.
• Development of commitment and courage to act.

COURSE TOPICS:
The course has 28 lectures and 14 practice sessions in 5 modules:

Unit 1:

Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education

• Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-
I
• Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and
Experiential Validation- as the process for self-exploration
• Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations
• Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for
fulfilment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority
• Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current
scenario
• Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony
71 Page
 at various levels.

Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate
acceptance for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence)
rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking

Unit 2:

Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!

• Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material
‘Body’
• Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility
• Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer)
• Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’
• Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct
appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail
• Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods
available to me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate between prosperity and
accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs dealing with disease

Unit 3:

Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human- Human

Relationship

• Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine

universal values in relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual
happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of relationship
• Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence
• Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and
differentiation; the other salient values in relationship
• Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family):
Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive
Human Goals
• Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal
Order- from family to world family.

Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as

extended family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc.
Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from
students’ lives

72 Page
Unit 4:
Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as
Coexistence

• Understanding the harmony in the Nature

• Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of nature-
recyclability and self-regulation in nature
• Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting units in all-
pervasive space
• Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film
“Home” can be used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology etc.

Unit 5:
Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics

• Natural acceptance of human values

• Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
• Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic
Universal Order
• Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional competence
for augmenting universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope and
characteristics of people friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c. Ability to
identify and develop appropriate technologies and management patterns for above
production systems.
• Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and
production systems
• Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order: a. At the
level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers,
technologists and managers b. At the level of society: as mutually enriching
institutions and organizations
• Sum up.
Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions
eg. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.

Text Book

73 Page
 1. R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, “A Foundation Course in Human Values and
Professional Ethics”, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-
93-87034-47-1
2. R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, “Teachers’ Manual for A Foundation Course in
Human Values and Professional Ethics”, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi,
2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-53-2

Reference Books
1. Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amar kantak, 1999.
2. A. N. Tripathi, “Human Values”, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi “The Story of My Experiments with Truth”
5. E. FSchumacher. “Small is Beautiful”
6. Slow is Beautiful –Cecile Andrews
7. J C Kumarappa “Economy of Permanence”
8. Pandit Sunderlal “Bharat Mein Angreji Raj”
9. Dharampal, “Rediscovering India”
10. Mohandas K. Gandhi, “Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule”
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland(English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)

MODE OF CONDUCT (L-T-P-C 2-1-0-2)

Lecture hours are to be used for interactive discussion, placing the proposals about the
topics at hand and motivating students to reflect, explore and verify them. Tutorial hours
are to be used for practice sessions.
While analyzing and discussing the topic, the faculty mentor’s role is in pointing to essential
elements to help in sorting them out from the surface elements. In other words, help the
students explore the important or critical elements.
In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the mentor encourages
the student to connect with one’s own self and do self-observation, self-reflection and self-
exploration.
Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. The student is encouraged to take up
“ordinary” situations rather than” extra-ordinary” situations. Such observations and their
analyses are shared and discussed with other students and faculty mentor, in a group sitting.
Tutorials (experiments or practical) are important for the course. The difference is that the
laboratory is everyday life, and practicals are how you behave and work in real life.
Depending on the nature of topics, worksheets, home assignments and/or activities are
included. The practice sessions (tutorials) would also provide support to a student in
performing actions commensurate to his/her beliefs. It is intended that this would lead to
development of commitment, namely behaving and working based on basic human values.

OUTCOME OF THECOURSE:

74 Page
By the end of the course,
• Students are expected to become more aware of themselves, and their surroundings
(family, society, nature)
• They would become more responsible in life, and in handling problems with
sustainable solutions, while keeping human relationships and human nature in mind.
• They would have better critical ability.
• They would also become sensitive to their commitment towards what they have
understood (human values, human relationship and human society).
• It is hoped that they would be able to apply what they have learnt to their own self
in different day-to-day settings in real life, at least a beginning would be made in
this direction.

75 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(19A05302P) DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LABORATORY

(Common to CSE& IT)

Course Objectives:
• To implement the basic knowledge of SQL queries and relational algebra.
• To construct database models for different database applications.
• To apply normalization techniques for refining of databases.
• To practice various triggers, procedures, and cursors using PL/SQL.
• To design and implementation of a database for an organization

Week-1: CREATION OF TABLES

1. Create a table called Employee with the following structure.

Name Type
Empn Number
o
Ename Varchar2(20
)
Job Varchar2(20
)
Mgr Number
Sal Number

a. Add a column commission with domain to the Employee table.

b. Insert any five records into the table.
c. Update the column details of job
d. Rename the column of Employ table using alter command.
e. Delete the employee whose empno is19.

2. Create department table with the following structure.

Name Type
Deptno Number
Deptnam Varchar2(20)
e
location Varchar2(20)

76 Page
a. Add column designation to the department table.
b. Insert values into the table.
c. List the records of emp table grouped by dept no.
d. Update the record where dept no is9.
e. Delete any column data from the table

3. Create a table called Customer table

Name Type
Cust Varchar2(20)
name
Cust Varchar2(20)
street

Cust city Varchar2(20)

a. Insert records into the table.

b. Add salary column to the table.
c. Alter the table column domain.
d. Drop salary column of the customer table.
e. Delete the rows of customer table whose ust_city is ‘hyd’.
f. Create a table called branch table.

Name Type
Branch Varchar2(20)
name
Branch city Varchar2(20)
asserts Number

4. Increase the size of data type for asserts to the branch.

a. Add and drop a column to the branch table.
b. Insert values to the table.
c. Update the branch name column
d. Delete any two columns from the table

5. Create a table called sailor table

Name Type
Sid Number
Snam Varchar2(20)
e
rating Varchar2(20)
a. Add column age to the sailortable.

77 Page
 b. Insert values into the sailortable.
c. Delete the row with rating>8.
d. Update the column details ofsailor.
e. Insert null values into thetable.

6. Create a table called reserves table

Name Type
Boat Integer
id
sid Integer
day Integer
a. Insert values into the reserves table.
b. Add column time to the reserves table.
c. Alter the column day data type to date.
d. Drop the column time in the table.`
e. Delete the row of the table with some condition.

Week-2: QUERIES USING DDL AND DML

1. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to the user.

b. Insert the any three records in the employee table and use rollback. Check the result.
c. Add primary key constraint and not null constraint to the employee table.
d. Insert null values to the employee table and verify the result.
2. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to the user.
b. Insert values in the department table and use commit.
c. Add constraints like unique and not null to the department table.
d. Insert repeated values and null values into the table.
3. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to the user.
b. Insert values into the table and use commit.
c. Delete any three records in the department table and use rollback.
d. Add constraint primary key and foreign key to the table.
4. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to the user.
b. Insert records in the sailor table and use commit.
c. Add save point after insertion of records and verify save point.
d. Add constraints not null and primary key to the sailor table.
5. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to the user.
b. Use revoke command to remove user permissions.
c. Change password of the user created.
d. Add constraint foreign key and no tnull.
6. a. Create a user and grant all permissions to the user.
b. Update the table reserves and use save point and rollback.
c. Add constraint primary key , foreign key and not null to the reserves table
d. Delete constraint not null to the table column

78 Page
Week-3:QUERIES USING AGGREGATE FUNCTIONS

1. a. By using the group by clause, display the names who belongs to dept no 10
along with average salary.
b. Display lowest paid employee details under each department.
c. Display number of employees working in each department and their department number.
d. Using built in functions, display number of employees working in each department
and their department name from dept table. Insert dept name to dept table and insert dept
name for each row, do the required thing specified above.
e. List all employees which start with either B or C.
f. Display only these ename of employees where the maximum salary is greater than
or equal to 5000.
2. a. Calculate the average salary for each different job.
b. Show the average salary of each job excluding manager.
c. Show the average salary for all departments employing more than three people.
d. Display employees who earn more than thelo west salary in department 30
e. Show that value returned by sign (n)function.
f. How many days between day of birth to current date
3. a. Show that two substring as single string.
b. List all employee names, salary and 15% rise in salary.
c. Display lowest paid emp details under each manager
d. Display the average monthly salary bill for each deptno.
e. Show the average salary for all departments employing more than two people.
f. By using the group by clause, display the eid who belongs to dept no 05 along
with a verage salary.
4. a. Count the number of employees in department20
b. Find the minimum salary earned by clerk.
c. Find minimum, maximum, average salary of all employees.
d. List the minimum and maximum salaries for each job type.
e. List the employee names in descending order.
f. List the employee id, names in ascending order by empid.
5. a. Find the sids ,names of sailors who have reserved all boats called “INTERLAKE
Find the age of youngest sailor who is eligible to vote for each rating level with at least
two such sailors.
b. Find the sname , bid and reservation date for each reservation.
c. Find the ages of sailors whose name begin and end with B and has at least 3characters.
d. List in alphabetic order all sailors who have reserved red boat.
e. Find the age of youngest sailor for each rating level.
6. a. List the Vendors who have delivered products within 6 months from or derdate.
b. Display the Vendor details who have supplied both Assembled and Subparts.

79 Page
 c. Display the Sub parts by grouping the Vendor type (Local or Non Local).
d. Display the Vendor details in ascending order.
e. Display the Sub part which costs more than any of the Assembled parts.
f. Display the second maximum cost Assembled part

Week-4: PROGRAMS ON PL/SQL

1. a. Write a PL/SQL program to swaptwonumbers.

b. Write a PL/SQL program to find the largest of three numbers.
2. a. Write a PL/SQL program to find the total and average of 6 subjects and display thegrade.
b. Write a PL/SQL program to find the sum of digits in a given umber.
3. a. Write a PL/SQL program to display the number in reverse order.
b. Writea PL/SQLprogramto checkwhetherthegiven numberisprimeornot.
4. a. Write a PL/SQL program to find the factorial of a givennumber.
b. Write a PL/SQL code block to calculate the area of a circle for a value of radius varying
from 3 to 7. Store the radius and the corresponding values of calculated area in an
empty table named areas, consisting of two columns radius andarea.
5. a. Write a PL/SQL program to accept a string and remove the vowels from the string.
(When ‘hello’ passed to the program it should display ‘Hll’ removing e and o from the
worldHello).
b. Write a PL/SQL program to accept a number and a divisor. Make sure the divisor is
less than or equal to 10. Else display an error message. Otherwise Display the remainderin
words.

Week-5: PROCEDURES AND FUNCTIONS

1. Write a function to accept employee number as parameter and return Basic +HRA
together as single column.
2. Accept year as parameter and write a Function to return the total net salary spent for a
givenyear.
3. Create a function to find the factorial of a given number and hence find NCR.
4. Write a PL/SQL block o pint prime Fibonacci series using local functions.
5. Create a procedure to find the lucky number of a given birth date.
6. Create function to the reverse of given number

Week-6: TRIGGERS

1. Create a row level trigger for the customers table that would fire for INSERT or
UPDATE or DELETE operations performed on the CUSTOMERS table. This trigger
will display the salary difference between the old values and new values:

CUSTOMERS table:

80 Page
 ID NAME AGE ADDRESS SALARY
1 Alive 24 Khammam 2000
2 Bob 27 Kadappa 3000
3 Catri 25 Guntur 4000
4 Dena 28 Hyderabad 5000
5 Eeshwar 27 Kurnool 6000
6 Farooq 28 Nellur 7000

2. Creation of insert trigger, delete trigger, update trigger practice triggers using the
passenger database.
Passenger( Passport_ id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, Name VARCHAR (50)
NotNULL, Age Integer Not NULL, Sex Char, Address VARCHAR (50)
NotNULL);
a. Write a Insert Trigger to check the Passport_id is exactly six digits ornot.
b. Write a trigger on passenger to display messages ‘1 Record is inserted’, ‘1 record is
deleted’, ‘1 record is updated’ when insertion, deletion and updation are done on
passengerrespectively.
3. Insert row in employee table using Triggers. Every trigger is created with name any
trigger have same name must be replaced by new name. These triggers can raised before
insert, update or delete rows on data base. The main difference between a trigger and a
stored procedure is that the former is attached to a table and is only fired when an
INSERT, UPDATE or DELETEoccurs.
4. Convert employee name into uppercase whenever an employee record is inserted or
updated. Trigger to fire before the insert orupdate.
5. Trigger before deleting a record from emp table. Trigger will insert the row to be deleted
into table called delete _emp and also record user who has deleted the record and date
and time ofdelete.
6. Create a transparent audit system for a table CUST_MSTR. The system must keep track
of the records that are being deleted or updated

Week-7: PROCEDURES

1. Create the procedure for palindrome of given number.

2. Create the procedure for GCD: Program should load two registers with two Numbers
and then apply the logic for GCD of two numbers. GCD of two numbers is performed
by dividing the greater number by the smaller number till the remainder is zero. If it is
zero, the divisor is the GCD if not the remainder and the divisors of the previous division
are the new set of two numbers. The process is repeated by dividing greater of the two
numbers by the smaller number till the remainder is zero and GCD isfound.
3. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure for factorial of givennumber.
4. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure to find sum of N naturalnumber.
5. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure to find Fibonacciseries.
6. Write the PL/SQL programs to create the procedure to check the given number is perfect
ornot

81 Page
Week-8: CURSORS

1. Write a PL/SQL block that will display the name, dept no, salary of fist highest paid
employees.
2. Update the balance stock in the item master table each time a transaction takes place in
the item transaction table. The change in item master table depends on the item id is
already present in the item master then update operation is performed to decrease the
balance stock by the quantity specified in the item transaction in case the item id is not
present in the item master table then the record is inserted in the item master table.
3. Write a PL/SQL block that will display the employee details along with salary using
cursors.
4. To write a Cursor to display the list of employees who are working as a Managers or
Analyst.
5. To write a Cursor to find employee with given job and dept no.
6. Write a PL/SQL block using implicit cursor that will display message, the salaries of all
the employees in the ‘employee’ table are updated. If none of the employee’s salary are
updated we geta message 'None of the salaries were updated'. Else we get a message like
for example, 'Salaries for 1000 employees are updated' if there are 1000 rows in
‘employee’ table

Week-9: CASE STUDY: BOOK PUBLISHING COMPANY

A publishing company produces scientific books on various subjects. The books are written
by authors who specialize in one particular subject. The company employs editors who, not
necessarily being specialists in a particular area, each take sole responsibility for editing one
or more publications.
A publication covers essentially one of the specialist subjects and is normally written by a
single author. When writing a particular book, each author works with on editor, but may
submit another work for publication to be supervised by other editors. To improve their
competitiveness, the company tries to employ a variety of authors, more than one author
being a specialist in a particular subject for the above case study, do the following:
1. Analyze the data required.
2. Normalize the attributes.
Create the logical data model using E-R diagrams

Week-10: CASE STUDY GENERAL HOSPITAL

A General Hospital consists of a number of specialized wards (such as Maternity, Pediatric,

Oncology, etc). Each ward hosts a number of patients, who were admitted on the
recommendation of their own GP and confirmed by a consultant employed by the Hospital.
On admission, the personal details of every patient are recorded. A separate register is to be
held to store the information of the tests undertaken and the results of a prescribed treatment.

82 Page
 A number of tests may be conducted for each patient. Each patient is assigned to one leading
consultant but may be examined by another doctor, if required. Doctors are specialists in
some branch of medicine and may be leading consultants for a number of patients, not
necessarily from the same ward. For the above case study, do the following.
1. Analyze the data required.
2. Normalize the attributes.
Create the logical data model using E-R diagrams

Week-11: CASE STUDY: CAR RENTAL COMPANY

A database is to be designed for a car rental company. The information required includes a
description of cars, subcontractors (i.e. garages), company expenditures, company revenues
and customers. Cars are to be described by such data as: make, model, year of production,
engine size, fuel type, number of passengers, registration number, purchase price, purchase
date, rent price and insurance details. It is the company policy not to keep any car for a
period exceeding one year. All major repairs and maintenance are done by subcontractors
(i.e. franchised garages), with whom CRC has long-term agreements. Therefore the data
about garages to be kept in the database includes garage names, addresses, range of services
and the like. Some garages require payments immediately after a repair has been made; with
others CRC has made arrangements for credit facilities. Company expenditures are to be
registered for all outgoings connected with purchases, repairs, maintenance, insurance etc.
Similarly the cash inflow coming from all sources: Car hire, car sales, insurance claims must
be kept of file. CRC maintains a reasonably stable client base. For this privileged category
of customers special credit card facilities are provided. These customers may also book in
advance a particular car. These reservations can be made for any period of time up to one
month. Casual customers must pay a deposit for an estimated time of rental, unless they
wish to pay by credit card. All major credit cards are accepted. Personal details such as
name, address, telephone number, driving license, number about each customer are kept in
the database. For the above case study, do the following:
1. Analyze the data required.
2. Normalize the attributes.
Create the logical data model using E-R diagrams

Week-12: CASE STUDY: STUDENT PROGRESS MONITORING SYSTEM

A database is to be designed for a college to monitor students' progress throughout their

course of study. The students are reading for a degree (such as BA, BA (Hons) M.Sc., etc)
within the framework of the modular system. The college provides a number of modules,
each being characterized by its code, title, credit value, module leader, teaching staff and
the department they come from. A module is coordinated by a module leader who shares
teaching duties with one or more lecturers. A lecturer may teach (and be a module leader
for) more than one module. Students are free to choose any module they wish but the
following rules must be observed: Some modules require pre- requisites modules and some
degree programmes have compulsory modules. The database is also to contain some
information about

83 Page
 studentsincludingtheirnumbers,names,addresses,degreestheyreadfor,andtheirpastperforma
nce
i.e. modules taken and examination results. For the above case study, do the following:
1. Analyze the datarequired.
2. Normalize theattributes.
3. Create the logical data model i.e., ERdiagrams.
4. Comprehend the data given in the case study by creating respective tables with
primary keys and foreign keys whereverrequired.
5. Insert values into the tables created (Be vigilant about Master- Slavetables).
6. Display the Students who have taken M.Sccourse
7. Display the Module code and Number of Modules taught by eachLecturer.
8. Retrieve the Lecturer names who are not Module Leaders.
9. Display the Department name which offers ‘English’module.
10. Retrieve the Prerequisite Courses offered by every Department (with Departmentnames).
11. Present the Lecturer ID and Name who teaches‘Mathematics’.
12. Discover the number of years a Module istaught.
13. List out all the Faculties who work for ‘Statistics’Department.
14. List out the number of Modules taught by each ModuleLeader.
15. List out the number of Modules taught by a particularLecturer.
16. Create a view which contains the fields of both Department and Module tables.
(Hint- The fields like Module code, title, credit, Department code and itsname).
17. Update the credits of all the prerequisite courses to 5. Delete the Module ‘History’ from
the Moduletable.

Unit Outcomes:

Students should be able to

1. Design database for any real world problem

2. Implement PL/SQL programs
3. Define SQL queries
4. Decide the constraints
5. Investigate for data inconsistency

Reference Books:
1. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant, B. Navathe, “Database Systems”, Pearson Education, 6th
Edition, 2013.
2. Peter Rob, Carles Coronel, “Database System Concepts”, Cengage Learning, 7th Edition,
2008.

Web References:
http://www.scoopworld.in

SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS FOR A BATCH OF 24

STUDENTS:

84 Page
HARDWARE: Desktop Computer Systems: 24 nos

SOFTWARE: Oracle 11g.

85 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(19A05303P) OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA LAB

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives

• To introduce the concepts of Java.

• To Practice object-oriented programs and build java applications.
• To implement java programs for establishing interfaces.
• To implement sample programs for developing reusable software components.
• To establish database connectivity in java and implement GUI applications.

Week-1

a. Installation of Java software, study of any Integrated development environment, Use Eclipse
or Netbean platform and acquaint with the various menus. Create a test project, add a test class
and run it. See how you can use auto suggestions, auto fill. Try code formatter and code
refactoring like renaming variables, methods and classes. Try debug step by step with java
program to find prime numbers between 1 to n.
b. Write a Java program that prints all real solutions to the quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0. Read
in a, b, c and use the quadratic formula.
c. Develop a Java application to generate Electricity bill. Create a class with the following
members: Consumer no., consumer name, previous month reading, current month reading, type
of EB connection
(i.e domestic or commercial). Commute the bill amount using the following tariff.
If the type of the EB connection is domestic, calculate the amount to be paid as follows:
• First 100 units - Rs. 1 per unit
• 101-200 units - Rs. 2.50 per unit
• 201 -500 units - Rs. 4 per unit
• > 501 units - Rs. 6 per unit

If the type of the EB connection is commercial, calculate the amount to be paid as follows:

• First 100 units - Rs. 2 per unit

• 101-200 units - Rs. 4.50 per unit
• 201 -500 units - Rs. 6 per unit
• > 501 units - Rs. 7 per unit

d. Write a Java program to multiply two given matrices.

Week-2

a. Write Java program on use of inheritance, preventing inheritance using final, abstract classes.

b. Write Java program on dynamic binding, differentiating method overloading and overriding.

86 Page
c. Develop a java application to implement currency converter (Dollar to INR, EURO to INR,
Yen) using Interfaces.

Week-3

a. Write Java program that inputs 5 numbers, each between 10 and 100 inclusive. As each
number is read display it only if it’s not a duplicate of any number already read display
the complete set of unique values input after the user enters each new value.

b. Write a Java Program to create an abstract class named Shape that contains two integers
and an empty method named print Area(). Provide three classes named Rectangle, Triangle
and Circle such that each one of the classes extends the class Shape. Each one of the classes
contains only the method print Area () that prints the area of the given shape.

c. Write a Java program to read the time intervals (HH:MM) and to compare system time if
the system Time between your time intervals print correct time and exit else try again to
repute the same thing. By using String Toknizer class.

Week-4

a. Write a Java program to implement user defined exception handling.

b. Write java program that inputs 5 numbers, each between 10 and 100 inclusive. As each
number is read display it only if it‘s not a duplicate of any number already read. Display
the complete set of unique values input after the user enters each new value.

Week-5

a. Write a Java program that creates a user interface to perform integer division. The user
enters two numbers in the text fields, Num1 and Num2. The division of Num1 and Num2
is displayed in the Result field when the Divide button is clicked. If Num1 and Num2 were
not integers, the program would throw a Number Format Exception. If Num2 were zero,
the program would throw an Arithmetic Exception Display the exception in a message
dialog box.

b. Write a Java program that creates three threads. First thread displays ―Good Morning‖
every one second, the second thread displays ―Hello‖ every two seconds and the third thread
displays ―Welcome‖ every three seconds.

Week-6

a. Write a java program to split a given text file into n parts. Name each part as the name of
the original file followed by .part where n is the sequence number of the part file.

b. Write a Java program that reads a file name from the user, displays information about
whether the file exists, whether the file is readable, or writable, the type of file and the length
of the file in bytes.

87 Page
Week-7

a. Write a java program that displays the number of characters, lines and words in a text
file.
b. Write a java program that reads a file and displays the file on the screen with line number
before each line.

Week-8
a. Write a Java program that correctly implements producer consumer problem using the
concept of inter thread communication.
b. Develop a Java application for stack operation using Buttons and JOptionPane input and
Message dialog box.
c. Develop a Java application to perform Addition, Division, Multiplication and substraction
using JOption Pane dialog Box and Text fields.

Week-9

a. Develop a Java application for the blinking eyes and mouth should open while blinking.
b. Develop a Java application that simulates a traffic light. The program lets the user select
one of three lights: Red, Yellow or Green with radio buttons. On selecting a button
an appropriate message with ―STOP‖ or ―READY‖ or ‖GO‖ should appear above the
buttons in selected color. Initially, there is no message shown.
Week-10

a. Develop a Java application to implement the opening of a door while opening man should
present before hut and closing man should disappear.
b. Develop a Java application by using JtextField to read decimal value and converting a
decimal number into binary number then print the binary value in another JtextField.
Week-11

a. Develop a Java application that handles all mouse events and shows the event name at the
center of the window when a mouse event is fired. Use adapter classes.
b. Develop a Java application to demonstrate the key event handlers.

Week-12

a. Develop a Java application to find the maximum value from the given type of elements
using a generic function.
b. Develop a Java application that works as a simple calculator. Use a grid layout to
arrange buttons for the digits and for the +, -,*, % operations. Add a text field to display
the result.
c. Develop a Java application for handling mouse events.

88 Page
Week-13

a. Develop a Java application to establish a JDBC connection, create a table student with
properties name, register number, mark1, mark2, mark3. Insert the values into the table by
using the java and display the information of the students at front end.

Unit Outcomes:

On successful completion of this laboratory students will be able to:

• Recognize the Java programming environment.
• Develop efficient programs using multithreading.
• Design reliable programs using Java exception handling features.
• Extend the programming functionality supported by Java.
• Select appropriate programming construct to solve a problem.

89 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(19A05304P) PYTHON PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

• To train the students in solving computational problems

• To elucidate solving mathematical problems using Python programming language
• To understand the fundamentals of Python programming concepts and its applications.
• To understand the object-oriented concepts using Python in problem solving.

Laboratory Experiments

1. Install Python Interpreter and use it to perform different Mathematical Computations. Try
to do all the operations present in a Scientific Calculator
2. Write a function that draws a grid like the following:

+---- +--- +
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
+---- +--- +
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
+----+----+

3. Write a function that draws a Pyramid with # symbols

#
# # #
# # # # #
# # # # # # #
.
.
.
Up to 15 hashes at the bottom

4. Using turtles concept draw a wheel of your choice

5. Write a program that draws Archimedean Spiral

90 Page
6. The letters of the alphabet can be constructed from a moderate number of basic elements,
like vertical and horizontal lines and a few curves. Design an alphabet that can be drawn
with a minimal number of basic elements and then write functions that draw the letters.
The alphabet can belong to any Natural language excluding English. You should consider
at least Ten letters of the alphabet.
7. The time module provides a function, also named time that returns the current Greenwich
Mean Time in “the epoch”, which is an arbitrary time used as a reference point. On UNIX
systems, the epoch is 1 January 1970.
>>> import time
>>> time.time()
1437746094.5735958

Write a script that reads the current time and converts it to a time of day in hours, minutes,
and seconds, plus the number of days since the epoch.
8. Given n+r+1 <= 2r . n is the input and r is to be determined. Write a program which
computes minimum value of r that satisfies the above.
9. Write a program that evaluates Ackermann function
10. The mathematician Srinivasa Ramanujan found an infinite series that can be used to
generate a numerical approximation of 1/ π :
Write a function called estimate_pi that uses this formula to compute and return an
estimate of π.

It should use a while loop to compute terms of the summation until the last term is smaller
than 1e-15 (which is Python notation for 10 -15). You can check the result by comparing
it to math.pi.
11. Choose any five built-in string functions of C language. Implement them on your own in
Python. You should not use string related Python built-in functions.
12. Given a text of characters, Write a program which counts number of vowels, consonants
and special characters.
13. Given a word which is a string of characters. Given an integer say ‘n’, Rotate each
character by ‘n’ positions and print it. Note that ‘n’ can be positive or negative.
14. Given rows of text, write it in the form of columns.
15. Given a page of text. Count the number of occurrences of each latter (Assume case
insensitivity and don’t consider special characters). Draw a histogram to represent the
same
16. Write program which performs the following operations on list’s. Don’t use built-in
functions
a) Updating elements of a list
b) Concatenation of list’s
c) Check for member in the list

91 Page
 d) Insert into the list
e) Sum the elements of the list
f) Push and pop element of list
g) Sorting of list
h) Finding biggest and smallest elements in the list
i) Finding common elements in the list

18. Write a program that reads a file, breaks each line into words, strips whitespace and
punctuation from the words, and converts them to lowercase.
19. Go to Project Gutenberg (http://gutenberg.org) and download your favorite out-of-copyright
book in plain text format. Read the book you downloaded, skip over the header information at
the beginning of the file, and process the rest of the words as before. Then modify the program
to count the total number of words in the book, and the number of times each word is used. Print
the number of different words used in the book. Compare different books by different authors,
written in different eras.
20. Go to Project Gutenberg (http://gutenberg.org) and download your favorite out-of-copyright
book in plain text format. Write a program that allows you to replace words, insert words and
delete words from the file.
21. Consider all the files on your PC. Write a program which checks for duplicate files in your
PC and displays their location. Hint: If two files have the same checksum, they probably have
the same contents.
22. Consider turtle object. Write functions to draw triangle, rectangle, polygon, circle and
sphere. Use object oriented approach.
23. Write a program illustrating the object oriented features supported by Python.
24. Design a Python script using the Turtle graphics library to construct a turtle bar chart
representing the grades obtained by N students read from a file categorising them into
distinction, first class, second class, third class and failed.
25. Design a Python script to determine the difference in date for given two dates in
YYYY:MM:DD format(0 <= YYYY <= 9999, 1 <= MM <= 12, 1 <= DD <= 31) following the
leap year rules.
26. Design a Python Script to determine the time difference between two given times in
HH:MM:SS format.( 0 <= HH <= 23, 0 <= MM <= 59, 0 <= SS <= 59)

Unit Outcomes:

Student should be able to

• Design solutions to mathematical problems.

• Organize the data for solving the problem.
• Develop Python programs for numerical and text based problems.
• Select appropriate programming construct for solving the problem.
• Illustrate object oriented concepts.

92 Page
Reference Books:

1. Peter Wentworth, Jeffrey Elkner, Allen B. Downey and Chris Meyers, “How to Think
Like a Computer Scientist: Learning with Python 3”, 3rd edition, Available at
http://www.ict.ru.ac.za/Resources/cspw/thinkcspy3/thinkcspy3.pdf
2. Paul Barry, “Head First Python a Brain Friendly Guide” 2nd Edition, O’Reilly, 2016
3. Dainel Y.Chen “Pandas for Everyone Python Data Analysis” Pearson Education, 2019

93 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 0
(19A99301) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Course Objectives:

• To make the students to get awareness on environment

• To understand the importance of protecting natural resources, ecosystems for future
generations and pollution causes due to the day to day activities of human life
• To save earth from the inventions by the engineers.

UNIT – I

Multidisciplinary Nature Of Environmental Studies: – Definition, Scope and Importance –

Need for Public Awareness.
Natural Resources : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and
associated problems – Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies
– Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people – Water
resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts
over water, dams – benefits and problems – Mineral resources: Use and exploitation,
environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies – Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern
agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. – Energy
resources:

Unit Outcomes

• To know the importance of public awareness

• To know about the various resources

UNIT – II

Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an ecosystem – Producers,

consumers and decomposers – Energy flow in the ecosystem – Ecological succession – Food
chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – Introduction, types, characteristic features,
structure and function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem.
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)

Biodiversity And Its Conservation : Introduction 0 Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity – Bio-geographical classification of India – Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
Productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values – Biodiversity at global, National and

94 Page
local levels – India as a mega-diversity nation – Hot-sports of biodiversity – Threats to
biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – Endangered and
endemic species of India – Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.

Course Outcomes:

• To know about various echo systems and their characteristics

• To know about the biodiversity and its conservation

UNIT – III

Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of :

a. Air Pollution.
b. Water pollution
c. Soil pollution
d. Marine pollution
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards
Solid Waste Management : Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes
– Role of an individual in prevention of pollution – Pollution case studies – Disaster
management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

Course Outcomes:

• To know about the various sources of pollution.

• To know about the various sources of solid waste and preventive measures.
• To know about the different types of disasters and their managerial measures.

UNIT – IV

Social Issues And The Environment: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development –

Urban problems related to energy – Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed
management – Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case
studies – Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions – Climate change, global
warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies –
Wasteland reclamation. – Consumerism and waste products. – Environment Protection Act. –
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. – Water (Prevention and control of Pollution)
Act – Wildlife Protection Act – Forest Conservation Act – Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation – Public awareness.

Course Outcomes:

• To know about the social issues related to environment and their protection acts.
• To know about the various sources of conservation of natural resources.

95 Page
 • To know about the wild life protection and forest conservation acts.

UNIT – V

Human Population And The Environment: Population growth, variation among nations.
Population explosion – Family Welfare Programmes. – Environment and human health –
Human Rights – Value Education – HIV/AIDS – Women and Child Welfare – Role of
information Technology in Environment and human health – Case studies.
Field Work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River/forest
grassland/hill/mountain – Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural
Study of common plants, insects, and birds – river, hill slopes, etc..

Unit Outcomes:
• To know about the population explosion and family welfare programmes.
• To identify the natural assets and related case studies.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Grasp multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies and various renewable and
nonrenewable resources.
• Understand flow and bio-geo- chemical cycles and ecological pyramids.
• Understand various causes of pollution and solid waste management and related
preventive measures.
• About the rainwater harvesting, watershed management, ozone layer depletion and waste
land reclamation.
• Casus of population explosion, value education and welfare programmes.

TEXT BOOKS :
1. Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
2. Palaniswamy, “Environmental Studies”, Pearson education
3. S.Azeem Unnisa, “Environmental Studies” Academic Publishing Company
4. K.Raghavan Nambiar, “Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses
as per UGC model syllabus”, Scitech Publications(India), Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCES :

1. Deeksha Dave and E.Sai Baba Reddy, “Textbook of Environmental Science”, Cengage
Publications.
2. M.Anji Reddy, “Text book of Environmental Sciences and Technology”, BS
Publication.
3. J.P.Sharma, Comprehensive Environmental studies, Laxmi publications.

96 Page
4. J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke, “Environmental Sciences and Engineering”,
Prentice hall of India Private limited
5. G.R.Chatwal, “A Text Book of Environmental Studies” Himalaya Pubilishing House
6. Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and
Science, Prentice hall of India Private limited.

97 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A54401) NUMBER THEORY AND APPLICATIONS

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objective:

This course enables the students to learn the concepts of number theory and its applications to
information security.

Unit-I-Integers, Greatest common divisors and prime Factorization

The well-ordering property-Divisibility-Representation of integers-Computer operations with

integers-Prime numbers-Greatest common divisors-The Euclidean algorithm -The fundamental
theorem of arithmetic-Factorization of integers and the Fermat numbers-Linear Diophantine
equations

Unit Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Understand basics of number theory concepts.

2. Solve problems on prime numbers.
3. Understand Euclidean algorithm and its applications.

Unit-II-Congruences

Introduction to congruences -Linear congruences-The Chinese remainder theorem-Systems of

linear congruences

Unit Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. understand Congruences and its basic properties.

2. understand Chinese remainder theorem and its applications.

Unit-III Applications of Congruences

Divisibility tests-The perpetual calendar-Round-robin tournaments-Computer file storage and

hashing functions. Wilson's theorem and Fermat's little theorem- Pseudo primes- Euler's
theorem- Euler's p hi-function- The sum and number of divisors- Perfect numbers and
Mersenne primes.

Unit Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. understand divisibility tests.

2. apply the concept of congruences to various applications.
3. understand various theorems on Number theory and its applications.
98 Page
Unit-IV- Finite fields & Primality, factoring

Finite fields- quadratic residues and reciprocity-Pseudo primes-rho method-fermat

factorization and factor bases.

Unit Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Understand the terminology of finite fields.

2. Understand rho method and fermat factorization.

Unit-V- Cryptology

Basic terminology-complexity theorem-Character ciphers-Block ciphers-Exponentiation

ciphers- Public-key cryptography-Discrete logarithm-Knapsack ciphers- RSA algorithm-Some
applications to computer science.

Unit Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Understand the terminology of cryptology.

2. Understand different encryption mechanisms.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of course, student will be able to

• Understand number theory and its properties.
• Understand principles on congruences
• Develop the knowledge to apply various applications
• Develop various encryption methods and its applications.

Text Books:

1. Kenneth H Rosen “Elementary number theory and its applications”, AT & T

Information systems & Bell laboratories.
2. Neal Koblitz “ A course in Number theory & Cryptography”, Springer.

Reference Books:

1. Herbert S. Zuckerman, “An Introduction To The Theory Of Numbers”, Hugh L.

Montgomery, Ivan Niven, wiley publishers
2. Tom M Apostol “Introduction to Analytic number theory”, Springer
3. VK Krishnan “Elementary number theory”, Universities press

99 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05401) COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

• To learn the fundamentals of computer organization and its relevance to classical and
modern problems of computer design
• To understand the structure and behavior of various functional modules of a computer.
• To learn the techniques that computers use to communicate with I/O devices
• To acquire the concept of pipelining and exploitation of processing speed.
• To learn the basic characteristics of multiprocessors

UNIT - I

Basic Structure of Computer: Computer Types, Functional Units, Basic operational Concepts,
Bus Structure, Software, Performance, Multiprocessors and Multicomputer.
Machine Instructions and Programs: Numbers, Arithmetic Operations and Programs,
Instructions and Instruction Sequencing, Addressing Modes, Basic Input/output Operations,
Stacks and Queues, Subroutines, Additional Instructions.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Identify the basic functional units and different ways of interconnecting to form a
computer system.
• Illustrate various addressing modes for accessing register and memory operands.
• Describe the instruction sequencing and various types of instructions.

UNIT - II

Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction of Signed Numbers, Design of Fast Adders,

Multiplication of Positive Numbers, Signed-operand Multiplication, Fast Multiplication, Integer
Division, Floating-Point Numbers and Operations.
Basic Processing Unit: Fundamental Concepts, Execution of a Complete Instruction, Multiple-
Bus Organization, Hardwired Control, Multi programmed Control.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Outline the arithmetic operations on signed numbers.
• Describe the operations performed on floating point numbers.
• Distinguish between hardwired and micro programmed control units.

100 Page
UNIT - III

The Memory System: Basic Concepts, Semiconductor RAM Memories, Read-Only Memories,
Speed, Size and Cost, Cache Memories, Performance Considerations, Virtual Memories,
Memory Management Requirements, Secondary Storage.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Recognize the various types of memories.
• Analyze the performance of cache memory.
• Apply effective memory management strategies.

UNIT - IV

Input/Output Organization: Accessing I/O Devices, Interrupts, Processor Examples, Direct

Memory Access, Buses, Interface Circuits, Standard I/O Interfaces.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Examine the basics of I/O data transfer synchronization.
• Analyze the interrupt handling mechanisms of various processors.
• Describe various techniques for I/O data transfer methods.

UNIT - V

Pipelining: Basic Concepts, Data Hazards, Instruction Hazards, Influence on Instruction Sets.

Large Computer Systems: Forms of Parallel Processing, Array Processors, The Structure of
General-Purpose multiprocessors, Interconnection Networks.

Unit Outcomes:
Student is able to
• Investigate the use of pipelining and multiple functional units in the design of high-
performance processors.
• Design and analyze a high performance processor.
• Describe the interconnection networks for multiprocessors.

Course Outcomes:

At end of the course the student will be able to

• Understand computer architecture concepts related to design of modern processors,

memories and I/Os
• Identify the hardware requirements for cache memory and virtual memory
• Design algorithms to exploit pipelining and multiprocessors
• Understand the importance and tradeoffs of different types of memories.
101 Page
 • Identify pipeline hazards and possible solutions to those hazards

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, “Computer Organization”, 5th Edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2013.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. M.Morris Mano, “Computer System Architecture”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.

2. Themes and Variations, Alan Clements, “Computer Organization and Architecture”,
CENGAGE Learning.
3. Smruti Ranjan Sarangi, “Computer Organization and Architecture”, McGraw Hill
Education.
4. John P.Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, McGraw Hill Education

102 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
2 1 0 3
(19A05402T) DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:
• To demonstrate the importance of algorithms in computing.
• To explain the analysis of algorithms
• To illustrate the method of finding the complexity of algorithms
• To explain the advanced algorithm design and analysis techniques.
• To introduce special classes of algorithms NP – completeness and the classes P and
NP.

UNIT I

Introduction: Algorithm, Algorithm specification, Performance analysis.

Divide and Conquer: General method, Binary Search, Finding the maximum and minimum,
Merge sort, Quick Sort, Selection, Strassen's matrix multiplication.

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand growth functions and Asymptotic notations
• Derive the recurrence equation for running time of a given algorithm and solve.
• Understand the general principle of Divide and Conquer and identify suitable problems
to apply Divide and Conquer paradigm
• Analyze the time complexities of Binary Search, Finding the maximum and minimum,
and Strassen's matrix multiplication algorithms.
• Compare complexities of Merge sort, Quick sort and Selection sort techniques

UNIT II

Greedy Method: General method, Knapsack problem, Job Scheduling with Deadlines, Minimum
cost Spanning Trees, Optimal storage on tapes, Single-source shortest paths.
Dynamic programming: General Method, Multistage graphs, All-pairs shortest paths, Optimal
binary search trees, 0/1 knapsack, the traveling salesperson problem.

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand optimization problems and the general principles of Greedy and Dynamic
Programming paradigms to solve them.
• Apply subset and ordering paradigms of greedy strategy for Knapsack problem, Job
Scheduling with Deadlines, Minimum cost Spanning Trees, Optimal storage on tapes,
and finding Single-source shortest paths.

103 Page
 • Define Principle of optimality with examples.
• Differentiate Greedy and Dynamic programming paradigms.
• Apply dynamic programming strategy for Optimal binary search trees, Multistage
graphs, All-pairs shortest paths, 0/1 knapsack, the traveling salesperson problem.

UNIT III

Basic Traversal and Search Techniques: Techniques for binary trees, Techniques for Graphs,
Connected components and Spanning trees, Bi-connected components and DFS

Back tracking: General Method, 8 – queens problem, Sum of subsets problem, Graph coloring
and Hamiltonian cycles, Knapsack Problem.

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Define solution space tree.
• Illustrate graph search strategies : BFS, DFS and D-Search .
• Determine articulation points and bi-connected components in a given graph using Depth
First Spanning Trees.
• Demonstrate the recursive and iterative backtracking algorithms.
• Apply backtracking strategy to solve N – queens problem, Sum of subsets problem and
Knapsack problem.
• Apply backtracking to solve m-colorability optimization problem.
• Determine all possible Hamiltonian Cycles in a graph using backtracking algorithm.

UNIT IV

Branch and Bound: The method, Travelling salesperson, 0/1 Knapsack problem, Efficiency
considerations.
Lower Bound Theory: Comparison trees, Lower bounds through reductions – Multiplying
triangular matrices, inverting a lower triangular matrix, computing the transitive closure.

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Illustrate the state space search techniques; FIFO, LIFO and LC.
• Analyze the advantage of bounding functions in Branch and Bound technique to solve
the Travelling Salesperson problem.
• Compare the LC and FIFO branch and bound solutions for 0/1 knapsack problem.
• Understand lower bound theory concept in solving algebraic problems.

UNIT V

NP – Hard and NP – Complete Problems: NP Hardness, NP Completeness, Consequences of

being in P, Cook‘s Theorem, Reduction Source Problems, Reductions: Reductions for some
known problems

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Differentiate deterministic and Non-deterministic algorithms.

104 Page
 • Define P, NP, NP –hard and NP-complete classes of problems.
• Understand the satisfiability problem.
• State Cook’s Theorem.
• Understand the reduction techniques.

Course Outcomes

• Determine the time complexity of an algorithm by solving the corresponding recurrence

equation
• Apply the Divide and Conquer strategy to solve searching, sorting and matrix
multiplication problems.
• Analyze the efficiency of Greedy and Dynamic Programming design techniques to solve
the optimization problems.
• Apply Backtracking technique for solving constraint satisfaction problems.
• Analyze the LC and FIFO branch and bound solutions for optimization problems, and
compare the time complexities with Dynamic Programming techniques.
• Define and Classify deterministic and Non-deterministic algorithms; P, NP, NP –hard
and NP-complete classes of problems.

Text Books
1. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni and Rajasekaran, “Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms”,
2nd Edition, 2012, University Press.
2. ParagHimanshu Dave and HimanshuBhalchandra Dave, “Design and Analysis of
Algorithms”, Second Edition, Pearson Education.

References
1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2012.
2. Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein,
“Introduction to Algorithms”, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012.
3. Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Data Structures and
Algorithms”, Pearson Education, Reprint 2006.
4. Donald E. Knuth, “The Art of Computer Programming”, Volumes 1& 3 Pearson
Education, 2009. Steven S. Skiena, “The Algorithm Design Manual”, Second Edition,
Springer, 2008.

105 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52401) ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Course Objectives:
• To inculcate the Entrepreneurial qualities in students
• To train the students for Entrepreneurship
• To introduce the business model and business plan
• To learn about the methods of attracting investment in start-ups

Unit-I: Entrepreneurship: Evolution and Revolution: Entrepreneurs facing the unknown,

Are you a business or social entrepreneur, Entrepreneurs have a particular mind-set, The
evolution of the Under-taking, Entrepreneurship through the ages, Early definitions of
Entrepreneurship, Approaches to Entrepreneurship, The entrepreneurial revolution: a global
phenomenon.

The Entrepreneurial Mind-Set-Cognition and Career: The entrepreneurial mind, behaviour

and career, Who are entrepreneurs, The dark side of entrepreneurship, The entrepreneur’s
confrontation with risk, Stress and the entrepreneur, The entrepreneurial ego, Pathways to your
entrepreneurial career.

Entrepreneurship and Sustainable Development: Entrepreneurship as if the planet mattered,

Entrepreneurship in times of crisis, Climate change effects for entrepreneurs, Climate chance
economics for entrepreneurs, entrepreneurial ecology.

Unit- II: Social and Ethical Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurial Edge: Social

Entrepreneurship, The mind-set of social entrepreneurs, Ecopreneurs, Ethics and Entrepreneurs,
Defining entrepreneurial ethics, Ethics in the cross-cultural business world, Entrepreneurship
and organized crime, Environmental criminal entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurship and
disadvantaged groups, Indigenous entrepreneurs.

Pathways to Entrepreneurial Ventures: Walking entrepreneurship pathways, Bootstrapping,

The classical pathway: Disruptive new venture creation, Acquiring an established
entrepreneurial venture, Franchising one’s way into entrepreneurship, Social venturing as a
pathway to entrepreneurship.

Unit- III : Opportunity and The Creative Pursuit of Innovative Ideas: Ideas and the search
for opportunity, four models of market-based opportunities, Entrepreneurial imagination and
creativity, Arenas of creativity, Creating the right setting for creativity, Innovation and the
entrepreneur, The innovation process, Innovation in the era of climate change.

Developing Entrepreneurship within Organisations: The entrepreneurial mind-set in

organisations, Re-engineering organisational thinking, Not for business only: public sector
entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial strategy, social entrepreneurship by creating shared value,

106 Page
Unit –IV: The Assessment Of Entrepreneurial Opportunities: The elements of an
opportunity assessment, How do we model the entrepreneurial process, How to assess an
opportunity, When is an idea not an opportunity, The evaluation process, The emergence of
entrepreneurial ecosystems.

Marketing For Entrepreneurial Ventures: Entrepreneurial marketing is essential,

Entrepreneurial marketing defined, The components of effective marketing, Developing a
marketing plan, Marketing research, Marketing on the Internet, Green entrepreneurial
marketing, Pricing strategies.

Unit –V: Legal And Regulatory Challenges For Entrepreneurial Ventures: Legal and
regulatory challenges, Understanding Asia-Pacific regulatory environments, International
protections for intellectual property, Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Domain names, Trade
secrets, Opportunities from changing intellectual, Property attitudes, Identifying legal structures
for entrepreneurial ventures, Incorporated companies, Unincorporated businesses, Other
business forms, Insolvency and Bankruptcy, The legal framework regulating climate change.

Sources of Capital For Entrepreneurial Ventures: The times they are a-changin, What are
the forms of entrepreneurial capital, Sources of financial capital, Debt Vs Equity, Equity
financing The venture capital market, Angel financing, New forms of Entrepreneurial capital,
Peer-to-peer lending,

Course Outcomes:
Students should be able to
• Design business model and business plan
• Demonstrate the Venture infront of investors
• Build the team for a start-up
• Illustrate successful cases of start-ups
• Develop strategies for market survey.

Textbook:
1. Howard Fredrick, Allan O Conner, and Donald F.Kuratko, “Entrepreneurship Theory/
Process/Practices” 4th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2016.

References:
1. Bill Aulet, “Disciplined Entrepreneurship Workbook” Willey Publishers
2. William Bygrave, A.Zacharakis, “ Entrepreneurship” 2nd Edition, Willey Publishers
3. Alexander Osterwalder, and Yves Pigneur – Business Model Generation – Wiley, 2011

107 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05403T) OPERATING SYSTEMS

(Common to CSE& IT)

Course Objectives:

The course is designed to

● Understand basic concepts and functions of operating systems
● Understand the processes, threads and scheduling algorithms.
● Provide good insight on various memory management techniques
● Expose the students with different techniques of handling deadlocks
● Explore the concept of file-system and its implementation issues
● Familiarize with the basics of Linux operating system
● Implement various schemes for achieving system protection and security

UNIT I
Operating Systems Overview: Introduction, Operating system functions, Operating systems
operations, Computing environments, Open-Source Operating Systems

System Structures: Operating System Services, User and Operating-System Interface, systems
calls, Types of System Calls, system programs, Operating system Design and Implementation,
Operating system structure, Operating system debugging, System Boot.

Unit Outcomes:
● Identify major components of operating systems
● Understand the types of computing environments
● Explore several open source operating systems
● Recognize operating system services to users, processes and other systems

UNIT II

Process Concept: Process scheduling, Operations on processes, Inter-process communication,

Communication in client server systems.
Multithreaded Programming: Multithreading models, Thread libraries, Threading issues,
Examples.
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts, Scheduling criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple
processor scheduling, Thread scheduling, Examples.
Inter-process Communication: Race conditions, Critical Regions, Mutual exclusion with busy
waiting, Sleep and wakeup, Semaphores, Mutexes, Monitors, Message passing, Barriers,
Classical IPC Problems - Dining philosophers problem, Readers and writers problem.

Unit Outcomes:

108 Page
 ● Understand the importance, features of a process and methods of communication
between processes.
● Improving CPU utilization through multi programming and multithreaded
programming
● Examine several classical synchronization problems

UNIT III

Memory-Management Strategies: Introduction, Swapping, Contiguous memory allocation,

Paging, Segmentation, Examples.
Virtual Memory Management: Introduction, Demand paging, Copy on-write, Page replacement,
Frame allocation, Thrashing, Memory-mapped files, Kernel memory allocation, Examples.

Unit Outcomes:
● Examine the various techniques of allocating memory to processes
● Summarize how paging works in contemporary computer systems
● Understanding the benefits of virtual memory systems.

UNIT IV

Deadlocks: Resources, Conditions for resource deadlocks, Ostrich algorithm, Deadlock

detection
And recovery, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock prevention.
File Systems: Files, Directories, File system implementation, management and optimization.
Secondary-Storage Structure: Overview of disk structure, and attachment, Disk scheduling,
RAID structure, Stable storage implementation.

Unit Outcomes:
● Investigate methods for preventing/avoiding deadlocks
● Examine file systems and its interface in various operating systems
● Analyze different disk scheduling algorithms

UNIT V

System Protection: Goals of protection, Principles and domain of protection, Access matrix,
Access control, Revocation of access rights.
System Security: Introduction, Program threats, System and network threats, Cryptography as a
security, User authentication, implementing security defenses, firewalling to protect systems and
networks, Computer security classification.
Case Studies: Linux, Microsoft Windows.

Unit Outcomes:
● Infer various schemes available for achieving system protection.

109 Page
 ● Acquiring knowledge about various countermeasures to security attacks
● Outline protection and security in Linux and Microsoft Windows.

Unit Outcomes
By the end of this course students will be able to:
• Realize how applications interact with the operating system
• Analyze the functioning of a kernel in an Operating system.
• Summarize resource management in operating systems
• Analyze various scheduling algorithms
• Examine concurrency mechanism in Operating Systems
• Apply memory management techniques in design of operating systems
• Understand the functionality of file system
• Compare and contrast memory management techniques.
• Understand the deadlock prevention and avoidance.
• Perform administrative tasks on Linux based systems.

Text Books:
1. Silberschatz A, Galvin P B, and Gagne G, Operating System Concepts, 9th edition,
Wiley, 2016.
2. Tanenbaum A S, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
(Topics: Inter-process Communication and File systems.)

Reference Books:
1. Tanenbaum A S, Woodhull A S, Operating Systems Design and Implementation, 3rd
edition, PHI, 2006.
2. Dhamdhere D M, Operating Systems A Concept Based Approach, 3rd edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2012.
3. Stallings W, Operating Systems -Internals and Design Principles, 6th edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
4. Nutt G, Operating Systems, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2004

110 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech – II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05404T) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:
• To learn the basic concepts of software engineering and life cycle models
• To explore the issues in software requirements specification and enable to write SRS
documents for software development problems
• To elucidate the basic concepts of software design and enable to carry out procedural
and object oriented design of software development problems
• To understand the basic concepts of black box and white box software testing and enable
to design test cases for unit, integration, and system testing
• To reveal the basic concepts in software project management

Unit – I: Basic concepts in software engineering and software project management

Basic concepts: abstraction versus decomposition, evolution of software engineering techniques,

Software development life cycle (SDLC) models: Iterative waterfall model, Prototype model,
Evolutionary model, Spiral model, RAD model, Agile models, software project management:
project planning, project estimation, COCOMO, Halstead’s Software Science, project
scheduling, staffing, Organization and team structure, risk management, configuration
management.

Unit Outcomes:
Student should be able to
1. Recognize the basic issues in commercial software development.
2. Summarize software lifecycle models.
3. Infer Workout project cost estimates using COCOMO and schedules using PERT and
GANTT charts.

Unit – II: Requirements analysis and specification

The nature of software, The Unique nature of Webapps, Software Myths, Requirements
gathering and analysis, software requirements specification, Traceability, Characteristics of a
Good SRS Document, IEEE 830 guidelines, representing complex requirements using decision
tables and decision trees, overview of formal system development techniques. axiomatic
specification, algebraic specification.

Unit Outcomes:

Student should be able to

1. Identify basic issues in software requirements analysis and specification.

2. Develop SRS document for sample problems using IEEE 830 format.

111 Page
 3. Develop algebraic and axiomatic specifications for simple problems.

Unit – III : Software Design

Good Software Design, Cohesion and coupling, Control Hierarchy: Layering, Control
Abstraction, Depth and width, Fan-out, Fan-in, Software design approaches, object oriented vs.
function oriented design. Overview of SA/SD methodology, structured analysis, Data flow
diagram, Extending DFD technique to real life systems, Basic Object oriented concepts, UML
Diagrams, Structured design, Detailed design, Design review, Characteristics of a good user
interface, User Guidance and Online Help, Mode-based Vs Mode-less Interface, Types of user
interfaces, Component-based GUI development, User interface design methodology: GUI
design methodology.

Unit Outcomes

Student should be able to

1. Identify the basic issues in software design.

2. Apply the structured, object oriented analysis and design (SA/SD) technique.
3. Recognize the basic issues in user interface design.

Unit – IV : Coding and Testing

Coding standards and guidelines, code review, software documentation, Testing, Black Box
Testing, White Box Testing, debugging, integration testing, Program Analysis Tools, system
testing, performance testing, regression testing, Testing Object Oriented Programs.

Unit Outcomes:

Student should be able to

1. Identify the basic issues in coding practice.

2. Recognize the basic issues in software testing.
3. Design test cases for black box and white box testing.

Unit – V: Software quality, reliability, and other issues

Software reliability, Statistical testing, Software quality and management, ISO 9000, SEI
capability maturity model (CMM), Personal software process (PSP), Six sigma, Software quality
metrics, CASE and its scope, CASE environment, CASE support in software life cycle,
Characteristics of software maintenance, Software reverse engineering, Software maintenance
processes model, Estimation maintenance cost. Basic issues in any reuse program, Reuse
approach, Reuse at organization level.
Unit Outcomes:

Student should be able to

1. Summarize various methods of software quality management.

112 Page
 2. Instruct the quality management standards ISO 9001, SEI CMM, PSP, and Six Sigma.
3. Outline software quality assurance, quality measures, and quality control.
4. Identify the basic issues in software maintenance, CASE support, and software reuse.

Course Outcomes:

Student should be able to

• Obtain basic software life cycle activity skills.
• Design software requirements specification for given problems.
• Implement structure, object oriented analysis and design for given problems.
• Design test cases for given problems.
• Apply quality management concepts at the application level.

Text Book:
1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, 5th Edition, PHI, 2018.
2. Pressman R, “Software Engineering- Practioner Approach”, McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
1. Somerville, “Software Engineering”, Pearson 2.
2. Richard Fairley, “Software Engineering Concepts”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Jalote Pankaj, “An integrated approach to Software Engineering”, Narosa

113 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A05403P) OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB

Course Objectives:
• To familiarize students with the architecture of OS.
• To provide necessary skills for developing and debugging CPU Scheduling algorithms.
• To elucidate the process management and scheduling and memory management.
• To explain the working of an OS as a resource manager, file system manager, process
manager, memory manager, and page replacement tool.
• To provide insights into system calls, file systems and deadlock handling.

List of Experiments
1. Practicing of Basic UNIX Commands.
2. Write programs using following UNIX operating system calls
Fork, exec, getpid, exit, wait, close, stst, opendir and readdir
3. Simulate UNIX commands like cp, ls, grep, etc.,
4. Simulate the following CPU scheduling algorithms
a) Round Robin b) SJF c) FCFS d) Priority
5. Implement dynamic priority scheduling algorithm.
6. Assume that there are five jobs with different weights ranging from 1 to 5. Implement
round robin algorithm with time slice equivalent to weight.
7. Implement priority scheduling algorithm. While executing, no process should wait for
more than 10 seconds. If waiting time is more than 10 seconds, that process has to be
executed for atleast 1 second before waiting again.
8. Control the number of ports opened by the operating system with
a) Semaphore b) Monitors.
9. Simulate how parent and child processes use shared memory and address space.
10. Simulate sleeping barber problem.
11. Simulate dining philosopher’s problem.
12. Simulate producer and consumer problem using threads.
13. Implement the following memory allocation methods for fixed partition
a) First fit b) Worst fit c) Best fit
14. Simulate the following page replacement algorithms
a) FIFO b) LRU c) LFU etc.,
15. Simulate Paging Technique of memory management
16. Simulate Bankers Algorithm for Dead Lock avoidance and prevention
17. Simulate following file allocation strategies
a) Sequential b) Indexed c) Linked
18. Simulate all File Organization Techniques
a) Single level directory b) Two level c) Hierarchical d) DAG

Course Outcomes:

114 Page
 • Trace different CPU Scheduling algorithm (L2).
• Implement Bankers Algorithms to Avoid and prevent the Dead Lock (L3).
• Evaluate Page replacement algorithms (L5).
• Illustrate the file organization techniques (L4).
• Illustrate shared memory process (L4).
• Design new scheduling algorithms (L6)

Reference Books:

1. Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Eighth
Edition, John Wiley.
2. “Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles”, Stallings, Sixth Edition–2009,
Pearson Education
3. Andrew S Tanenbaum “Modern Operating Systems”, Second Edition, PHI.
4. S. Haldar, A.A. Aravind, “Operating Systems”, Pearson Education.
5. B.L.Stuart, “Principles of Operating Systems”, Cengage learning, India Edition.2013-2014
6. A.S.Godbole “Operating Systems”, Second Edition, TMH.
7. P.C.P. Bhatt, “An Introduction to Operating Systems”, PHI.

115 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A05404P) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING LAB

Course Objectives:

1. To Learn and implement the fundamental concepts of software Engineering.

2. To explore functional and non functional requirements through SRS.
3. To practice the various design diagrams through appropriate tool.
4. To learn to implement various software testing strategies.

List of Experiments:

1 Draw the Work Breakdown Structure for the system to be automated

2 Schedule all the activities and sub-activities Using the PERT/CPM charts
3 Define use cases and represent them in use-case document for all the stakeholders of
the system to be automated
4 Identify and analyze all the possible risks and its risk mitigation plan for the system
to be automated
5 Diagnose any risk using Ishikawa Diagram (Can be called as Fish Bone Diagram or
Cause & Effect Diagram)
6 Define Complete Project plan for the system to be automated using Microsoft Project
Tool
7 Define the Features, Vision, Bussiness objectives, Bussiness rules and stakeholders in
the vision document
8 Define the functional and non-functional requirements of the system to be automated
by using Usecases and document in SRS document
9 Define the following tracebility matrices :
1. Usecase Vs. Features
2. Functional requirements Vs.Usecases
10 Estimate the effort using the following methods for the system to be automated:
1. Function point metric
2. Usecase point metric
11 Develop a tool which can be used for quantification of all the non-functional
requirements
12 Write C/C++/Java/Python program for classifying the various types of coupling.
13 Write a C/C++/Java/Python program for classifying the various types of cohesion.
14 Write a C/C++/Java/Python program for object oriented metrics for design proposed
Chidamber and kremer . (Popularly called as CK metrics)
15 Convert the DFD into appropriate architecture styles.
16 Draw complete class diagram and object diagrams using Rational tools
17 Define the design activities along with necessary artifacts using Design Document.
18 Reverse Engineer any object-oriented code to an appropriate class and object
diagrams.
19 Test a piece of code which executes a specific functionality in the code to be tested
and asserts a certain behavior or state using Junit.

116 Page
 20 Test the percentage of code to be tested by unit test using any code coverage tools
21 Define an appropriate metrics for at least 3 quality attributes for any software
application of your interest.
22 Define a complete call graph for any C/C++ code. (Note: The student may use any
tool that generate call graph for source code)

Unit Outcomes
Student is able to
• Acquaint with historical and modern software methodologies
• Understand the phases of software projects and practice the activities of each phase
• Practice clean coding
• Take part in project management
• Adopt skills such as distributed version control, unit testing, integration testing, build
management, and deployment

117 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– II-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 0
(19A99302) BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS

Course Objectives: To provide basic understanding about life and life Process. Animal an plant
systems. To understand what bimolecules, are, their structures are functions. Application of
certain bimolecules in Industry.

• Brief introduction about human physiology and bioengineering.

• To understand hereditary units, i.e. DNA (genes) and RNA and their synthesis in living
organism.
• How biology Principles can be applied in our daily life using different technologies.
• Brief introduction to the production of transgenic microbes, Plants and animals.

Unit I: Introduction to Basic Biology

Cell as Basic unit of life, cell theory, Cell shapes, Cell structure, Cell cycle. Chromosomes.
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic Cell. Plant Cell, Animal Cell, Plant tissues and Animal tissues, Brief
introduction to five kingdoms of classification.

Unit Outcomes:

After completing this unit, the student will be able to

● Summarize the basis of life. (L1)
● Understand the difference between lower organisms (prokaryotes) from higher
organisms (eukaryotes). (L2)
● Understand how organisms are classified. (L3)

Unit II: Introduction to Biomolecules

Carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, Vitamins and minerals, Nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) and their
types. Enzymes, Enzyme application in Industry. Large scale production of enzymes by
Fermentation.

Unit Outcomes:

After completing this unit, the student will be able to

● Understand what are biomolecules? their role in living cells, their structure, function and
how they are produced. (L1)
● Interpret the relationship between the structure and function of nucleic acids. (L2)
● Summarize the applications of enzymes in industry. (L3)
● Understand what is fermentation and its applications of fermentation in industry. (L4)
Unit III: Human Physiology

Nutrition: Nutrients or food substances. Digestive system, Respiratory system, (aerobic and
anaerobic Respiration). Respiratory organs, respiratory cycle. Excretory system.

118 Page
Unit Outcomes:

After completing this unit, the student will be able to

● Understand what nutrients are (L1)
● Understand the mechanism and process of important human functions (L2 & L3)

Unit IV: Introduction to Molecular Biology and recombinant DNA Technology

Prokaryotic gene and Eukaryotic gene structure. DNA replication, Transcription and
Translation. rDNA technology. Introduction to gene cloning.

Unit Outcomes:

After completing this unit, the student will be able to

● Understand and explain about gene structure and replication in prokaryotes and
Eukaryotes (L1)
● How genetic material is replicated and also understands how RNA and proteins are
synthesized. (L2)
● Understand about recombinant DNA technology and its application in different
fields.(L3)
● Explain what is cloning. (L4)

Unit V: Application of Biology

Brief introduction to industrial Production of Enzymes, Pharmaceutical and therapeutic Proteins,

Vaccines and antibodies. Basics of biosensors, biochips, Bio fuels, and Bio Engineering. Basics
of Production of Transgenic plants and animals.

Unit Outcomes:

After completing this unit, the student will be able to Understand.

• How biology is applied for production of useful products for mankind.(L1)
• What are biosensors, biochips etc. (L2)
• Understand transgenic plants and animals and their production (L3)

Course Outcomes:

After studying the course, the student will be able to:

• Explain about cells and their structure and function. Different types of cells and basics
for classification of living Organisms.
• Explain about biomolecules, their structure and function and their role in the living
organisms. How biomolecules are useful in Industry.

119 Page
 • Briefly about human physiology.
• Explain about genetic material, DNA, genes and RNA how they replicate, pass and
preserve vital information in living Organisms.
• Know about application of biological Principles in different technologies for the
production of medicines and Pharmaceutical molecules through transgenic microbes,
plants and animals.

Text books:

1. P.K.Gupta, Cell and Molecular Biology, 5th Edition, Rastogi Publications -

2. U. Satyanarayana. Biotechnology, Books & Allied Ltd 2017

Reference Books:

1. N. A. Campbell, J. B. Reece, L. Urry, M. L. Cain and S. A. Wasserman, “Biology: A

Global Approach”, Pearson Education Ltd, 2018.
2. T Johnson, Biology for Engineers, CRC press, 2011
3. J.M. Walker and E.B. Gingold, Molecular Biology and Biotechnology 2nd ed.. Panima
Publications. PP 434.
4. David Hames, Instant Notes in Biochemistry –2016
5. Phil Tunner, A. Mctennan, A. Bates & M. White, Instant Notes – Molecular Biology
–- 2014

120 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05501) FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY
(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Introduce languages, grammars, and computational models
• Explain the Context Free Grammars
• Enable the students to use Turing machines
• Demonstrate decidability and un-decidability for NP Hard problems

UNIT – I: Finite Automata

Why Study Automata Theory? The Central Concepts of Automata Theory, Automation, Finite
Automation, Transition Systems, Acceptance of a String by a Finite Automation, DFA, Design
of DFAs, NFA, Design of NFA, Equivalence of DFA and NFA, Conversion of NFA into DFA,
Finite Automata with E-Transition, Minimization of Finite Automata, Mealy and Moore
Machines, Applications and Limitation of Finite Automata.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• Distinguish DFA and NFA. (L4)
• Construct DFA for an input string. (L6)
• Perform minimization of Automata.(L5)
• Compare Moore and Mealy Machines.(L2)

UNIT – II: Regular Expressions

Regular Expressions, Regular Sets, Identity Rules, Equivalence of two Regular Expressions,
Manipulations of Regular Expressions, Finite Automata, and Regular Expressions, Inter
Conversion, Equivalence between Finite Automata and Regular Expressions, Pumping Lemma,
Closers Properties, Applications of Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and Regular
Grammars, Regular Expressions and Regular Grammars.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• Construct regular expression for the given Finite Automata.(L6)
• Construct finite automata for the given regular expression.(L6)
• Apply closure properties on regular expressions.(L3)

UNIT – III: Context Free Grammars

121 Page
Formal Languages, Grammars, Classification of Grammars, Chomsky Hierarchy Theorem,
Context Free Grammar, Leftmost and Rightmost Derivations, Parse Trees, Ambiguous
Grammars, Simplification of Context Free Grammars-Elimination of Useless Symbols, E-
Productions and Unit Productions, Normal Forms for Context Free Grammars-Chomsky Normal
Form and Greibach Normal Form, Pumping Lemma, Closure Properties, Applications of
Context Free Grammars.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• Define Context Free Grammar. (L1)
• Distinguish Chomsky Normal Form and Greibach Normal form.(L4)
• Apply Pumping Lemma theorem on Context Free Grammar.(L3)

UNIT – IV: Pushdown Automata

Pushdown Automata, Definition, Model, Graphical Notation, Instantaneous Description
Language Acceptance of pushdown Automata, Design of Pushdown Automata, Deterministic
and Non – Deterministic Pushdown Automata, Equivalence of Pushdown Automata and
Context Free Grammars Conversion, Two Stack Pushdown Automata, Application of Pushdown
Automata.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• List the applications of Pushdown Automata. (L1)
• Construct Pushdown Automata for context free grammar.(L6)

UNIT – V: Turing Machine

Turing Machine, Definition, Model, Representation of Turing Machines-Instantaneous
Descriptions, Transition Tables and Transition Diagrams, Language of a Turing Machine,
Design of Turing Machines, Techniques for Turing Machine Construction, Types of Turing
Machines, Church’s Thesis, Universal Turing Machine, Restricted Turing Machine.
Decidable and Undecidable Problems: NP, NP-Hard and NP-Complete Problems.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• List types of Turing Machines.(L1)
• Design Turing Machine.(L6)
• Formulate decidability and undecidability problems. (L6)

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Explain formal machines, languages and computations (L2)

• Design finite state machines for acceptance of strings (L6)
• Develop context free grammars for formal languages (L3)

122 Page
 • Build pushdown automata for context free grammars (L3)
• Apply Turing machine for solving problems (L3)
• Validate decidability and undecidability (L6)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation, J.E.Hopcroft, R.Motwani
and J.D.Ullman, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2008.
2. Theory of Computer Science-Automata, Languages and Computation, K.L.P.Mishra and
N.Chandrasekaran, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Formal Language and Automata Theory, K.V.N.Sunitha and N.Kalyani, Pearson, 2015.
2. Introduction to Automata Theory, Formal Languages and Computation, Shyamalendu
Kandar, Pearson, 2013.
3. Theory of Computation, V.Kulkarni, Oxford University Press, 2013.
4. Theory of Automata, Languages and Computation, Rajendra Kumar, McGraw Hill, 2014.

123 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05502T) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Define Artificial Intelligence and establish the cultural background for study
• Understand various learning algorithms
• Explore the searching and optimization techniques for problem solving
• Provide basic knowledge on Natural Language Processing and Robotics

Unit – I: Introduction: What is AI, Foundations of AI, History of AI, The State of Art.

Intelligent Agents: Agents and Environments, Good Behaviour: The Concept of Rationality,
The Nature of Environments, The Structure of Agents.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Recognize the importance of Artificial Intelligence (L1)
• Identify how intelligent agent is related to its environment (L2)
• Build an Intelligent agent (L3)

Unit – II: Solving Problems by searching: Problem Solving Agents, Example problems,
Searching for Solutions, Uninformed Search Strategies, Informed search strategies, Heuristic
Functions, Beyond Classical Search: Local Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems,
Local Search in Continues Spaces, Searching with Nondeterministic Actions, Searching with
partial observations, online search agents and unknown environments.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Explain how an agent can formulate an appropriate view of the problem it faces. (L2)
• Solve the problems by systematically generating new states (L2)
• Derive new representations about the world using process of inference (L5)

Unit – III: Reinforcement Learning: Introduction, Passive Reinforcement Learning, Active

Reinforcement Learning, Generalization in Reinforcement Learning, Policy Search,
applications of RL

Natural Language Processing: Language Models, Text Classification, Information Retrieval,

Information Extraction.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

124 Page
 • Examine how an agent can learn from success and failure, reward and punishment.
(L5)
• Develop programs that make queries to a database, extract information from texts,
and
retrieve relevant documents from a collection using Natural Language Processing.
(L6)

Unit-IV: Natural Language for Communication: Phrase structure grammars, Syntactic

Analysis, Augmented Grammars and semantic Interpretation, Machine Translation, Speech
Recognition

Perception: Image Formation, Early Image Processing Operations, Object Recognition by

appearance, Reconstructing the 3D World, Object Recognition from Structural information,
Using Vision.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Develop programs that translate from one language to another, or recognize spoken
words. (L6)
• Explain the techniques that provide robust object recognition in restricted context.(L2)

Unit-V: Robotics: Introduction, Robot Hardware, Robotic Perception, Planning to move,

planning uncertain movements, Moving, Robotic software architectures, application domains

Philosophical foundations: Weak AI, Strong AI, Ethics and Risks of AI, Agent Components,
Agent Architectures, Are we going in the right direction, What if AI does succeed.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Explain the role of Robot in various applications. (L2)
• List the main philosophical issues in AI. (L1)

Course outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Apply searching techniques for solving a problem (L3)

• Design Intelligent Agents (L6)
• Develop Natural Language Interface for Machines (L6)
• Design mini robots (L6)
• Summarize past, present and future of Artificial Intelligence (L5)

Textbook:

1. Stuart J.Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach”, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2019.

125 Page
References:
1. Nilsson, Nils J., and Nils Johan Nilsson. Artificial intelligence: a new synthesis. Morgan
Kaufmann, 1998.
2. Johnson, Benny G., Fred Phillips, and Linda G. Chase. "An intelligent tutoring system
for the accounting cycle: Enhancing textbook homework with artificial intelligence."
Journal of Accounting Education 27.1 (2009): 30-39.

126 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-I Sem L T P C
2 0 0 2
(19A05503T) OBJECT-ORIENTED ANALYSIS DESIGN AND TESTING
(Common to CSE & IT)
Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Understand the basic concepts of object-oriented techniques
• Build the Model of the software system using UML diagrams
• Elucidate design patterns as templates for good design
• Learn the object-oriented methodology in software design
• Explore testing techniques for object-oriented software

Unit – 1: Basic concepts

Basic concepts: objects, classes, abstract classes, data types, ADT, encapsulation and
information hiding, inheritance, association, aggregation, composition, polymorphism, dynamic
binding, object-oriented principles.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Recognize basic issues of object-orientation (L2)
• Identify class relations from problem statements (L4)
• Construct basic principles of object-orientation (L6)

Unit – 2: Modelling Using UML

UML Diagrams: Use case diagrams, class diagrams, various relationships among classes:
generalization, association, aggregation, composition, inheritance, dependency etc., object
diagram, UML packages, activity diagram, state machine diagram, sequence diagram,
communication diagram, interaction overview diagram, component diagram, deployment
diagram, UML 2 diagrams.

Learning outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Describe the basic syntax and semantics of UML (L2)
• Develop modeling of the user’s view using use case diagrams (L3)
• Design class diagram and object-diagrams (L6)
• Summarize behavioral modeling of a given problem using sequence diagram,
collaboration diagram, and state chart diagram (L2)

Unit – 3: Design Patterns

127 Page
Basic pattern concepts, Types of patterns, some common design patterns such as Expert,
Creator, Façade, MVS, MVC, Publish-Subscribe, Observer, Proxy etc.

Learning outcomes

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Identify the basic issues in reusable design (L4)
• Recognize the basic design patterns (L2)

Unit – 4: Designing using UML

Overview of OOAD methodology, Use case model development, Domain modelling,

Identification of entity objects, Brooch’s object identification method, Interaction modelling,
CRC cards, Applications of the analysis and design process, object-oriented design principles.
OOD goodness criteria, CK Metrics, LK Metrics, MOOD Metrics, Code Refactoring

Learning outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Interpret domain modeling (L2)
• Develop sequence diagram for any given use case (L3)
• Design class diagram for a given problem (L6)

Unit – 5 : Testing Object Oriented Software

Challenges in testing object-oriented software, Implications of object-oriented Features in

testing object-oriented software, Importance of grey-box testing of object-oriented software,
Coverage analysis, State-based testing, Class testing, Fault-Based Testing, Scenario-Based Test
Design, Integration Testing: Thread-based integration Strategies, Use-based integration
Strategies, Cluster Testing, Validation Testing, System Testing, Testing tools.

Learning outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Design unit test cases (L6)
• Design integration test cases (L6)
• Select appropriate tool to carry out testing (L2)

Course outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Analyze the problem from object oriented perspective (L4)

128 Page
 • Model complex systems using UML Diagrams (L3)
• Choose the suitable design patterns in software design (L5)
• Adapt Object-Oriented Design Principles (L6)
• Identify the challenges in testing object-oriented software. (L3)

Text Book:

1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, 5th Edition, PHI, 2018

Reference Books:
1. Rumbaugh and Blaha, Object-oriented Modeling and design with UML, Pearson, 2007
2. Bernd Bruegge and, Allen H. Dutoit, Object-Oriented Software Engineering Using UML,
Patterns, and Java, Pearson, 2009

129 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05504T) COMPUTER NETWORKS
(Common to CSE & IT)
Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Understand the basic concepts of Computer Networks.
• Introduce the layered approach for design of computer networks
• Familiarize with the applications of Internet
• Explore the network protocols used in Internet environment
• Explain the format of headers of IP, TCP and UDP
• Elucidate the design issues for a computer network

Unit – 1: Computer Networks and the Internet

What is the Internet?, The Network Edge, The Network Core, Delay, Loss, and Throughput in
Packet-Switched Networks, Protocol Layers and their Service Models, Networks under attack,
History of Computer Networking and the Internet

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Enumerate the hardware components of a computer network (L1)
• List the layers of a Computer Network (L1)
• Identify the performance metrics of a computer network (L3)

Unit – 2: Application Layer

Principles of Network Applications, The web and HTTP, File transfer: FTP, Electronic mail in
the internet, DNS-The Internet’s Directory Service, Peer-to-Peer Applications

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Design new applications of a computer network (L6)
• Analyze the application protocols (L4)
• Extend the existing applications (L2)

Unit – 3 : Transport Layer

Introduction and Transport-Layer Services, Multiplexing and De-multiplexing, Connectionless

Transport: UDP, Principles of Reliable Data transfer, Connection-Oriented Transport: TCP,
Principles of Congestion Control, TCP Congestion Control

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Design Congestion control algorithms (L6)

130 Page
 • Select the appropriate transport protocol for an application (L3)
• Identify the transport layer services (L3)

Unit – 4 :The Network Layer

Introduction, Virtual Circuit and Datagram Networks, The Internet Protocol(IP): Forwarding
and Addressing in the Internet, Routing Algorithms, Routing in the Internet, Broadcast and
Multicast Routing

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Compare routing algorithms (L4)
• Design routing algorithms (L6)
• Extend the existing routing protocols (L2)

Unit – 5 :The Layer: Links, Access Networks, and LANs

Introduction to the Link Layer, Error-Detection and Correction Techniques, Multiple Access
Links and Protocols, Switched Local Area Networks, Link Virtualization: A Network as a Link
Layer, Data Center Networking, Retrospective: A Day in the Life of a Web Page Request

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Compare medium access protocols (L4)
• Classify the computer networks (L2)
• Design a Data Centre for an organization (L6)

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

1. Identify the software and hardware components of a Computer network (L3)

2. Develop new routing, and congestion control algorithms (L3)
3. Assess critically the existing routing protocols (L5)
4. Explain the functionality of each layer of a computer network (L2)
5. Choose the appropriate transport protocol based on the application requirements (L3)

Text Books:

1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach”, 6th

edition, Pearson, 2019.

References:

1. Forouzan, “Datacommunications and Networking”, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill

Publication.

131 Page
2. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, David j.wetherall, “Computer Networks”, 5th Edition,
PEARSON.
3. Youlu Zheng, Shakil Akthar, “Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers”,
Oxford Publishers, 2016.

132 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05505a) DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

(Common to CSE & IT)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

This course is designed to:

• Familiarize with mathematical foundations of data mining tools.
• Introduce classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining.
• Investigate the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining,
classification and clustering.
• Explore data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and
environmental context.

UNIT I:

Basic Concepts – Data Warehousing Components – Building a Data Warehouse – Database

Architectures for Parallel Processing – Parallel DBMS Vendors – Multidimensional Data Model
– Data Warehouse Schemas for Decision Support, Concept Hierarchies -Characteristics of
OLAP Systems – Typical OLAP Operations, OLAP and OLTP.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Identify the component of Data warehouse (L1)
• Create the architecture of Data warehouse (L6)
• Apply different types of OLAP operations (L3)
UNIT II:

Introduction to Data Mining Systems – Knowledge Discovery Process – Data Mining

Techniques – Issues – applications- Data Objects and attribute types, Statistical description of
data, Data Preprocessing – Cleaning, Integration, Reduction, Transformation and discretization,
Data Visualization, Data similarity and dissimilarity measures.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Summarize the data processing steps (L2)
• Apply data cleaning process (L3)

UNIT III:

Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods- Pattern Evaluation
Method – Pattern Mining in Multilevel, Multi Dimensional Space – Constraint Based Frequent
Pattern Mining, Classification using Frequent Patterns.

133 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand Association Rules(L2)
• Apply different Mining Methods (L3)
• Review Classification using Frequent Patterns (L2)

UNIT IV:

Decision Tree Induction – Bayesian Classification – Rule Based Classification – Classification

by Back Propagation – Support Vector Machines –– Lazy Learners – Model Evaluation and
Selection-Techniques to improve Classification Accuracy. Clustering Techniques – Cluster
analysis-Partitioning Methods – Hierarchical Methods – Density Based Methods – Grid Based
Methods – Evaluation of clustering – Clustering high dimensional data- Clustering with
constraints, Outlier analysis-outlier detection methods.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Creating Decision Tree (L6)
• Evaluate Classification techniques (L5)

UNIT V: WEKA TOOL

Datasets – Introduction, Iris plants database, Breast cancer database, Auto imports database –
Introduction to WEKA, The Explorer – Getting started, Exploring the explorer, Learning
algorithms, Clustering algorithms, Association–rule learners.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Investigate WEKA tool (L4)
• Explain learning, clustering algorithms (L2)
Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Design a Data warehouse system and perform business analysis with OLAP tools (L6).
• Apply suitable pre-processing and visualization techniques for data analysis (L3)
• Apply frequent pattern and association rule mining techniques for data analysis (L3)
• Design appropriate classification and clustering techniques for data analysis (L6)
• Infer knowledge from raw data (L4)

134 Page
TEXT BOOK:

1.Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, ―Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Third Edition,
Elsevier, 2012.

REFERENCES:

1.Alex Berson and Stephen J.Smith, ―Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP‖, Tata
McGraw – Hill Edition, 35th Reprint 2016.

2.K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay, ―Insight into Data Mining Theory and Practice,
Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

3.Ian H.Witten and Eibe Frank, ―Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and
Techniques, Elsevier, Second Edition.

135 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05505b) WEB TECHNOLOGIES
(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Familiarize the tags of HTML.
• Understand different Client side Scripting.
• Learn -specific web services of server side Programming.
• Connect different applications using PHP & XML .
• Connect XHTML, Java Scripting, Servlet Programming, Java Server Pages.

UNIT I WEBSITE BASICS, HTML 5, CSS 3, WEB 2.0

Web Essentials: Clients, Servers and Communication – The Internet – Basic Internet protocols
– World wide web – HTTP Request Message – HTTP Response Message – Web Clients – Web
Servers – HTML5 – Tables – Lists – Image – HTML5 control elements – Semantic elements –
Drag and Drop – Audio – Video controls - CSS3 – Inline, embedded and external style sheets –
Rule cascading – Inheritance – Backgrounds – Border Images – Colors – Shadows – Text –
Transformations – Transitions – Animations.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Create standard tags of HTML tags and Knowing the features of designing static
webpages. (L6)
• List different types of CSS to design webpage attractively. (L1)
• Utilize different tools like Adobe Dream weaver and Microsoft Frontpage.(L3)

UNIT II CLIENT SIDE PROGRAMMING

Java Script: An introduction to JavaScript–JavaScript DOM Model-Date and Objects,-Regular

Expressions- Exception Handling-Validation-Built-in objects-Event Handling - DHTML with
JavaScript- JSON introduction – Syntax – Function Files – Http Request – SQL.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Explain different types of client side scripting. ( L2)
• Construct dynamic webpages using DHTML.(L6)
• Illustrate validation for webpages.(L2)

UNIT III SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING

136 Page
Servlets: Java Servlet Architecture- Servlet Life Cycle- Form GET and POST actions-Session
Handling- Understanding Cookies- Installing and Configuring Apache Tomcat Web Server-
DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: JDBC perspectives, JDBC program example - JSP:
Understanding Java Server Pages-JSP Standard Tag Library (JSTL)-Creating HTML forms by
embedding JSP code.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Analyze the importance of Server side scripting. (L4)
• Demonstrate deployment of the application using Tomcat Server.(L2)
• Experiment with Storing and Retrieving data from JDBC. (L3)

UNIT IV PHP and XML

An introduction to PHP: PHP- Using PHP- Variables- Program control- Built-in functions-Form
Validation- Regular Expressions - File handling – Cookies - Connecting to Database. XML:
Basic XML- Document Type Definition- XML Schema DOM and Presenting XML, XML
Parsers and Validation, XSL and XSLT Transformation, News Feed (RSS and ATOM).

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand how XML interacts with different applications. (L1)
• Develop PHP Programs using WAMP and XAMPP Server.(L3)
• Examine background applications using XSL and XSLT.(L4)

UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO AJAX and WEB SERVICES

AJAX: Ajax Client Server Architecture-XML Http Request Object-Call Back Methods; Web
Services: Introduction- Java web services Basics – Creating, Publishing, Testing and Describing
a Web services (WSDL)-Consuming a web service, Database Driven web service from an
application –SOAP.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Explain the importance of AJAX Architecture.
• Integrate and test web services.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
• Construct a basic website using HTML and Cascading Style Sheets.(L3)
• Build dynamic web page with validation using Java Script objects and by
applying different event handling mechanisms.(L6)
• Develop server side programs using Servlets and JSP.(L3)
• Construct simple web pages in PHP and represent data in XML format. (L6)
• Utilize AJAX and web services to develop interactive web applications.(L3)

137 Page
Text Books:
1. Deitel and Deitel and Nieto, ―Internet and World Wide Web - How to Program‖,
Prentice Hall, 5th Edition, 2011.
2. Web Technologies, Uttam K. Roy, Oxford Higher Education., 1st edition, 10th
impression, 2015.
3. The Complete Reference PHP by Steven Holzner, MGH HILL Education, Indian
Edition, 2008.
References
1. Stephen Wynkoop and John Burke ―Running a Perfect Website‖, QUE, 2nd
Edition,1999.
2. Chris Bates, Web Programming – Building Intranet Applications, 3rd Edition,
WileyPublications, 2009.
3. Jeffrey C and Jackson, ―Web Technologies A Computer Science PerspectivePearson
Education, 2011.
4. Gopalan N.P. and Akilandeswari J., ―Web Technology, Prentice Hall of India, 2011.

138 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05505C) MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
(Common to CSE & IT)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

This course is designed to:

• Facilitate students to understand android SDK

• Help students to gain a basic understanding of Android application development
• Inculcate working knowledge of Android Studio development tool

UNIT-I: Introduction to Android: The Android Platform, Android SDK, Eclipse Installation,
Android Installation,Building you First Android application, Understanding Anatomy of
Android Application, AndroidManifest file.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Make use of the Android platform (L3)
• Create and Run Android project using SDK (L6)
• Define the Anatomy of Android Application. (L1)

UNIT-II:Android Application Design Essentials: Anatomy of an Android applications, Android

terminologies,Application Context, Activities, Services, Intents, Receiving and Broadcasting
Intents, Android Manifest File and its common settings, Using Intent Filter, Permissions

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

6. Explain the terminology used in Android applications (L2)
7. Develop first level Android applications that can accept information from the users (L3)
8. Illustrate the Android Manifest File and its common settings (L2)

UNIT-III:Android User Interface Design Essentials: User Interface Screen elements, Designing
User Interfaceswith Layouts, Drawing and Working with Animation.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

139 Page
 • Design Android application screen with various elements for improving users
experience(L6)
• Develop Android application with animations (L6)

UNIT-IV: Testing Android applications, Publishing Android application, Using Android

preferences, Managing Application resources in a hierarchy, working with different types of
resources.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Demonstrate Testing and publishing of their developed Android applications in the

internet. (L2)
• Explain how to manage Application resources in a hierarchy (L2)

UNIT V: Using Common Android APIs: Using Android Data and Storage APIs, Managing data
using Sqlite,Sharing Data between Applications with Content Providers, Using Android
Networking APIs, UsingAndroid Web APIs, Using Android Telephony APIs, Deploying
Android Application to the World.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Develop top end applications that work with data storing and sharing facility.(L6)
• Interpret and Develop applications based on customer perspective(L5)
• Utilize various Android API’s for improving users experience(L3)

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Identify various concepts of mobile programming that make it unique from programming
forother platforms (L3)
• Evaluate mobile applications on their design pros and cons. (L5)
• Utilize rapid prototyping techniques to design and develop sophisticated mobile
interfaces. (L3)
• Develop mobile applications for the Android operating system that use basic and
advanced phone features. (L6)
• Demonstrate the deployment of applications to the Android marketplace for distribution.
(L2)

140 Page
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder, “Android Wireless Application Development”, Pearson
Education, 2nd ed. (2011)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Reto Meier, “Professional Android 2 Application Development”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd
2. Mark L Murphy, “Beginning Android”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd
3. Android Application Development All in one for Dummies by Barry Burd, Edition: I

141 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)–III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01506a) EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS
OPEN ELECTIVE-I
Course Objective:

To bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure to different
types of load.

• Demonstrates principles of experimental approach.

• Teaches regarding the working principles of various strain gauges.
• Throws knowledge on strain rosettes and principles of non destructive testing of
concrete.
• Gives an insight into the principles of photo elasticity.

UNIT-I
PRINCIPLES OF EXPERIMENTAL APPROACH: - Merits of Experimental Analysis
Introduction, uses of experimental stress analysis advantages of experimental stress analysis,
Different methods –Simplification of problems.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Demonstrate the merits and principles of experimental approach
• Give an insight into the uses and advantages of experimental stress analysis

UNIT-II
STRAIN MEASUREMENT USING STRAIN GAUGES: - Definition of strain and its relation
of experimental Determinations Properties of Strain Gauge Systems-Types of Strain Gauges –
Mechanical, Acoustic and Optical Strain Gauges. Introduction to Electrical strain gauges -
Inductance strain gauges – LVDT – Resistance strain gauges – various types –Gauge factor –
Materials of adhesion base.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Introduce various strain gauge systems and their properties
• Give information regarding the gauge factor and materials of adhesion bases

UNIT-III
STRAIN ROSSETTES AND NON – DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF CONCRETE:-
Introduction – the three elements Rectangular Rosette – The Delta Rosette Corrections for
Transverse Strain Gauge. Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity method –Application to Concrete. Hammer
Test – Application to Concrete.

Learning outcomes:

142 Page
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Introduces various strain rosettes and corrections for strain gauges
• Gives an insight into the destructive and non destructive testing of concrete

UNIT-IV
THEORY OF PHOTOELASTICITY: - Introduction –Temporary Double refraction – The stress
Optic Law –Effects of stressed model in a polariscope for various arrangements – Fringe
Sharpening. Brewster‟s Stress Optic law.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Introduces stress optic laws.
• Gives the arrangements and working principles of polariscope.

UNIT-V
TWO DIMENSIONAL PHOTOELASTICITY: - Introduction – Iso-chromatic Fringe patterns-
Isoclinic Fringe patterns passage of light through plane Polariscope and Circular polariscope
Isoclinic Fringe patterns – Compensation techniques – Calibration methods – Separation
methods – Scaling Model to prototype Stresses – Materials for photo – Elasticity Properties of
Photoelastic Materials.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Introduces the understanding of different fringe patterns.
• Introduces model analysis and properties of photo elastic materials.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course

• The student will be able to understand different methods of experimental stress analysis
• The student will be able to understand the use of strain gauges for measurement of strain
• The student will be exposed to different Non destructive methods of concrete
• The student will be able to understand the theory of photo elasticity and its applications
in analysis of structures

TEXT BOOKS:-

1. J.W.Dally and W.F.Riley, “Experimental stress analysis College House Enterprises”

2. Dr.Sadhu Singh, “Experimental stress analysis”, khanna Publishers

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. U.C.Jindal, “Experimental Stress analysis”, Pearson Publications.

2. L.S.Srinath, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, MC.Graw Hill Company Publishers.

143 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) –III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01506b) BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
OPEN ELECTIVE-I
Course Objectives:

• To impart to know different types of buildings, principles and planning of the buildings.
• To identify the termite control measure in buildings, and importance of grouping
circulation, lighting and ventilation aspects in buildings.
• To know the different modes of vertical transportation in buildings.
• To know the utilization of prefabricated structural elements in buildings.
• To know the importance of acoustics in planning and designing of buildings.

UNIT-I

Overview of the course, basic definitions, buildings-types-components- economy and design-

principles of planning of buildings and their importance. Definitions and importance of grouping
and circulation-lighting and ventilation-consideration of the above aspects during planning of
building.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• To be able to plan the building with economy and according to functional requirement.

UNIT-II

Termite proofing: Inspection-control measures and precautions- lighting protection of buildings-

general principles of design of openings-various types of fire protection measures to be
considered while panning a building.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Able to know the termite proofing technique to the building and protection form
lightening effects.
• To be able to know the fire protection measure that are to be adopted while planning a
building.

UNIT-III

Vertical transportation in a building: Types of vertical transportation-stairs-different forms of

stairs- planning of stairs- other modes of vertical transportation – lifts-ramps-escalators.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

144 Page
 • To be able to know the different modes of vertical transportation and their suitability

UNIT-IV

Prefabrication systems in residential buildings- walls-openings-cupboards-shelves etc., planning

and modules and sizes of components in prefabrication. Planning and designing of residential
buildings against the earthquake forces, principles, seismic forces and their effect on buildings.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Identify the adoption of prefabricated elements in the building.
• Know the effect of seismic forces on buildings

UNIT-V

Acoustics – effect of noise – properties of noise and its measurements, principles of acoustics
of building. Sound insulation- importance and measures.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• To know the effect of noise, its measurement and its insulation in planning the buildings

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
• Understand the principles in planning and design the buildings.
• Know the different methods of termite proofing in buildings.
• Know the different methods of vertical transportation in buildings.
• Know the implementation of prefabricated units in buildings and effect of earthquake
on buildings.
• Know the importance of acoustics in planning and designing of buildings.

TEXT BOOKS :

1. Varghese, “Building construction”, PHI Learning Private Limited.

2. Punmia.B.C, “Building construction”, Jain.A.K and Jain.A.K Laxmi Publications.
3. S.P.Arora and S.P.Brndra “Building construction”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons Publications,
New Delhi
4. “Building construction-Technical teachers training institute”, Madras, Tata McGraw
Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. National Building Code of India, Bureau of Indian Standards

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) –III-I L T P C
2 1 0 3

145 Page
 (19A02506a) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)
Course Objectives:

To make the students learn about

• Classification of materials.
• Properties of materials and its applications.
• Domestic wiring and earthing

UNIT-I Conducting Materials

Introduction – classification of materials – Metals and Non metals, physical, thermal,

mechanical and electrical properties of materials – classification of electrical materials – concept
of atom – electron configuration of atom, conductors, general properties of conductors, factors
effecting resistivity of electrical materials –electrical/mechanical/thermal properties of copper,
aluminum, iron, steel, lead, tin and their alloys – applications.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Uunderstand the classification of conducting materials.
• Analyze the properties of different conducting materials
• Apply the materials where it is applicable
• Know about electron configuration of atom

UNIT-II Dielectric and High Resistivity Materials

Introduction – solid, liquid and gaseous dielectrics, leakage current, permittivity, dielectric
constant, dielectric loss – loss angle – loss constant, Breakdown voltage and dielectric strength
of – solid, liquid and gaseous dielectrics, effect of break down– electrical and thermal effects,
Polarization – electric, ionic and dipolar polarization. Effect of temperature and Frequency on
dielectric constant of polar dielectrics. High Resistivity materials – electrical / thermal /
mechanical properties of Manganin, Constantan, Nichrome, Tungsten, Carbon and Graphite and
their applications in electrical equipment.

Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Understand the classification of dielectric and high resistivity materials.
• Analyze the properties of dielectric and high resistivity materials
• Understand about concept of polarization and dipolar polarization
• Apply the materials where it is applicable

UNIT-III Solid Insulating Materials

Introduction – characteristics of a good electrical insulating materials – classification of

insulating materials – electrical, thermal, chemical and mechanical properties of solid insulating
materials - Asbestos, Bakelite, rubber, plastics, thermo plastics. Resins, polystyrene, PVC,
porcelain, glass, cotton and paper.

146 Page
Learning outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Understand about various characteristics of solid insulating materials
• Understand the classification of solid insulating materials.
• Analyze the properties of solid insulating materials
• Apply the materials where it is applicable

UNIT-IV Liquid & Gas Insulating Materials

Liquid insulating materials – Mineral oils, synthetic liquids, fluorinated liquids – Electrical,
thermal and chemical properties – transformer oil – properties – effect of moisture on insulation
properties Gaseous insulators – classification based on dielectric strength – dielectric loss,
chemical stability properties and their applications.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the classification of liquid insulating materials.
• Analyze the properties of liquid insulating materials
• Apply the materials where it is applicable
• Understand about properties and classification of gaseous insulators

UNIT-V Domestic Wiring

Wiring materials and accessories – Types of wiring – Types of Switches - Specification of

Wiring – Stair case wiring - Fluorescent lamp wiring- Godown wiring – Basics of Earthing –
single phase wiring layout for a residential building.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, the student will be able to
• Understand about wiring materials and accessories
• Understand about earthing and wiring layout of domestic buildings
• Design and develop Residential wiring
• Know about godown wiring

Course Outcomes:

After completing the course, the student should be able to:

• Understand the classification of materials, domestic wiring materials and
earthing.
• Analyze the properties of different electrical materials
• Apply where the materials are applicable based on properties of materials
• Design and develop Residential wiring, godown wiring and earthing.

Text Books:

147 Page
1. G.K. Mithal, “Electrical Engineering Materials”, Khanna publishers, 2nd edition, 1991.
2. R.K. Rajput, A course in “Electrical Engineering Materials”, Laxmi publications, 2009.

Reference Books:

1. C.S. Indulkar and S. Thiruvengadam, “An Introduction to Electrical Engineering

Materials” S Chand & Company, 2008.
2. Technical Teachers Training Institute, “Electrical engineering Materials”, 1st Edition,
Madras, McGraw Hill Education, 2004.
3. by S.P. Seth, “A course in Electrical Engineering Materials Physics Properties &
Applications”, Dhanapat Rai & Sons Publications, 2018.

148 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A03506a) INTRODUCTION TO HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES
OPEN ELECTIVE-I
Course Objectives:

• Provide good foundation on hybrid and electrical vehicles.

• To address the underlying concepts and methods behind power transmission in hybrid
and electrical vehicles.
• Familiarize energy storage systems for electrical and hybrid transportation.
• To design and develop basic schemes of electric vehicles and hybrid electric vehicles.

UNIT I: Electric Vehicle Propulsion and Energy Sources

Introduction to electric vehicles, vehicle mechanics - kinetics and dynamics, roadway

fundamentals propulsion system design - force velocity characteristics, calculation of tractive
power and energy required, electric vehicle power source - battery capacity, state of charge and
discharge, specific energy, specific power, Ragone plot. battery modeling - run time battery
model, first principle model, battery management system- soc measurement, battery cell
balancing. Traction batteries - nickel metal hydride battery, Li-Ion, Lipolymer battery.

Learning Outcomes:

After successful completion of this unit, the students will be able to

• Summaries the concepts of electrical vehicle propulsion and energy sources. (l2)
• Identify the types of power sources for electrical vehicles.(l3)
• Demonstrate the design considerations for propulsion system. (l2)
• Solve the problems on tractive power and energy required. (l3)

UNIT II: Electric Vehicle Power Plant And Drives

Introduction electric vehicle power plants. Induction machines, permanent magnet machines,
switch reluctance machines. Power electronic converters-DC/DC converters - buck boost
converter, isolated DC/DC converter. Two quadrant chopper and switching modes. AC drives-
PWM, current control method. Switch reluctance machine drives - voltage control, current
control.

Learning Outcomes:

After successful completion of this unit, the students will be able to

• Choose a suitable drive scheme for developing an electric vehicles depending on
resources.(l1)
• List the various power electronic converters. (l1)
• Describe the working principle dc/dc converters and buck boost convertor. (l2)

149 Page
 • Explain about ac drives. (l2)

UNIT III: Hybrid And Electric Drive Trains

Introduction hybrid electric vehicles, history and social importance, impact of modern drive
trains in energy supplies. Hybrid traction and electric traction. Hybrid and electric drive train
topologies. Power flow control and energy efficiency analysis, configuration and control of DC
motor drives and induction motor drives, permanent magnet motor drives, switch reluctance
motor drives, drive system efficiency.

Learning Outcomes:

After successful completion of this unit, the students will be able to

• Identify the social importance of hybrid vehicles. (l3)
• Discus impact of modern drive trains in energy supplies. (l6)
• Compare hybrid and electric drive trains.(l2)
• Analyze the power flow control and energy efficiency. (l6)

UNIT IV: Electric and Hybrid Vehicles - Case Studies

Parallel hybrid, series hybrid -charge sustaining, charge depleting. Hybrid vehicle case study –
Toyota Prius, Honda Insight, Chevrolet Volt. 42 V system for traction applications. Lightly
hybridized vehicles and low voltage systems. Electric vehicle case study - GM EV1, Nissan
Leaf, Mitsubishi Miev. Hybrid electric heavy duty vehicles, fuel cell heavy duty vehicles.

Learning Outcomes:

After successful completion of this unit, the students will be able to

• List the various electric and hybrid vehicles in the present market. (l1)
• Discus lightly hybridized vehicle and low voltage systems.(l6)
• Explain about hybrid electric heavy duty vehicles and fuel cell heavy duty vehicles. (l2)

UNIT V: Electric And Hybrid Vehicle Design :

Introduction to hybrid vehicle design. Matching the electric machine and the internal
combustion engine. Sizing of propulsion motor, power electronics, drive system. Selection of
energy storage technology, communications, supporting subsystem. Energy management
strategies in hybrid and electric vehicles - energy management strategies- classification,
comparison, implementation.

Learning Outcomes:

After successful completion of this unit, the students will be able to

• Illustrate matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine. (l2)
• Select the energy storage technology. (l3)
150 Page
 • Select the size of propulsion motor. (l3)
• Design and develop basic schemes of electric and hybrid electric vehicles. (l3)

Course outcomes:

After learning the course the students will be able to:

• Explain the working of hybrid and electric vehicles. (l2)
• Choose a suitable drive scheme for developing an hybrid and electric vehicles depending
on resources. (l3)
• Develop the electric propulsion unit and its control for application of electric
vehicles.(l3)
• Choose proper energy storage systems for vehicle applications. (l3)
• Design and develop basic schemes of electric vehicles and hybrid electric vehicles.(l3)

Text Books :

1. Iqbal Hussein, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals”, 2nd edition, CRC
Press, 2003.
2. Amir Khajepour, M. Saber Fallah, Avesta Goodarzi, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles:
Technologies, Modeling and Control - A Mechatronic Approach”, illustrated edition,
John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
3. Mehrdad Ehsani, YimiGao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid
Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design”, CRC Press, 2004.
References:
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technology”, Explained, Wiley, 2003.
2. John G. Hayes, G. Abas Goodarzi, “Electric Powertrain: Energy Systems, Power
Electronics and Drives for Hybrid, Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles”, 1st edition, Wiley-
Blackwell, 2018.

151 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A03506b) RAPID PROTOTYPING
OPEN ELECTIVE-I
Course Objectives:
● Familiarize techniques for processing of CAD models for rapid prototyping.
● Explain fundamentals of rapid prototyping techniques.
● Demonstrate appropriate tooling for rapid prototyping process.
● Focus Rapid prototyping techniques for reverse engineering.
● Train Various Pre – Processing, Processing and Post Processing errors in RP Processes.

UNIT – I 10 Hours

Introduction: Introduction to Prototyping, Traditional Prototyping Vs. Rapid Prototyping

(RP), Need for time compression in product development, Usage of RP parts, Generic RP
process, Distinction between RP and CNC, other related technologies, Classification of RP.
RP Software: Need for RP software, MIMICS, Magics, SurgiGuide, 3-matic, 3D-Doctor,
Simplant, Velocity2, VoXim, SolidView, 3DView, etc., software, Preparation of CAD models,
Problems with STL files, STL file manipulation, RP data formats: SLC, CLI, RPI, LEAF,
IGES, HP/GL, CT, STEP.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Explain prototyping process. (l2)
● Classify different rapid prototyping processes. (l2)
● Summarize rp software’s and represent a 3d model in stl format, other rp data formats.
(l2)

UNIT – II 8 Hours

Solid and Liquid Based RP Systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Principle, Process, Materials,
Advantages, Limitations and Applications. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): Principle, Process,
Materials, Advantages, Limitations, Applications.

Fusion Deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle, Process, Materials, Advantages, Limitations,

Applications. Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM): Principle, Process, Materials,
Advantages, Limitations, Applications.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the principles, advantages, limitations and applications of Solid and Liquid
based AM systems. (L2)
● Identify the materials for Solid and Liquid based AM systems. (L2)

152 Page
UNIT – III 8 Hours

Powder Based RP Systems: Principle and Process of Selective Laser Sintering (SLS),
Advantages, Limitations and Applications of SLS, Principle and Process of Laser Engineered
Net Shaping (LENS), Advantages, Limitations and Applications of LENS, Principle and Process
of Electron Beam Melting (EBM), Advantages, Limitations and Applications of EBM.
Other RP Systems: Three Dimensional Printing (3DP): Principle, Process, Advantages,
Limitations and Applications. Ballastic Particle Manufacturing (BPM): Principle, Process,
Advantages, Limitations, Applications. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Principle,
Process, Advantages, Limitations, Applications.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the principles, advantages, limitations and applications of powder based AM
systems. (L2)
● Understand the principles, advantages, limitations and applications of other Additive
Manufacturing Systems such as 3D Printing, Ballistic Particle Manufacturing and Shape
Deposition Modeling. (L2)

UNIT – IV 8 Hours

Rapid Tooling: Conventional Tooling Vs. Rapid Tooling, Classification of Rapid Tooling,
Direct and Indirect Tooling Methods, Soft and Hard Tooling methods.
Reverse Engineering (RE): Meaning, Use, RE – The Generic Process, Phases of RE
Scanning, Contact Scanners and Noncontact Scanners, Point Processing, Application
Geometric Model, Development.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Classify Rapid Tooling methods. (L2)
• Explain the concepts of reverse engineering and scanning tools. (L2)

UNIT – V 8 Hours

Errors in RP Processes: Pre-processing, processing, post-processing errors, Part building

errors in SLA, SLS, etc.
RP Applications: Design, Engineering Analysis and planning applications, Rapid Tooling,
Reverse Engineering, Medical Applications of RP.

Learning Outcomes:

153 Page
At the end of the unit, the student will be able to
• Identify various Pre – Processing, Processing and Post – Processing errors in RP
processes. (L2)
● Apply of RP in engineering design analysis and medical applications. (L3)

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

● Use techniques for processing of CAD models for rapid prototyping. (L3)
● Understand and apply fundamentals of rapid prototyping techniques. ((L3)
● Use appropriate tooling for rapid prototyping process. (L3)
● Use rapid prototyping techniques for reverse engineering. (L3)
● Identify Various Pre – Processing, Processing and Post Processing errors in RP
processes. (L3)
Text Books:

1. Chua C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications”,
2nd edition, World Scientific Publishers, 2003.
2. Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, Brent Stucker, “Additive Manufacturing Technologies:
Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing”, 1st Edition, Springer, 2010.
3. Rafiq Noorani, “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
Reference Books:

1. Liou W. Liou, Frank W., Liou, “Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications: A
Tool Box for Prototype Development”, CRC Press, 2007.
2. Pham D.T. and Dimov S.S., “Rapid Manufacturing; The Technologies and Application
of RPT and Rapid tooling”, Springer, London 2001.
3. Gebhardt A., “Rapid prototyping”, Hanser Gardener Publications, 2003.
4. Hilton P.D. and Jacobs P.F., “Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications”,
CRC Press, 2005.

154 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A04506a) ANALOG ELECTRONICS
OPEN ELECTIVE-I

Course Objectives:

• To understand the characteristics of various types of electronic devices and circuits (L1).
• To apply various principles of electronic devices and circuits to solve complex
Engineering problems (L2).
• To analyze the functions of various types of electronic devices and circuits (L3).
• To evaluate the functions of various types of electronic devices and circuits in real time
applications (L3).
• To design various types of electronic circuits for use in real time applications (L4).

UNIT-I:

Diodesand Applications

Properties of intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor materials. Characteristics of PN junction

diode and Zener diode. Applications of PNdiode as a switch, rectifier and Zener diode as
regulator. Special purpose diodes: Schottky diode, Tunnel diode, Varactor diode, photodiode
and LED.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the characteristics of various types of diodes (L1).
• Apply the principles of diodes to solve complex Engineering problems (L2).
• Analyze the functions of diodes in forward and reverse bias conditions (L3).
• Evaluate the functions of diodes in real time applications (L3).
• Design rectifiers and switches using diodes (L4).

UNIT-II:

BJT and its Applications

Construction, Operation, and Characteristics in CE, CB and CC configurations. Fixed-Bias and

Voltage Divider-Bias. Applications as switch and amplifier.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the characteristics and biasing of BJT (L1).

155 Page
 • Apply the principles of BJT to solve complex Engineering problems (L2).
• Analyse the functions of BJT in various configurations (L3).
• Evaluate the functions of BJT in real time applications (L3).
• Design amplifiers and switches using BJT (L4).

UNIT-III:

FETs and Applications

JFETs:Construction, Operation, and Characteristics in CS configurations. Fixed-Bias and

Voltage Divider -Bias. Applications as switch and amplifier.
MOSFETs:Construction, Operation, and Characteristics of Enhancement and Depletion modes
in CS configurations. Biasing in Enhancement and Depletion modes. Applications as switch.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the characteristics and biasing of FETs (L1).
• Apply the principles of FETsto solve complex Engineering problems (L2).
• Analyze the functions of FETs in CSconfiguration (L3).
• Evaluate the functions of FETs in real time applications (L3).
• Design amplifiers and switches using FETs (L4).

UNIT-IV:
Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators
Feedback Amplifiers: Concept of feedback, General characteristics of negative feedback
amplifiers, Voltage-series, Current-series, Voltage-shunt, and Current-shunt feedback
amplifiers.
Oscillators:Conditions for oscillations, Hartley and Colpitts oscillators, RC phase-shift and
Wien-bridge oscillators.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the concept of negative & positive feedback and characteristics feedback
amplifiers (L1).
• Apply the principles of feedback amplifiers and oscillators to solve complex
Engineering problems (L2).
• Analyze the functions of feedback amplifiers and oscillators (L3).
• Evaluate the functions of feedback amplifiers and oscillators in real time applications
(L3).
• Design feedback amplifiers and oscillators for specific applications (L4).

UNIT-V:

156 Page
Wave-Shaping & Multivibrator Circuits and Linear Integrated Circuits

Wave-Shaping & Multivibrator Circuits: Introduction, Waveform Shaping Circuits –RC and
RL Circuits. Clippers, Comparator and Clampers. Bistable, Schmitt Trigger, Monostable and
Astable Multivibrators.

Linear Integrated Circuits: Operational Amplifier: Introduction, Block diagram, Basic

applications – Inverting, Non-inverting, Summing amplifier, Subtractor, Voltage Follower. IC
555 Timer and IC 7805 Regulator.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the operation of Wave-Shaping & Multivibrator Circuits and Linear
Integrated Circuits (L1).
• Apply the principles of Wave-Shaping & Multivibrator Circuits and Linear Integrated
Circuits to complex Engineering solve problems (L2).
• Analyse the functions of Wave-Shaping & Multivibrator Circuits and Linear Integrated
Circuits (L3).
• Evaluate the functions of Wave-Shaping & Multivibrator Circuits and Linear Integrated
Circuits in real time applications (L3).
• Design Wave-Shaping & Multivibrator Circuits and Linear Integrated Circuits for
specific applications (L4).

Note: In all the units, only qualitative treatment is required.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student should be able to

• Understand the characteristics of various types of electronic devices and circuits
• Apply various principles of electronic devices and circuits to solve complex
• Engineering problems
• Analyse the functions of various types of electronic devices and circuits, Evaluate
the functions of various types of electronic devices and circuits in real time
applications
• Design various types of electronic circuits for use in real time applications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. S. Salivahanan and N. Suresh Kumar, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd., 2017.

REFERENCES:

157 Page
 1. J. Milliman, Christos C Halkias, and Satyabrata Jit, “Electronics Devices and Circuits”,
4th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd., 2015.
2. David A. Bell “Electronics Devices and Circuits”, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press,
2008.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------

Blooms’ learning levels:

L1: Remembering and Understanding
L2: Applying
L3: Analyzing/Derive
L4: Evaluating/Design
L5: Creating

158 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A04506b) DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
OPEN ELECTIVE-I
Course Objectives:

• To introduce different methods for simplifying Boolean expressions

• To analyze logic processes and implement logical operations using combinational logic
circuits
• To understand characteristics of memory and their classification.
• To understand concepts of sequential circuits and to analyze sequential systems in terms
of state machines
• To understand concept of Programmable Devices

UNIT- I

Minimization Techniques and Logic Gates Minimization Techniques: Boolean postulates and
laws – De-Morgan’s Theorem - Principle of Duality - Boolean expression - Minimization of
Boolean expressions –– Minterm – Maxterm - Sum of Products (SOP) – Product of Sums (POS)
– Karnaugh map Minimization – Don’t care conditions – Quine - McCluskey method of
minimization. Logic Gates: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, Exclusive–OR and Exclusive–NOR
Implementations of Logic Functions using gates, NAND– NOR implementations – Multi level
gate implementations- Multi output gate implementations. TTL and CMOS Logic and their
characteristics – Tristate gates.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Learn Boolean algebra and logical operations in Boolean algebra. (L1)
• Apply different logic gates to functions and simplify them. (L2)
• Analyze the redundant terms and minimize the expression using Kmaps and tabulation
methods (L3)

UNIT- II

Combinational Circuits -Design procedure – Half adder – Full Adder – Half subtractor – Full
subtractor – Parallel binary adder, parallel binary Subtractor – Fast Adder - Carry Look Ahead
adder – Serial Adder/Subtractor - BCD adder – Binary Multiplier – Binary Divider -
Multiplexer/ Demultiplexer – decoder - encoder – parity checker – parity generators – code
converters - Magnitude Comparator.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Apply the logic gates and design of combinational circuits(L2)
• Design of different combinational logic circuits(L4)

159 Page
UNIT -III

Sequential Circuits-Latches, Flip-flops - SR, JK, D, T, and Master-Slave – Characteristic table

and equation –Application table – Edge triggering – Level Triggering – Realization of one flip
flop using other flip flops – serial adder/subtractor- Asynchronous Ripple or serial counter –
Asynchronous Up/Down counter - Synchronous counters – Synchronous Up/Down counters –
Programmable counters – Design of Synchronous counters: state diagram- State table –State
minimization –State assignment - Excitation table and maps-Circuit implementation - Modulo–
n counter, Registers – shift registers - Universal shift registers – Shift register counters – Ring
counter – Shift counters - Sequence generators.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Understand the clock dependent circuits (L1)
• Identify the differences between clocked and clock less circuits, apply clock dependent
circuits(L2)
• Design clock dependent circuits(L4)

UNIT -IV
Memory Devices Classification of memories – ROM - ROM organization - PROM – EPROM
– EEPROM –EAPROM, RAM – RAM organization – Write operation – Read operation –
Memory cycle - Timing wave forms – Memory decoding – memory expansion – Static RAM
Cell- Bipolar RAM cell – MOSFET RAM cell – Dynamic RAM cell –Programmable Logic
Devices – Programmable Logic Array (PLA) - Programmable Array Logic (PAL) – Field
Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) - Implementation of combinational logic circuits using
ROM, PLA, PAL

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Understand the principle of operation of basic memory devices, and programmable logic
devices. (L1)
• Implement combinational logic circuits using memory and programmable logic devices
(L2)

UNIT -V
Synchronous and Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Synchronous Sequential Circuits: General
Model – Classification – Design – Use of Algorithmic State Machine – Analysis of Synchronous
Sequential Circuits Asynchronous Sequential Circuits: Design of fundamental mode and pulse
mode circuits – Incompletely specified State Machines – Problems in Asynchronous Circuits –
Design of Hazard Free Switching circuits.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

160 Page
 • Understand how synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuit works (L1)
• Understand the FSM and its design principles. (L1)
• Analyze the procedure to reduce the internal states in sequential circuits (L3)
• Illustrate minimization of complete and incomplete state machines and to write a
minimal cover table(L2)

Course Outcomes:

• Explain switching algebra theorems and apply them for logic functions, discuss about
digital logic gates and their properties, Identify the importance of SOP and POS
canonical forms in the minimization of digital circuits.
• Evaluate functions using various types of minimizing algorithms like Boolean algebra,
Karnaugh map or tabulation method.
• Analyze the design procedures of Combinational & sequential logic circuits.
• Design of different combinational logic circuits, and compare different semiconductor
memories.

Text Books:

1. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2008 /
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
2. Zvi Kohavi, “Switching and Finite Automata Theory”, 3rd Edition, South Asian Edition,
2010,

References:

1. John F.Wakerly, “Digital Design”, Fourth Edition, Pearson/PHI, 2008

2. John.M Yarbrough, “Digital Logic Applications and Design”, Thomson Learning, 2006.
3. Charles H.Roth. “Fundamentals of Logic Design”, 6th Edition, Thomson Learning,
2013.
4. Donald P.Leach and Albert Paul Malvino, “Digital Principles and Applications”, 6th
Edition, TMH, 2006.
5. Thomas L. Floyd, “Digital Fundamentals”, 10th Edition, Pearson Education Inc, 2011
6. Donald D.Givone, “Digital Principles and Design”, TMH, 2003.

161 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A27506a) BREWING TECHNOLOGY
OPEN ELECTIVE - I

PREAMBLE

This course covers the origin of brewing and ingredients used, methods and equipment used
and innovations in this field.

Coues Objectives

• To understand the Beer manufacturing, ingredients and their roles.

• To understand overall view of a brewing industry

UNIT – I

Introduction of brewing, history of brewing; Raw materials: barley, hops, water, yeast; Adjuncts
for beer production: Maize, rice, millet, wheat, sugar etc. Malt production, role of enzymes for
malting; Barley storage, steeping, germination, kilning, cooling, storage;

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Introduction of brewing, history of brewing
• Raw materials like barley, hops, water, yeast
• Adjuncts for beer production: Maize, rice, millet, wheat, sugar etc
• Malt production, role of enzymes for malting
• Barley storage, steeping, germination, kilning, cooling, storage

UNIT – II

Malt from other cereals, caramel malt, roasted malt, smoked malt, malt extract; Malt quality
evaluation, Wort production, malt milling, Mashing, Mashing vessels; Wort boiling,
clarification, cooling and aeration Enzyme properties, starch degradation, b-glucan degradation;
Conversion of fatty matter, Biological acidification

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Malt from other cereals, caramel malt, roasted malt, smoked malt, malt extract

162 Page
 • Malt quality evaluation, Wort production, malt milling, Mashing, Mashing vessels
• Wort boiling, clarification, cooling and aeration Enzyme properties, starch
degradation, b-glucan degradation
• Conversion of fatty matter, Biological acidification

UNIT – III

Beer production methods, fermentation technology, changes during fermentation; Filtration

procedure and equipment, beer stabilization conditions and durations, beer carbonation process;
Packaging equipment and packaging materials, storage conditions and distribution process

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Beer production methods, fermentation technology, changes during fermentation
• Filtration procedure and equipment, beer stabilization conditions and durations, beer
carbonation process
• Packaging equipment and packaging materials, storage conditions and distribution
process

UNIT – IV

Brewing Equipment. Grain mill, kettles, siphons, carboys, fermentation equipment, wort
chillers, pumps beer bottles, cans, labels, bottle caps, sanitation equipments Preventive
Production of beer against technology, ling phenomenon of beer, possible measures against
staling reactions, oxidation

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

• Brewing Equipments like Grain mill, kettles, siphons, carboys, fermentation
equipment, wort chillers
• pumps beer bottles, cans, labels, bottle caps, sanitation equipments
• Preventive Production of beer against technology, ling phenomenon of beer, possible
measures against staling reactions, oxidation

UNIT – V

Recent advances: Immobilized Cell Technology in Beer Production, immobilized yeast cell
technology Energy management in the brewery and maltings; waste water treatment Automation
and plant planning

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to:

163 Page
 • Immobilized Cell Technology in Beer Production, immobilized yeast cell technology
• Energy management in the brewery and maltings
• waste water treatment Automation and plant planning

Course Outcomes:

By the end of this course, students will attain the:

• Knowledge of beer making, chemistry of ingredients used for brewing,
• Knowledge on brewing industry, Unit operations and equipments involved.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Brewing: “Science and Practice, Brookes and Roger Stevens”, Dennis E. Briggs,
Chris A. Boulton, Peter A. 2004, Woodhead publishing limited.
2. Die Deutsche “Bibliothek Technology: “Brewing and Malting”, Wolfgang Kunze.
2010, Bibliographic information published

REFERENCES

1. “Handbook of Brewing”: Process, Technology, Markets, Hans Michael Eblinger.

2009, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.
2. Brewing: “New Technologies”, Charles W. Bamforth. 2006, Woodhead Pub.

164 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A27506b) COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN FOOD INDUSTRY

(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

PREAMBLE
This course covers all facets of computerization and various software’s used and their usage.

Course Objectives

• Able to know about “The necessity of Software & their applications in Food
Industries”
• Able to Implement the Programs in ‘C’ to perform various operations that are related
to
Food Industries.

UNIT – I

Computerization, Importance of Computerization in food industry and IT applications in food

industries. Computer operating environments and information system for various types of food
industries. Introduction to Bar charts and Pie charts & the procedure to develop bar charts and
pie charts on given Data.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Computerization, Importance of Computerization in food industry and IT
applications in food industries.
• Computer operating environments and information system for various types of food
industries.
• Introduction to Barcharts and Piecharts & the procedure to develop barcharts and
piecharts on given Data.

UNIT – II

Introduction to Software & Programming Languages, Properties, Differences of an Algorithm

and Flowcharts, Advantages and disadvantages of Flowcharts & Algorithms. Introduction,
Fundamentals & advantages of ‘C’. Steps in learning ‘C’ (Character set, Identifiers, Keywords)
Steps in learning ‘C’ (Data types, Constants, Variables, Escape sequences).

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

165 Page
 • Introduction to Software & Programming Languages, Properties, Differences of an
Algorithm and Flowcharts
• Advantages and disadvantages of Flowcharts & Algorithms. Introduction,
Fundamentals & advantages of ‘C’.
• Steps in learning ‘C’ (Character set, Identifiers, Keywords)
• Steps in learning ‘C’ (Data types, Constants, Variables, Escape sequences).

UNIT – III

Steps in learning ’C’ (Operators, Statements) Steps in learning ‘C’ (Header Files, Input & Output
functions: Formatted I/O functions, Unformatted I/O functions). Basic Structure of a simple ‘C’
program. Decision Making/Control Statements. Branching, Concept of Looping & Looping
statements.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Steps in learning ’C’ (Operators, Statements)
• Steps in learning ‘C’ (Header Files, Input & Output functions: Formatted I/O
functions, Unformatted I/O functions).
• Basic Structure of a simple ‘C’ program. Decision Making/Control Statements.
• Branching, Concept of Looping & Looping statements.

UNIT – IV

Concept of Functions (Defining a function & Function Prototypes, Types of functions: Library
functions & User defined functions. Concept of various types of User Defined Functions (i.e.,
About 4 types). Concept of Arrays & Types of Arrays (Single, Double and Multi-Dimensional
Arrays). Concept of a String Library Functions.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Concept of Functions (Defining a function & Function Prototypes, Types of functions:
Library functions & User defined functions.
• Concept of various types of User Defined Functions (i.e., About 4 types).
• Concept of Arrays & Types of Arrays (Single, Double and Multi-Dimensional Arrays).
• Concept of a String Library Functions.

UNIT – V

Concept of Pointers, Structures & Unions. Introduction to Data Structures, Types of Data
Structures (Primary & Secondary Data Structures) Concept of Linked Lists, Types of Linked
Lists & Basic operations on linked Lists. Concept of Stacks & Operations on Stacks (PUSH &

166 Page
POP Operations) Concept of Queues and types of Queues Operations on a Queue (ENQUEUE
& DEQUEUE Operations)

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Concept of Pointers, Structures & Unions. Introduction to Data Structures, Types of Data
Structures (Primary & Secondary Data Structures)
• Concept of Linked Lists, Types of Linked Lists & Basic operations on linked Lists.
• Concept of Stacks & Operations on Stacks (PUSH & POP Operations)
• Concept of Queues and types of Queues Operations on a Queue (ENQUEUE & Dequeue
Operations)

Course Outcomes

By the end of the course, the students will be able to

• know about the various steps which are related to computer and Software and their
application in Food Industries
• know about the various steps which are necessary to implement the programs in ‘C’

TEXT BOOKS
1. Yeswanth Kanethkar, Let us ‘C’
2. Balaguruswamy E., “Computer Programming in ‘C’”
3. Mark Allen Waise , “Data Structures”

REFERENCES
1. M. S Excel 2000, Microsoft Corporation
2. M. S. Office – Microsoft Corporation
3. Verton M.V. “Computer concepts for Agri Business”, AVI Pub. Corp., West Port,
USA.

167 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) –III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A54506a) OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)
Course Objectives:

The student will be able to learn:

• The basic concepts of Optimization
• The emphasis of this course is on different classical Optimization techniques linear
programming and simplex algorithms.
• About optimality of balanced transportation Problems
• About Constrained and unconstrained nonlinear programming.
• About principle of optimality and dynamic programming

UNIT – I Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques:

Statement of an Optimization problem – design vector – design constraints – constraint surface

– objective function – objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization – multi variable Optimization
without constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for minimum/maximum –
multivariable Optimization with equality constraints. Solution by method of Lagrange
multipliers – multivariable Optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn – Tucker conditions
– Numerical examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• To know how to formulate statement of optimization problem with or without constraints
• To know about classification of single and multivariable optimization problems
• To know about necessary and sufficient conditions in defining the optimization problems
• To understand how to formulate Kuhn-Tucker conditions and to solve numerical
problems

UNIT – II Linear Programming

Standard form of a linear programming problem – geometry of linear programming problems –

definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear simultaneous equations – pivotal
reduction of a general system of equations – motivation to the simplex method – simplex
algorithm – Numerical examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• To know about formulation of LPP

168 Page
 • To know about formulations of GPP
• To understand various theorems in solving simultaneous equations
• To understand about necessity of Simplex method and to solve numerical problems

UNIT – III Nonlinear Programming – One Dimensional Minimization methods

Introduction, Unimodal function, Elimination methods- Unrestricted Search, Exhaustive Search,

Dichotomous Search, Fibonacci Method, Golden Section Method and their comparison;
Interpolation methods - Quadratic Interpolation Method, Cubic Interpolation Method and Direct
Root Methods – Numerical examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• To know about NLP in one dimensional optimization problems
• To understand about various search methods
• To learn about various interpolation methods
• To distinguish and compare the various elimination methods with numerical examples

UNIT – IV Unconstrained & Constrained Nonlinear Programming

Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: Introduction- Classification of Unconstrained

Minimization Methods, General Approach, Rate of Convergence, Scaling of Design Variables;
Direct Search methods- Random Search Methods, Grid Search Method, Pattern Directions,
Powell’s Method and Simplex Method

Constrained Optimization Techniques: Introduction, Characteristics of a Constrained

Problem, Direct Search Methods - Random Search Methods, Basic Approach in the Methods of
Feasible Directions, Rosen’s Gradient Projection Method, Generalized Reduced Gradient
Method and Sequential Quadratic Programming.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• To distinguish between unconstrained and constrained optimization problems
• To learn about direct search methods in unconstrained NLP problems and comparison
• To understand about direct search methods in constrained NLP problems and
comparison
• To do exercises for solving numerical examples of various methods
UNIT – V Dynamic Programming

Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types – concept of sub optimization and
the principle of optimality – computational procedure in dynamic programming – examples
illustrating the calculus method of solution - examples illustrating the tabular method of solution
– Numerical examples.

Learning Outcomes:

169 Page
At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following
• To know what is DP problem?
• To know about computational procedure in solving DPP
• To know Calculus and Tabular methods of solving with numerical examples of various
methods

Course Outcomes:
The student gets thorough knowledge on:
• Basic methods, principles in optimization
• Formulation of optimization models, solution methods in optimization
• Finding initial basic feasible solutions.
• Methods of linear and non-linear (constrained and unconstrained) programming.
• Applications to engineering problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. S. S. Rao, “Engineering optimization”: Theory and practice 3rd edition, New Age
International (P) Limited, 1998.
2. H.S. Kasana & K.D. Kumar, “Introductory Operations Research Springer (India)”,
2004.

REFERENCES:

1. R Fletcher, “Practical Methods of Optimization” , 2nd Edition, Wiley Publishers, 2000.

2. Jorge Nocedal and Wright S, “Numerical Optimization Springer”, 1st Edition, 1999.
3. by K.V. Mital and C. Mohan, “Optimization Methods in Operations Research and
systems Analysis” 3rd Edition, New Age International (P) Limited, 1996.
4. by S.D. Sharma, “Operations Research”, Kedar Nath, 2012.
5. by H.A. Taha, “Operations Research”, 9th Edition, An Introduction Pearson, 2010.
6. G. Hadley, “Linear Programming”, Narosa, 2002.

170 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A52506a) TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

(OPEN ELECTIVE)

Course Objectives:

• To develop awareness in students of the relevance and importance of technical

communication and presentation skills.
• To prepare the students for placements
• To sensitize the students to the appropriate use of non-verbal communication
• To train students to use language appropriately for presentations and interviews
• To enhance the documentation skills of the students with emphasis on formal and
informal writing

SYLLABUS

UNIT -1:

Basics of Technical Communication – Introduction – Objectives & Characteristics of

Technical Communication – Importance and need for Technical communication - LSRW
Skills – Barriers to effective communication

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Understand the importance of LSRW skills
• Identify and overcome the barriers to effective communication
• Realize the need and importance of technical communication

UNIT -II

Informal and Formal Conversation - Verbal and Non-verbal communication –Kinesics,

Proxemics, Chronemics, Haptics, Paralanguage

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• State the difference between formal and informal conversation.
• Apply the knowledge of the difference between the verbal and non-verbal
communication
• Evaluate the different aspects of non-verbal communication.

UNIT -III

171 Page
Written communication – Differences between spoken and written communication –
Features of effective writing –Advantages and disadvantages of spoken and written
communication- Art of condensation- summarizing and paraphrasing

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Know the difference between written and spoken communication
• Apply the awareness of features of effective writing.
• Implement the understanding of summarizing and paraphrasing.

UNIT -IV

Presentation Skills – Nature and importance of oral presentation – Defining the purpose –
Analyzing the audience - Planning and preparing the presentation, organizing and rehearsing
the presentation –Individual and group presentations - Handling stage fright

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• State the importance of presentation skills in corporate climate.
• Analyze the demography of the audience.
• Plan, prepare and present individual and group presentations.

UNIT -V

Interview Skills – The Interview process –Characteristics of the job interview – Pre-interview
preparation techniques – Projecting the positive image – Answering Strategies

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Identify the characteristics of the job interview.
• Understand the process of Interviews.
• Develop a positive image using strategies in answering FAQs in interviews

Course Outcomes
• Understand the importance of effective technical communication
• Apply the knowledge of basic skills to become good orators
• Analyze non-verbal language suitable to different situations in professional life
• Evaluate different kinds of methods used for effective presentations
• Create trust among people and develop employability skills

172 Page
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Ashrif Rizvi, “Effective Technical Communication”, TataMcGrahill, 2011

2. Meenakshi Raman &Sangeeta Sharma, “Technical Communication”, 3rd Edition, O U
Press 2015

REFERENCES:

1. Pushpalatha & Sanjay Kumar, “Communication Skills”, Oxford Univsesity Press

2. Barron’s/Books on TOEFL/GRE/GMAT/CAT/IELTS DELTA/Cambridge University
Press.2012.
3. Butterfield Jeff, “Soft Skills for Everyone”, Cengage Publications, 2011.
4. Universities Press (India) Pvt Ltd., “Management Shapers Series”, Himayatnagar,
Hyderabad 2008.
5. John Hughes & Andrew Mallett, “Successful Presentations” Oxford.
6. Edgar Thorpe and Showick Thorpe, “Winning at Interviews” Pearson
7. Munish Bhargava, “Winning Resumes and Successful Interviews”, McGraw Hill

173 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-I L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A51506a) CHEMISTRY OF ENERGY MATERIALS

Course Objectives:

• To make the student understand basic electrochemical principles such as standard

electrode potentials, emf and applications of electrochemical principles in the design of
batteries.
• To understand the basic concepts of processing and limitations of fossil fuels and Fuel
cells & their applications.
• To impart knowledge to the students about fundamental concepts of hydrogen storage in
different materials and liquification method
• Necessasity of harnessing alternate energy resources such as solar energy and its basic
concepts.
• To understand and apply the basics of calculations related to material and energy flow
in the processes.

UNIT-1: Electrochemical Systems: Galvanic cell, standard electrode potential, application of

EMF, electrical double layer, dipole moments, polarization, Batteries-Lead-acid and Lithium
ion batteries.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Solve the problems based on electrode potential (L3)

• Describe the Galvanic Cell (L2)
• Differentiate between Lead acid and Lithium ion batteries (L2)
• Illustrate the electrical double layer (L2)

UNIT-2: Fuel Cells: Fuel cell working principle, Classification of fuel cells, Polymer
electrolyte membrane (PEM) fuel cells, Solid-oxide fuel cells (SOFC), Fuel cell efficiency,
Basic design of fuel cell,.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Describe the working Principle of Fuel cell (L2)

• Explain the efficiency of the fuel cell (L2)
• Discuss about the Basic design of fuel cells (L3)
• Classify the fuel cell (L2)

174 Page
UNIT-3: Hydrogen Storage: Hydrogen Storage, Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen
storage, Hydrogen Storage in metal hydrides, metal organic frame works (MOF), Carbon
structures, metal oxide porous structures, hydrogel storage by high pressure methods.
Liquifaction method.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Differentiate Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen storage (L2)

• Discuss the metal organic frame work (L3)
• Illustrate the carbon and metal oxide porous structures (L2)
• Describe the liquification methods (L2)

UNIT-4: Solar Energy: Solar energy introduction and prospects, photo voltaic (PV)
technology, concentrated solar power (CSP), Solar Fuels, Solar cells.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Apply the photo voltaic technology (L3)

• Demonstrate about solar energy and prospects (L2)
• Illustrate the Solar cells (L2)
• Discuss about concentrated solar power (L3)

UNIT-5: Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions: Photochemical cells and applications
of photochemical reactions, specificity of photo electrochemical cell, advantage of
photoelectron catalytic conversions.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Differentiate between Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions (L2)

• Illustrate the photochemical cells (L2)
• Identify the applications of photochemical reactions (L3)
• Interpret advantages of photoelectron catalytic conversion (L2)

Course Outcome:

• Ability to perform simultaneous material and energy balances.

• Student learn about various electrochemical and energy systems
• Knowledge of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels
• To know the energy demand of world, nation and available resources to fulfill the
demand
• To know about the conventional energy resources and their effective utilization

175 Page
 • To acquire the knowledge of modern energy conversion technologies
• To be able to understand and perform the various characterization techniques of fuels
• To be able to identify available nonconventional (renewable) energy resources and
techniques to utilize them effectively
References :

1. Physical chemistry by Ira N. Levine

2. Essentials of Physical Chemistry, Bahl and Bahl and Tuli.
3. Inorganic Chemistry, Silver and Atkins
4. Fuel Cell Hand Book 7th Edition, by US Department of Energy (EG&G technical
services and corporation)
5. Hand book of solar energy and applications by Arvind Tiwari and Shyam.
6. Solar energy fundamental, technology and systems by Klaus Jagar et.al.
7. Hydrogen storage by Levine Klebonoff

176 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-I L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(19A05502P) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LABORATORY

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

1. Explore the methods of implementing algorithms using artificial intelligence techniques

2. Illustrate search algorithms
3. Demonstrate building of intelligent agents

List of Experiments:

1. Write a program to implement DFS and BFS

3. Write a Program to find the solution for travelling salesman Problem

4. Write a program to implement Simulated Annealing Algorithm

5. Write a program to find the solution for wampus world problem

6. Write a program to implement 8 puzzle problem

7. Write a program to implement Towers of Hanoi problem

8. Write a program to implement A* Algorithm

9. Write a program to implement Hill Climbing Algorithm

10. Build a Chatbot using AWS Lex, Pandora bots.

11. Build a bot which provides all the information related to your college.

12. Build a virtual assistant for Wikipedia using Wolfram Alpha and Python

13. The following is a function that counts the number of times a string occurs in another
string:
# Count the number of times string s1 is found in string s2
def countsubstring(s1,s2):
count = 0
for i in range(0,len(s2)-len(s1)+1):
if s1 == s2[i:i+len(s1)]:
count += 1
return count

For instance, countsubstring(’ab’,’cabalaba’) returns 2.

Write a recursive version of the above function. To get the rest of a string (i.e. everything but
the first character).

177 Page
14. Higher order functions. Write a higher-order function count that counts the number of
elements in a list that satisfy a given test. For instance: count(lambda x: x>2, [1,2,3,4,5]) should
return 3, as there are three elements in the list larger than 2. Solve this task without using any
existing higher-order function.

15. Brute force solution to the Knapsack problem. Write a function that allows you to generate
random problem instances for the knapsack program. This function should generate a list of
items containing N items that each have a unique name, a random size in the range 1 ....... 5
and a random value in the range 1 ..... 10.

Next, you should perform performance measurements to see how long the given knapsack solver
take to solve different problem sizes. You should peform atleast 10 runs with different randomly
generated problem instances for the problem sizes 10,12,14,16,18,20 and 22. Use a
backpack size of 2:5 x N for each value problem size N. Please note that the method used to
generate random numbers can also affect performance, since different distributions of values
can make the initial conditions of the problem slightly more or less demanding.
How much longer time does it take to run this program when we increase the number of items?
Does the backpack size affect the answer?
Try running the above tests again with a backpack size of 1 x N and with 4:0 x N.

16. Assume that you are organising a party for N people and have been given a list L of people
who, for social reasons, should not sit at the same table. Furthermore, assume that you have C
tables (that are infinitly large).

Write a function layout(N,C,L) that can give a table placement (ie. a number from 0 : : :C -1)
for each guest such that there will be no social mishaps.

For simplicity we assume that you have a unique number 0 ......N-1 for each guest and that the
list of restrictions is of the form [(X,Y), ...] denoting guests X, Y that are not allowed to sit
together. Answer with a dictionary mapping each guest into a table assignment, if there are no
possible layouts of the guests you should answer False.

References:

1 Tensorflow:
https://www.tensorflow.org/
2 Pytorch:
https://pytorch.org/
https://github.com/pytorch
3 Keras:
https://keras.io/
https://github.com/keras-team
4 Theano:
http://deeplearning.net/software/theano/

178 Page
 https://github.com/Theano/Theano

5 Cafee2:
https://caffe2.ai/
https://github.com/caffe2
6 Deeplearning4j:
https://deeplearning4j.org/
7 Scikit-learn:https://scikit-learn.org/stable/
https://github.com/scikit-learn/scikit-learn
8 Deep Learning.Ai:
https://www.deeplearning.ai/
9 OpenCv:
https://opencv.org/
https://github.com/qqwweee/keras-yolo3
10 YOLO:
https://www.pyimagesearch.com/2018/11/12/yolo-object-detection-with-opencv/
nVIDIA:CUDA
https://developer.nvidia.com/cuda-math-library
11 David Poole, Alan Mackworth, Randy Goebel, ”Computational Intelligence : a logical
approach”, Oxford University Press, 2004.
12 G. Luger, “Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for complex problem solving”,
Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.
13 J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Elsevier Publishers, 1998.
14 Artificial Neural Networks, B. Yagna Narayana, PHI
15 Artificial Intelligence , 2nd Edition, E.Rich and K.Knight, TMH.
16 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems, Patterson, PHI.

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

1. Implement search algorithms (L3)

2. Solve Artificial intelligence problems (L3)
3. Design chatbot and virtual assistant (L6)

179 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-I L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(19A05504P) Computer Networks Laboratory

(Common to CSE & IT)
Course Objectives:
This course is designed to:

• Understand the different types of networks

• Discuss the software and hardware components of a network
• Enlighten the working of networking commands supported by operating system
• Impart knowledge of Network simulator 2/3
• Familiarize the use of networking functionality supported by JAVA
• Familiarize with computer networking tools.

List of Experiments

1. Study different types of Network cables (Copper and Fiber) and prepare cables (Straight and
Cross) to connect Two or more systems. Use crimping tool to connect jacks. Use LAN tester to
connect the cables.
Install and configure Network Devices: HUB, Switch and Routers. Consider both manageable
and non-manageable switches. Do the logical configuration of the system. Set the bandwidth of
different ports.
Install and Configure Wired and Wireless NIC and transfer files between systems in Wired LAN
and Wireless LAN. Consider both adhoc and infrastructure mode of operation.

2. Work with the commands Ping, Tracert, Ipconfig, pathping, telnet, ftp, getmac, ARP,
Hostname, Nbtstat, netdiag, and Nslookup

3. Use Sniffers for monitoring network communication (Ethereal)

4. Find all the IP addresses on your network. Unicast, Multicast, and Broadcast on your network.

5. Use Packet tracer software to build network topology and configure using Distance vector
routing protocol.

6. Use Packet tracer software to build network topology and configure using Link State routing
protocol.

7. Using JAVA RMI Write a program to implement Basic Calculator

8. Implement a Chatting application using JAVA TCP and UDP sockets.

180 Page
9. Hello command is used to know whether the machine at the other end is working or not. Echo
command is used to measure the round trip time to the neighbour. Implement Hello and Echo
commands using JAVA.

10. Use Ethereal tool to capture the information about packets.

11. Install Network Simulator 2/3. Create a wired network using dumbbell topology. Attach
agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and transmit the traffic. Vary the data rates and
evaluate the performance using metric throughput, delay, jitter and packet loss.

12. Create a static wireless network. Attach agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and
transmit the traffic. Vary the data rates and evaluate the performance using metric throughput,
delay, jitter and packet loss.

13. Create a mobile wireless network. Attach agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and
transmit the traffic. Vary the data rates and evaluate the performance using metric throughput,
delay, jitter and packet loss.

Course outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Design scripts for Wired network simulation (L6)
• Design scripts of static and mobile wireless networks simulation (L6)
• Analyze the data traffic using tools (L4)
• Design JAVA programs for client-server communication (L6)
• Construct a wired and wireless networks using the real hardware (L3)

Reference Books:

1. Shivendra S.Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong-dong Ryoo, and Yihan Li, “TCP/IP Essentials
A Lab-Based Approach”, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
2. Cisco Networking Academy, “CCNA1 and CCNA2 Companion Guide”, Cisco
Networking Academy Program, 3rd edition, 2003.
3. Ns Manual, Available at: https://www.isi.edu/nsnam/ns/ns-documentation.html, 2011.
4. Elloitte Rusty Harold, “Java Network Programming”, 3rd edition, O’REILLY, 2011.

181 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-I L T P C
0 0 2 1.0
(19A05503P) OBJECT-ORIENTED ANALYSIS DESIGN AND TESTING LAB
(Common to CSE & IT)
Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Understand and define the context and the external interaction with the System
• Identify the principle objects in the system
• Develop the design models
• Familiarize with usage of open source UML Case tools
• Apply testing tools Viz. Cobertura, JMeter…

Laboratory Experiments

1. Initial Familiarization to a UML CASE tool such as the free tool Argo UML
2. Drawing Class diagram for a very simple problem such as the following in Argo UML
and generating skeletal code in Java and C++
• A country has a capital city
• A dining philosopher uses a fork
• A file is an ordinary file or a directory file
• Files contain records
• A class can have several attributes
• A relation can be association or generalization
• A polygon is composed of an ordered set of points
• A person uses a computer language on a project

3. Use UML tool (such as Argo UML) for use case modeling for a given problem
4. Use UML tool (such as Argo UML) for development of domain model for a given
problem
5. Use UML tool (such as Argo UML) to develop sequence and collaboration diagrams for
a given problem [2 Classes]
6. Use UML tool (such as Argo UML) to develop state model for a given problem
7. Generate C++/Java skeletal code for the design solution developed for a given problem
8. Complete the skeletal code generated by UML tool (such as Argo UML) to generate
complete code [2 Classes]
9. Perform class level testing and measure coverage using tools such as Cobertura
10. Develop integration test cases from Sequence diagram and perform integration testing.
11. Perform performance testing using tools such as JMeter

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

182 Page
 1. Design use case, sequence and collaboration diagrams (L6)
2. Develop the different models to document an Object-oriented design.(L3)
3. Demonstrate class level and system integration testing (L2)

Text Book:
1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, 5th Edition, PHI, 2018 (Chapters 7
and 8)

Reference Books:
1. Rumbaugh and Blaha, Object-oriented Modeling and design with UML, Pearson, 2007
2. Bernd Bruegge and, Allen H. Dutoit, Object-Oriented Software Engineering Using
UML, Patterns, and Java, Pearson, 2009

183 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 0
(19A99501) MANDATORY COURSE: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Course Objectives :

The objective of this course is

• To Enable the student to understand the importance of constitution
• To understand the structure of executive, legislature and judiciary
• To understand philosophy of fundamental rights and duties
• To understand the autonomous nature of constitutional bodies like Supreme Court
and high court controller and auditor general of India and Election Commission of
India.
• To understand the central-state relation in financial and administrative control

Syllabus

UNIT-I

Introduction to Indian Constitution – Constitution -Meaning of the term - Indian Constitution-

Sources and constitutional history - Features– Citizenship – Preamble - Fundamental Rights and
Duties - Directive Principles of State Policy.

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of Indian constitution
• Apply the knowledge on directive principle of state policy
• Analyze the History and features of Indian constitution
• Learn about Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Duties

UNIT-II

Union Government and its Administration Structure of the Indian Union - Federalism - Centre-
State relationship – President’s Role, power and position - PM and Council of ministers -
Cabinet and Central Secretariat –Lok Sabha - Rajya Sabha - The Supreme Court and High Court
- Powers and Functions

Learning Outcomes:-

184 Page
After completion of this unit student will
• Understand the structure of Indian government
• Differentiate between the state and central government
• Explain the role of President and Prime Minister
• Know the Structure of supreme court and High court

UNIT-III

State Government and its Administration - Governor - Role and Position -CM and Council of
ministers - State Secretariat-Organization Structure and Functions

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the structure of state government
• Analyze the role of Governor and Chief Minister
• Explain the role of State Secretariat
• Differentiate between structure and functions of state secretariat

UNIT-IV

Local Administration - District’s Administration Head - Role and Importance - Municipalities -

Mayor and role of Elected Representatives -CEO of Municipal Corporation Pachayati Raj -
Functions– PRI –Zilla Parishath - Elected officials and their roles – CEO,Zilla Parishath - Block
level Organizational Hierarchy - (Different departments) - Village level - Role of Elected and
Appointed officials - Importance of grass root democracy

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the local Administration
• Compare and contrast district administration’s role and importance
• Analyze the role of Mayor and elected representatives of Municipalities
• Learn about the role ofZillaParishath block level organization

UNIT-V

Election Commission - Election Commission- Role of Chief Election Commissioner and

Election Commissionerate - State Election Commission -Functions of Commissions for the
welfare of SC/ST/OBC and Women

Learning Outcomes:-

185 Page
After completion of this unit student will
• Know the role of Election Commission
• Contrast and compare the role of Chief Election commissioner and Commissionerate
• Analyze the role of state election commission
• Evaluate various commissions viz SC/ST/OBC and women

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand historical background of the constitution making and its importance for
building a democratic India.
• Understand the functioning of three wings of the government ie., executive,
legislative and judiciary.
• Understand the value of the fundamental rights and duties for becoming good citizen
of India.
• Analyze the decentralization of power between central, state and local self-
government
• Apply the knowledge in strengthening of the constitutional institutions like CAG,
Election Commission and UPSC for sustaining democracy.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Durga Das Basu, “ Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Prentice – Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd.. New Delhi
2. Subash Kashyap, “Indian Constitution”, National Book Trust

REFERENCES:

1. J.A. Siwach, “Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics”.

2. H.M.Sreevai, “Constitutional Law of India”, 4th edition in 3 volumes (Universal Law
Publication)
3. J.C. Johari, “Indian Government and Politics”, Hans India
4. M.V. Pylee, “Indian Constitution Durga Das Basu, Human Rights in Constitutional Law,
Prentice”, Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.. New Delhi

E-RESOURCES:

1.nptel.ac.in/courses/109104074/8 2.nptel.ac.in/courses/109104045/
3.nptel.ac.in/courses/101104065/
4.www.hss.iitb.ac.in/en/lecture-details
5.www.iitb.ac.in/en/event/2nd-lecture-institute-lecture-series-indian-constitution

186 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II Sem L T P C
2 1 0 3
(19A05601) CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
(Common to CSE & IT)
Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Introduce the basic categories of threats to computers and networks
• Illustrate various cryptographic algorithms.
• Demonstrate public-key cryptosystem.
• Discuss the fundamental ideas of public-key cryptography.
• Explore Web security threats and protection mechanisms

UNIT – I

Attacks on Computers and Computer Security: Introduction, The need for security, Security
approaches, Principles of security, Types of Security attacks, Security services, Security
Mechanisms, A model for Network Security

Cryptography: Concepts and Techniques: Introduction, plain text and cipher text,
substitution techniques, transposition techniques, encryption and decryption, symmetric and
asymmetric key cryptography, steganography, key range and key size, possible types of attacks.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Identify different types of Attacks (L3)
• Interpret various cryptography techniques (L5)
• Distinguish between cryptography and steganography (L4)

UNIT – II

Symmetric key Ciphers: Block Cipher principles &Algorithms (DES, AES, Blowfish),
Differential and Linear Cryptanalysis, Block cipher modes of operation, Stream ciphers,
RC4,Location and placement of encryption function, Key distribution

Asymmetric key Ciphers: Principles of public key cryptosystems, Algorithms(RSA, Diffie-

Hellman,ECC), Key Distribution

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Differentiate symmetric and asymmetric ciphers (L4)
• Explain the principles of public key cryptography (L2)
• Select the appropriate cryptographic algorithm based on the requirements and
applications.(L5)

UNIT – III

187 Page
Message Authentication Algorithms and Hash Functions: Authentication requirements,
Functions, Message authentication codes, Hash Functions, Secure hash algorithm, Whirlpool,
HMAC, CMAC, Digital signatures, knapsack algorithm.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Summarize authentication techniques (L2)
• Apply Hash algorithm for generating Digital signatures (L3)

UNIT – IV

E-Mail Security: Pretty Good Privacy, S/MIME

IP Security: IP Security overview, IP Security architecture, Authentication Header,

encapsulating security payload, combining security associations, key management.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Extend security for emails (L2)
• Examine IP security mechanisms (L4)

UNIT – V

Web Security: Web security considerations, Secure Socket Layer and Transport Layer Security,
Secure electronic transaction

Intruders, Virus and Firewalls: Intruders, Intrusion detection, password management, Virus
and related threats, Countermeasures, Firewall design principles, Types of firewalls

Case Studies on Cryptography and security: Secure Inter-branch Payment Transactions,

Cross site Scripting Vulnerability, Virtual Elections.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Design secure electronic transactions (L6)
• Explain different types of Firewalls (L2)

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Identify various type of vulnerabilities of a computer network (L2)

• Outline various security algorithms (L4)
• Design secure systems (L6)
• Investigate the threats and identify the solutions for threats (L4)

TEXT BOOKS:

188 Page
 1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2011.
2. Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, 2nd Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2010.
3. Bernard Menezes “Network Security and Cryptography”, 1stEdition, CENGAGE
Learning, 2010.

REFERENCES:

1. C K Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R Padmanabhan, Wiley India, “Cryptography and

Network Security”,1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2011.
2. ForouzanMukhopadhyay “Cryptography and Network Security”, 2nd Edition , Mc Graw
Hill, 2010.
3. Mark Stamp, Wiley India, “Information Security, Principles and Practice”, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 2011.

189 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05602T) BIG DATA ANALYTICS
(Common to CSE & IT)

The course is designed to

• Understand the basic concepts and importance of Big Data
• Familiarize with the installation of Hadoop and how to analyze the Big Data
• Understand the design concepts of HDFS
• Provide good insight for developing a MapReduce applications
• Understand Hadoop environment.
• Explore the concepts of Pig, Hive, Spark and HBase

UNIT-I
Introduction to Big Data:What is Big Data? Why Big Data is Important? Meet Hadoop, Data,
Data Storage and Analysis, Comparison with other systems, History of Apache Hadoop, Hadoop
Ecosystem, VMWare Installation of Hadoop. Analyzing the Data with Hadoop, Scaling Out.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Identify the characteristics of datasets. (L3)
• Compare trivial data and big data for various applications. (L4)
• Choose and implement various ways of selecting suitable model parameters.(L1)

UNIT- II
HDFS: The Design of HDFS, HDFS Concepts, The Command-Line Interface, Hadoop File
systems, The Java Interface, Data flow.
MapReduce: Developing a MapReduce application, The Configuration API, Setting up the
Development Environment, Running Locally on Test Data, Running on a Cluster

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
● Understand and apply scaling up Hadoop techniques and associated technologies.(L2)
● Estimate suitable test data. (L5)
● Apply the MapReduce application on a cluster.(L3)

UNIT-III
How MapReduce Works: Anatomy of a MapReduce, Job Run, Failures, Shuffle and Sort, Task
Execution.
MapReduce Types and Formats:MapReduce Types, Input formats, output formats.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

190 Page
 ● Explore the Anatomy of MapReduce. (L5)
● Illustrate various input and output formats of MapReduce. (L2)
● List various MapReduce types.(L1)

UNIT-IV
Hadoop Environment: Setting up a Hadoop Cluster, Cluster specification, Cluster Setup and
Installation, Hadoop Configuration, Security.
Pig: Installing and Running Pig, an Example, Comparison with Databases, Pig Latin, User-
Defined Functions, Data Processing Operators.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
● Show the cluster setup and installation.(L2)
● Demonstrate the Configure the Hadoop.(L2)
● Compare Hadoop with various Databases.(L5)

UNIT-V
Hive: Installing Hive, Running Hive, Comparison with traditional Databases, HiveQL, Tables,
Querying Data.
Spark: Installing Spark, Resilient Distributed Datasets, Shared Variables, Anatomy of a Spark
Job Run.
HBase: HBasics, Installation, clients, Building an Online Query Application.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
● Explain various frameworks of Big Data. (L2)
● Compare Hive with traditional Databases.(L4)
● Learn how to build an online query application.(L1)

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Explain the concepts and challenges of big data (L2)

• Determine why existing technologies are inadequate to analyze the large data. (L5)
• Outline the operations viz. Collect, manage, store, query, and analyze various forms of
big data. (L2)
• Apply large-scale analytic tools to solve some of the open big data problems. (L3)
• Analyze the impact of big data for business decisions and strategies.(L4)
• Design different big data applications. (L6)

Text Books:

1. Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide”Fourth Edition, O’reilly Media, 2015.

191 Page
2. Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging business intelligence and analytic trends for today’s
businesses, Michael Minnelli, Michelle Chambers, and Ambiga Dhiraj, Wiley Cio Series

Reference Books:

1. Glenn J. Myatt, Making Sense of Data , John Wiley & Sons, 2007 Pete Warden,Big Data
Glossary, O’Reilly, 2011.
2. Michael Berthold, David J.Hand, Intelligent Data Analysis, Spingers, 2007.
3. Chris Eaton, Dirk DeRoos, Tom Deutsch, George Lapis, Paul Zikopoulos,Uderstanding Big
Data : Analytics for Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming Data, McGraw Hill
Publishing, 2012.
4. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David UIIman, Mining of Massive Datasets Cambridge
University Press, 2012.

192 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II Sem L T P C
2 1 0 3
(19A52601T) ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS

Introduction

The course is designed to train students in receptive (listening and reading) as well as productive
and interactive (speaking and writing) skills by incorporating a comprehensive, coherent and
integrated approach that improves the learners’ ability to effectively use English language skills
in academic/ workplace contexts. The shift is from learning about the language to using the
language. They shouldbe able to express themselves clearly in speech and competently handle
the writing tasks and verbal ability component of campus placement tests. Activity based
teaching-learning methods would be adopted to ensure that learners would engage in actual use
of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions.

Course Objectives

• Facilitate active listening to enable inferential learning through expert lectures and talks
• Impart critical reading strategies for comprehension of complex texts
• Provide training and opportunities to develop fluency in English through participation in
formal group discussions and presentations using audio-visual aids
• Demonstrate good writing skills for effective paraphrasing, argumentative essays and
formal correspondence
• Encourage use of a wide range of grammatical structures and vocabulary in speech and
writing

UNIT - I

Text:

1. Lines Composed a Few Miles above Tintern Abbey - William Wordsworth

2. The Lotos-Eaters - Alfred Tennyson

Listening: Listening to famous speeches for structure and style

Speaking: Oral presentations on general topics of interest.
Reading: Reading for meaning and pleasure – reading between the lines.
Writing: Appreciating and analyzing a poem –Paraphrasing, note-taking.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Tenses (Advanced Level) Correcting errors in punctuation -
Word roots and affixes.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

193 Page
 • Understand the purpose of rhythm and rhyme and the use of figures of speech in
making the presentation lively and attractive
• Apply the knowledge of structure and style in a presentation, identify the audience and
make note of key points
• Make formal structured presentations on general topics using grammatical
understanding
• Prioritize information from reading texts after selecting relevant and useful points
• Paraphrase short academic texts using suitable strategies and conventions

UNIT-II

Text: The Model Millionaire – Oscar Wilde

Listening: Following the development of theme; answering questions on key concepts after
listening to stories online.
Speaking: Narrating personal experiences and opinions.
Reading: Reading for summarizing and paraphrasing; recognizing the difference between
facts and opinions.
Writing: Summarizing, précis writing, letter and note-making
Grammar and Vocabulary: Subject-verb agreement, noun-pronoun agreement, collocations.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Comprehend academic lectures, take notes and answer questions
• Make formal structured presentations on academic topics
• Distinguish facts from opinions while reading
• Summarize and make a précis of reports
• Use correct english avoiding common errors in formal speech and writing

UNIT – III

Text: Speech at IIM Calcutta – AzimPremji

Listening: Identifying views and opinions expressed by different speakers while listening to
speeches.
Speaking: Small talks on general topics; agreeing and disagreeing, using claims and
examples/ evidences for presenting views, opinions and position.
Reading: Identifying claims, evidences, views, opinions and stance/position.
Writing: Writing structured persuasive/argumentative essays on topics of general interest
using suitable claims, examples and evidences.
Grammar and Vocabulary: The use of Active and passive Voice, vocabulary for academic
texts

Learning Outcomes:

194 Page
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
• Critically follow and participate in a discussion
• Participate in group discussions using appropriate conventions and language strategies
• Comprehend complex texts and identify the author’s purpose
• Produce logically coherent argumentative essays
• Use appropriate vocabulary to express ideas and opinions

UNIT -IV
Text: A Biography of Steve Jobs
Listening: Listening to identify important moments - Understanding inferences; processing of
information using specific context clues from the audio.
Speaking: Group discussion; reaching consensus in group work (academic context).
Reading: Reading for inferential comprehension.
Writing: Applying for internship/ job - Writing one’s CV/Resume and cover letter.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Phrasal verbs, phrasal prepositions and technical
vocabulary.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to:

• Draw inferences and conclusions using prior knowledge and verbal cues
• Express thoughts and ideas with acceptable accuracy and fluency
• Develop advanced reading skills for deeper understanding of texts
• Prepare a cv and write a cover letter to seek internship/ job
• Understand the use of technical vocabulary in academic writing

UNIT -V
Text: How I Became a Public Speaker - George Bernard Shaw

Listening: Understanding inferences - processing of explicit information presented in the text

and implicit information inferable from the text or from previous/background knowledge.
Speaking: Formal team presentations on academic/ general topics.
Reading: Intensive and extensive reading.
Writing: Structure and contents of a Report – Abstract – Project report features.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Correcting common errors, improving vocabulary and avoiding
clichés and jargons.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Develop advanced listening skills for in-depth understanding of academic texts
• Collaborate with a partner to make effective presentations
• Understand and apply the structure of project reports
• Demonstrate ability to use grammatically correct structures and a wide range of
vocabulary

195 Page
Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, the learners will be able to

• Understand the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social or
transactional dialogues spoken by native speakers of English
• Apply grammatical structures to formulate sentences and correct word forms
• Analyze discourse markers to speak clearly on a specific topic in informal discussions
• Evaluate reading/listening texts and to write summaries based on global
comprehension of these texts.
• Create a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table

Prescribed Book

1. Forging Ahead: A Course Book for B.Tech Students. Orient BlackSwan, 2020.

Reference Books

1. Bailey, Stephen. “Academic writing: A handbook for international students”.

Routledge, 2014.
2. Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: “Listening, Speaking and Critical Thinking”
, Heinley ELT; 2nd Edition, 2018.
3. Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan
Educational.
4. Hewings, Martin. “Cambridge Academic English (B2)”. CUP, 2012. (Student Book,
Teacher Resource Book, CD & DVD)

196 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05603a) COMPILER DESIGN
(Professional Elective-II)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

The Course is designed to:

• Understand the System Programming concepts viz. assemblers, loaders, linkers and
editors
• Introduce the basic principles of the compiler construction
• Explain the Concept of Context Free Grammars, Parsing and various Parsing
Techniques.
• Explore the process of intermediate code generation.
• Illustrate the process of Code Generation and various Code optimization techniques.

Unit-I:
Introduction to Systems Software: Basic Assembler functions, Machine Dependant
Assembler features, Machine Independent Assembler features, Basic Loader functions, Machine
Dependant Loader features, Machine Independent Loader features, Text Editors, Language
processors, The Structure of a Compiler.

A Simple Syntax-Directed Translator: Introduction, Syntax Definition, Syntax-Directed

Translation, Parsing, A Translator for Simple Expressions, Lexical Analysis, Symbol Tables,
Intermediate Code Generation.

Learning Outcomes:
• Recognize the importance of Systems software (L1)
• Identify the phases of a Compiler (L3)
• Outline the syntax rules (L2)

Unit-II:
Lexical Analysis: The Role of the Lexical Analyzer, Input Buffering, Specification of Tokens,
Recognition of Tokens, The Lexical-Analyzer Generator Lex, Finite Automata, From Regular
Expressions to Automata, Design of a Lexical-Analyzer Generator, Optimization of DFA-Based
Pattern Matchers.

Learning Outcomes
• Identify the tokens in a program. (L3)
• Explain the process of lexical analysis (L2)

Unit – III:
Syntax Analysis: Introduction, Context-Free Grammars, Writing a Grammar, Writing a
Grammar, Bottom-Up Parsing, Introduction to LR Parsing: Simple LR, More Powerful LR
Parsers, Using Ambiguous Grammars, Parser Generators.

197 Page
Learning Outcomes
• Examine the syntax of program constructs (L4)
• Evaluate the correctness of a program (L5)

Unit – IV:
Syntax-Directed Translation: Syntax-Directed Definitions, Evaluation orders for SDD’s,
Application of SDT, SDT schemes, Implementing L-attribute SDD’s.
Intermediate Code Generation: Variants of Syntax Trees, Three address code, Translation of
Expressions, Control Flow

Learning Outcomes
• Explain the process of syntax directed translation (L1)
• Develop intermediate code (L6)

Unit-V:
Code Generation: Issues in the Design of a Code Generator, The Target Language, Addresses
in the Target Code, A Simple Code Generator, Peephole Optimization, Register Allocation and
Assignment, Instruction Selection by Tree Rewriting, Optimal Code Generation for Expression,
Dynamic Programming Code-Generation, The Principal Sources of Optimizations.

Learning Outcomes
• Generate code (L6)
• Create optimized code (L6)

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

• Differentiate the various phases of a compiler (L4).

• Identify the tokens and verify the code (L4)
• Design code generator (L6)
• Apply code optimization techniques (L3)
• Design a compiler for a small programming language (L6)

Text Books :

1. Leland L. Beck, “System Software – An Introduction to Systems Programming”,3rd

Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2008.
2. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Compilers Principles,
Techniques and Tools”, 2nd Edition, Pearson.

Reference Books

198 Page
1. Yunlin Su, Song Y. Yan, “Principles of Compilers”, Springer, 2012.
2. Andrew W. Appel, “Modern Compiler Implementation in JAVA”, 2nd edition, Cambridge
University Press, 2004.

199 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05603b) INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING
Professional Elective-II
(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Understand the basic theory underlying machine learning
• Formulate machine learning problems corresponding to different applications.
• Illustrate a range of machine learning algorithms along with their strengths and
weaknesses
• Apply machine learning algorithms to solve problems of moderate complexity.
• Understand how Machine Learning imbibes the philosophy of Human learning.

UNIT I
Introduction: Learning Problems – Perspectives and Issues – Concept Learning – Version
Spaces and Candidate Eliminations – Inductive bias – Decision Tree learning –
Representation – Algorithm – Heuristic Space Search.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Explore how to build computer programs that improve their performance at some
task through experience. (L6).
• Interpret Decision tree learning as practical methods for inductive inference. (L2)

UNIT II
NEURAL NETWORKS AND GENETIC ALGORITHMS: Neural Network Representation
– Problems – Perceptrons – Multilayer Networks and Back Propagation Algorithms –
Advanced Topics – Genetic Algorithms – Hypothesis Space Search – Genetic Programming
– Models of Evolution and Learning.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Appraise artificial neural networks as one of the most effective learning methods
currently known to interpret complex real-world sensor data,. (L5).
• Illustrates the use of the genetic algorithm approach, and examine the nature of its
hypothesis space search.(L2)

UNIT III

200 Page
BAYESIAN AND COMPUTATIONAL LEARNING: Bayes Theorem – Concept
Learning – Maximum Likelihood – Minimum Description Length Principle – Bayes Optimal
Classifier – Gibbs Algorithm – Naïve Bayes Classifier – Bayesian Belief Network – EM
Algorithm – Probability Learning – Sample Complexity – Finite and Infinite Hypothesis
Spaces – Mistake Bound Model.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Illustrate the principles of Probability for classification as an important area of
Machine Learning Algorithms. (L2)
• Analyze sample complexity and computational complexity for several learning
Problems (L4)

UNIT IV
INSTANCE BASED LEARNING: K- Nearest Neighbor Learning – Locally weighted
Regression – Radial Bases Functions – Case Based Learning.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Infer that the Instance based algorithms can be used to overcome memory
complexity and overfitting problems. (L2).

UNIT V
ADVANCED LEARNING : Learning Sets of Rules – Sequential Covering Algorithm –
Learning Rule Set – First Order Rules – Sets of First Order Rules – Induction on Inverted
Deduction – Inverting Resolution – Analytical Learning – Perfect Domain Theories –
Explanation Base Learning – FOCL Algorithm – Reinforcement Learning – Task – Q-
Learning – Temporal Difference Learning

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Infer that the combined methods outperform both purely inductive and purely
analytical learning methods. (L2)
• Recognize the importance of Reinforcement Learning in the industry.

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Identify machine learning techniques suitable for a given problem. (L3)

• Solve the real world problems using various machine learning techniques. (L6 )
• Apply Dimensionality reduction techniques for data preprocessing. (L3)
• Explain what is learning and why it is essential in the design of intelligent machines.
(L2)
201 Page
 • Implement Advanced learning models for language, vision, speech, decision making
etc. (L1)

Text Books:
1) T.M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
Reference Books:
1) Ethern Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, MIT Press, 2004.
2) Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning -An Algorithmic Perspective”, Second
Edition, Chapman and Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series,
2014.
3) Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido “Introduction to Machine Learning with
Python: A Guide for Data Scientists”, Oreilly.
e-Resources:
1) Andrew Ng, “Machine Learning Yearning”
https://www.deeplearning.ai/machine-learning- yearning/
2) Shai Shalev-Shwartz , Shai Ben-David, “Understanding Machine Learning:
From Theory to Algorithms” , Cambridge University Press
https://www.cse.huji.ac.il/~shais/UnderstandingMachineLearning/index.ht
ml

202 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05603c) REAL TIME SYSTEMS
Professional Elective-II
(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:
The Course is designed to:

• Understand the requirements of Real Time Operating Systems.

• Illustrate Real Time features using case studies.
• Describe how a real-time operating system kernel is implemented.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Introduction to UNIX/LINUX, Overview of Commands, File I/O,( open, create,
close, lseek, read, write), Process Control ( fork, vfork, exit, wait, waitpid, exec).

UNIT - II
Real Time Operating Systems: Brief History of OS, Defining RTOS, The Scheduler, Objects,
Services, Characteristics of RTOS, Defining a Task, asks States and Scheduling, Task
Operations, Structure, Synchronization, Communication and Concurrency. Defining
Semaphores, Operations and Use, Defining Message Queue, States, Content, Storage,
Operations and Use

UNIT - III
Objects, Services and I/O: Pipes, Event Registers, Signals, Other Building Blocks, Component
Configuration, Basic I/O Concepts, I/O Subsystem

UNIT - IV
Exceptions, Interrupts and Timers: Exceptions, Interrupts, Applications, Processing of
Exceptions and Spurious Interrupts, Real Time Clocks, Programmable Timers, Timer Interrupt
Service Routines (ISR), Soft Timers, Operations.

UNIT - V
Case Studies of RTOS: RT Linux, MicroC/OS-II, Vx Works, Embedded Linux, and Tiny OS.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

1. Explain real-time concepts such as preemptive multitasking, task priorities, priority

inversions, mutual exclusion, context switching, and synchronization, interrupt latency
and response time, and semaphores. (L2)
2. Describe how tasks are managed. (L1)
3. Discuss how tasks can communicate using semaphores, mailboxes, and queues. (L6)

203 Page
 4. Build a real-time system on an embedded processor.(L6)
5. Examine the real time operating systems like RT Linux, Vx Works, MicroC /OSII, Tiny
OS (L4)

TEXT BOOK:
1. Real Time Concepts for Embedded Systems – Qing Li, Elsevier, 2011

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Embedded Systems- Architecture, Programming and Design by Rajkamal, 2007, TMH.
2. Advanced UNIX Programming, Richard Stevens
3. Embedded Linux: Hardware, Software and Interfacing – Dr. Craig Hollabaugh

204 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05603d) ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
Professional Elective-II
(Common to CSE & IT)

Prerequisites: Computer Organization

Course Objectives
The Course is designed to:

• Impart the concepts and principles of parallel and advanced computer architectures.
• Develop the design techniques of Scalable and multithreaded Architectures.
• Apply the concepts and techniques of parallel and advanced computer architectures to
design modern computer systems

UNIT - I
Theory of Parallelism, Parallel computer models, The State of Computing, Multiprocessors and
Multicomputers, Multivector and SIMD Computers, PRAM and VLSI models, Architectural
development tracks, Program and network properties, Conditions of parallelism, Program
partitioning and Scheduling, Program flow Mechanisms, System interconnect Architectures.

UNIT - II
Principals of Scalable performance, Performance metrics and measures, Parallel Processing
applications, Speed up performance laws, Scalability Analysis and Approaches, Hardware
Technologies, Processes and Memory Hierarchy, Advanced Processor Technology, Superscalar
and Vector Processors, Memory Hierarchy Technology, Virtual Memory Technology.

UNIT - III
Bus Cache and Shared memory, Backplane bus systems, Cache Memory organizations, Shared-
Memory Organizations, Sequential and weak consistency models, Pipelining and superscalar
techniques, Linear Pipeline Processors, Non-Linear Pipeline Processors, Instruction Pipeline
design, Arithmetic pipeline design, superscalar pipeline design.

UNIT - IV
Parallel and Scalable Architectures, Multiprocessors and Multicomputers, Multiprocessor
system
interconnects, cache coherence and synchronization mechanism, Three Generations of
Multicomputers, Message-passing Mechanisms, Multivetor and SIMD computers, Vector
Processing Principals, Multivector Multiprocessors, Compound Vector processing, SIMD
computer Organizations, The connection machine CM-5

UNIT - V
Scalable, Multithreaded and Dataflow Architectures, Latency-hiding techniques, Principals of

205 Page
Multithreading, Fine-Grain Multicomputers, Scalable and multithreaded Architectures,
Dataflow and hybrid Architectures.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

• Explain Computational models and Computer Architectures.(L2)

• Elaborate the Concepts of parallel computer models.(L6)
• Define Scalable Architectures, Pipelining, Superscalar processors, multiprocessors (L1)

TEXT BOOK:
1. Advanced Computer Architecture Second Edition, Kai Hwang, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Computer Architecture, Fourth edition, J. L. Hennessy and D.A. Patterson. ELSEVIER.
R18 B.Tech. CSE Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD
2. Advanced Computer Architectures, S.G. Shiva, Special Indian edition, CRC, Taylor
&Francis.
3. Introduction to High Performance Computing for Scientists and Engineers, G. Hager and G.
Wellein, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group.
4. Advanced Computer Architecture, D. Sima, T. Fountain, P. Kacsuk, Pearson education.
5. Computer Architecture, B. Parhami, Oxford Univ. Press.

206 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05603e) Computer Vision
Professional Elective-II
(Common to CSE & IT)
COURSE OBJECTIVES:

The Course is designed to:

• Understand shape and region analysis
• Illustrate Hough Transform and its applications to detect lines, circles, ellipses
• Explain three-dimensional image analysis techniques
• Describe motion analysis
• Study some applications of computer vision algorithms

UNIT I IMAGE PROCESSING FOUNDATIONS:

Review of image processing techniques – classical filtering operations – thresholding

techniques – edge detection techniques – corner and interest point detection – mathematical
morphology – texture

UNIT II SHAPES AND REGIONS:

Binary shape analysis – connectedness – object labeling and counting – size filtering – distance
functions – skeletons and thinning – deformable shape analysis – boundary tracking procedures
– active contours – shape models and shape recognition – centroidal profiles – handling
occlusion – boundary length measures – boundary descriptors – chain codes – Fourier
descriptors – region descriptors – moments

UNIT III HOUGH TRANSFORM:

Line detection – Hough Transform (HT) for line detection – foot-of-normal method – line
localization – line fitting – RANSAC for straight line detection – HT based circular object
detection – accurate center location – speed problem – ellipse detection – Case study: Human
Iris location – hole detection – generalized Hough Transform (GHT) – spatial matched filtering
– GHT for ellipse detection – object location – GHT for feature collation

UNIT IV 3D VISION AND MOTION:

Methods for 3D vision – projection schemes – shape from shading – photometric stereo – shape
from texture – shape from focus – active range finding – surface representations – point-based
representation – volumetric representations – 3D object recognition – 3D reconstruction –
introduction to motion – triangulation – bundle adjustment – translational alignment –
parametric motion – splinebased motion – optical flow – layered motion

UNIT V APPLICATIONS:

Application: Photo album – Face detection – Face recognition – Eigen faces – Active
appearance and 3D shape models of faces Application: Surveillance – foreground-background

207 Page
separation – particle filters – Chamfer matching, tracking, and occlusion – combining views
from multiple cameras – human gait analysis Application: In-vehicle vision system: locating
roadway – road markings – identifying road signs – locating pedestrians

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

• Apply fundamental image processing techniques required for computer vision (L3)
• Illustrate shape analysis (L2)
• Evaluate boundary tracking techniques (L5)
• Apply chain codes and other region descriptors (L3)
• Apply 3D vision techniques (L3)
• Develop applications using computer vision techniques (L6)

REFERENCES:

1. D. L. Baggio et al., “Mastering OpenCV with Practical Computer Vision Projects”, Packt
Publishing, 2012.
2. E. R. Davies, “Computer & Machine Vision”, Fourth Edition, Academic Press, 2012.
3. Jan Erik Solem, “Programming Computer Vision with Python: Tools and algorithms for
analyzing images”, O'Reilly Media, 2012.
4. Mark Nixon and Alberto S. Aquado, “Feature Extraction & Image Processing for Computer
Vision”, Third Edition, Academic Press, 2012.
5. R. Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer 2011. 6. Simon J. D.
Prince, “Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference”, Cambridge University Press,
2012.

208 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01604a) INDUSTRIAL WASTE AND WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT
OPEN ELECTIVE-II

Course Objectives:

• To teach Health and Environment Concerns in waste water management

• To teach material balance and design aspects of the reactors used in waste water
treatment.
• To impart knowledge on selection of treatment methods for industrial waste water
• To teach common methods of treatment in different industries
• To provide knowledge on operational problems of common effluent treatment plant

UNIT –I

Industrial water Quantity and Quality requirements:

Boiler and cooling waters–Process water for Textiles, Food processing, Brewery Industries,
power plants, fertilizers, sugar mills Selection of source based on quality, quantity and
economics. Use of Municipal wastewater in Industries – Adsorption, Reverse Osmosis, Ion
Exchange, Ultra filtration, Freezing, Elutriation, Removal of Colour, Odour and Taste.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Learn the procedures for assessment of quality of Industrial water
• Suggest different processes of handling waste water

UNIT –II

Basic theories of Industrial Wastewater Management: Industrial waste survey -

Measurement of industrial wastewater Flow-generation rates – Industrial wastewater sampling
and preservation of samples for analysis -Wastewater characterization-Toxicity of industrial
effluents-Treatment of wastewater-unit operations and processes-Volume and Strength
reduction – Neutralization and Equalization, Segregation and proportioning- recycling, reuse
and resources recovery

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Measure industrial waste water flow
• Characterize waste water
• Suggest techniques for treatment of waste water.

209 Page
UNIT –III

Industrial wastewater disposal management: Discharges into Streams, Lakes and oceans and
associated problems, Land treatment - Common Effluent Treatment Plants: advantages and
suitability, Limitations and challenges- Recirculation of Industrial Wastes- Effluent Disposal
Method

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand options for waste water disposal.
• Explain functioning of common effluent treatment plants

UNIT – IV
Process and Treatment of specific Industries-1: Manufacturing Process and origin,
characteristics, effects and treatment methods of liquid waste from Steel plants, Fertilizers,
Textiles, Paper and Pulp industries, Oil Refineries, Coal and Gas based Power Plants

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand the character of waste water from Steel plants and refineries
• Suggest suitable waste water treatment techniques

UNIT – V

Process and Treatment of specific Industries-2: Manufacturing Process and origin,

characteristics, effects and treatment methods of liquid waste from Tanneries, Sugar Mills,
Distillers, Dairy and Food Processing industries, Pharmaceutical Plants

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand the character of waste water from tanneries and distilleries

• Suggest suitable waste water treatment techniques

Course Outcomes:

Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
● Design treatment methods for any industrial wastewater.
● Examine the manufacturing process of various industries.
● Assess need for common effluent treatment plant for an industry
● Test and analyze BOD, COD, TSS and MPN in waste water.

210 Page
TEXT BOOK
1. M. N. Rao and A. K. Dutta, “Wastewater Treatment”, Oxford & IBH, New Delhi.
2. K.V. S. G. Murali Krishna, “Industrial Water and Wastewater Management”.

REFERENCES
1. A. D. Patwardhan, “Industrial Wastewater treatment”, PHI Learning, Delhi
2.Metcalf and Eddy Inc., “Wastewater Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill co., New Delhi.
3.G. L. Karia & R.A. “Christian Wastewater Treatment- Concepts and Design Approach”,
Prentice Hall of India.

211 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01604b) BUILDING SERVICES AND MAINTAINANCE
OPEN ELECTIVE-II

Course Objectives:

• To impart knowledge in concepts of building maintenance

• To insists the student to observe various practices of good building maintenance
• To teach the importance safety in buildings
• To demonstrate the use of ventilation in buildings.
• To give the list of different types of machineries in buildings

UNIT – I
PLUMBING SERVICES: Water supply system- fixing of pipes in buildings –
maintenance of buildings- water meters-sanitary fittings-design of building drainage- gas
supply systems

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand water supply system
• Understand the building drainage system.

UNIT – II

VENTILATION: Necessity of ventilation – functional requirements – systems of

ventilation-natural ventilation-artificial ventilation-air conditioning-systems of air
conditioning-essentials of air conditioning-protection against fire caused by air
conditioning systems.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand concepts of ventilation
• Understand concepts of air conditioning

UNIT – III
THERMAL INSULATION: Heat transfer system-thermal insulating materials-methods
of thermal insulation-economics of thermal insulation-thermal insulation of exposed
walls, doors,windows and roofs.

Learning Outcomes:

212 Page
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Understand methods of insulation
• Understand materials of insulation

UNIT – IV

FIRE SAFETY: Causes of fire in buildings-fire safety regulations-charecteristics of fire

resisting materials- fire resistant construction-heat and smoke detecters-fire alarms-fire
fighting pump and water storage.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understand safety regulations of fire system
• Know about the implementation and usage of various fire resistant materials in
building construction

UNIT – V

MACHINERIES IN BUILDINGS: Lifts-essential requirements-design considerations-

escalators-essential requirements-electrical installations in buildings-lighting in
buildings-methods of electrical wiring-earthing

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Understanding of different machineries of buildings
• Understanding of electrical installation of buildings

Course Outcomes:

Student will be able to understand

• Concepts of plumbing, drainage system and gas supply system
• Concepts of ventilation and air conditioning
• Concepts of thermal insulation and economics of thermal insulation
• Concepts of fire safety in buildings and fire resistant construction
• Concepts of different machineries of buildings

TEXT BOOKS:

1. B.C.Punmia, Er. Ashok K jain, Arun K Jain “Building construction”, Laxmi

publications pvt.ltd. New Delhi.
2. Janardhan Jah, S.K Sinha, “Building construction”, Khanna publishers
3. Rangwala, “Building construction”, Charothar publishing house.

213 Page
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. David V Chaddrton, “Building services engineering”, Outledge

2. P.C Varghees “Building construction”, Printice hall india

214 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A02604a) INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
OPEN ELECTIVE-II
Course Objectives:

• To understand the basic concepts of Automation

• To understand the concepts of automation cycle and hardware components
• To gain knowledge about pneumatic and hydraulic devices
• To understand the concepts of sensors and actuators
• To know the use of Robotics used in industries automation

UNIT -I:

Introduction to Automation

Definition and fundamentals of automation, reasons for Automating, basic elements of an

automated system: Power, Program and control system, safety, maintenance & repair diagnosis,
error detection and recovery, Automation principles and strategies: USA principle, strategies of
automation and production system, automation migration strategy
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• To understand the fundamental concepts of automation and its basic elements
• To understand system safety requirements
• To understand about maintenance and repair strategies
• To know about production system automation

UNIT- II:

Mechanization and Automation

Basic principles of Mechanization and automation, product cycle, hard Vs flexible automation,
Capital- intensive Vs low cost automation. Types of systems-mechanical, electrical, hydraulic,
pneumatic and hybrid systems, Automation using CAMS, Geneva mechanisms, gears etc.
Assembly line Automation: automated assembly systems, transfer systems, vibratory bowl
feeders, non-vibratory feeders, part orienting, feed track, part placing & part escapement
systems. Introduction to Material storage/ handling and transport systems, and its automation
using AS/RS, AGVS and conveyors etc.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• To know about how to analyse the various automation methods

215 Page
 • To know about assembling and placing of various parts
• To distinguish between mechanization and automation of systems
• To know about material storage, handling and automation using various approaches

UNIT -III:

Pneumatics and hydraulics

Hydraulic and pneumatic devices-Different types of valves, Actuators and auxiliary elements in
Pneumatics & hydraulics , their applications and use of their ISO symbols. Synthesis and design
of circuits (up to 3 cylinders)–pneumatic, electro pneumatics and hydraulics. Design of Electro-
Pneumatic Circuits using single solenoid and double solenoid valves; with and without
grouping.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• To know design of various pneumatic and hydraulic components
• To understand about synthesis and design of Pneumatic circuits
• To understand about electro pneumatic circuits
• To design using various solenoid valves with and without grouping

UNIT -IV:

Sensors & Actuators Sensors

Selection of sensors (Displacement, temperature, acceleration, force /pressure) based on static

and dynamic characteristics. Interfacing: Concept of interfacing, bit accuracy and sampling
speed, amplifying electronics, and microcontroller. Actuators: Principle and selection of electro
mechanical actuators (1) DC motors (2) Stepper Motors (3) Solenoid Actuators (4) Servo Motors
(5) BLDC
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• To know about selection of sensors and actuators based on dynamic characteristics
• To understand about necessity of interfacing sensors with Microcontroller
• To understand principle and selection of actuators
• To apply various electro mechanical actuators to certain machines

UNIT- V:

Robots and their applications

Introduction to robots, Types, Classifications, Selection of robots, Robot Degrees of freedom,

Robot configuration, Accuracy and repeatability, Specification of a robot, Robot feedback
controls: Point to point control and Continuous path control, Control system for robot joint,

216 Page
Adaptive control, Drives and transmission systems, End effectors, Industrial robot applications
of robots

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• To know about Robots, classification, selection and specifications
• To understand the use of robotics in industrial applications
• To know about various feedback controls of Robot
• To understand how adaptive control strategies can be used in Robots

Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the basic concepts of Industrial automation

2. Design and analysis of automation methods, placing and assembling of various parts
3. Design of various processing and control circuits using pneumatic and hydraulic
elements
4. Selection of sensors based on the industrial application
5. Role of robotics in industrial applications

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Stamatios Manesis and George Nikolakopoulos, “Introduction to Industrial

Automation”, CRC Press, 2018.
2. Frank Lamb, “Industrial Automation”, Hands on, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2013.

REFERENCES:

1. Richerd L. Shell and Ernest L. Hall, “Hand Book of Industrial Automation”, CRC Press,
2000.

217 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A02604b) SYSTEM RELIABILITY CONCEPTS
(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objectives:

To make the students learn about:

• The Basic concepts, rules for combining probabilities of events, failure density and
distribution functions.
• Evaluation of network Reliability / Unreliability and types of redundancies.
• Evaluation of network Reliability / Unreliability using conditional probability method.
• Expected value and standard deviation of Exponential distribution and Measures of
reliability.
• Evaluation of Limiting State Probabilities of one, two component repairable models.

UNIT-I:

Basic Probability Theory

Basic concepts – Rules for combining Probabilities of events – Failure Density and Distribution
functions – Bernoulli’s trials – Binomial distribution – Expected value and standard deviation
for binomial distribution – Examples

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• To know about basic rules for probabilities of events
• To distinguish between pdf and cdf
• Get detailed information about Probability of failure density and distribution functions
• Obtain the expected value and standard deviation for binomial distribution.

UNIT-II:

Network Modeling and Reliability Evaluation

Basic concepts – Evaluation of network Reliability / Unreliability – Series systems, Parallel

systems, Series - Parallel systems, partially redundant systems – Types of redundancies -
Evaluation of network Reliability / Unreliability using conditional probability method – Paths
based and Cutset based approach – complete event tree and reduced event tree methods -
Examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

218 Page
 • How to find the Probability of success and failures of network using different approaches
for series-parallel configurations.
• Classification of redundancies.
• To find reliability / unreliability of complex systems using different methods
• Comparison of approaches to solve probability index of SISO system

UNIT-III:

Time Dependent Probability

Basic concepts – Reliability functions f(t), Q(t), R(t), h(t) – Relationship between these functions
– Bath tub curve – Exponential failure density and distribution functions - Expected value and
standard deviation of Exponential distribution – Measures of reliability – MTTF, MTTR, MTBF
– Evaluation of network reliability / Unreliability of simple Series, Parallel, Series-Parallel
systems - Partially redundant systems - Evaluation of reliability measure – MTTF for series and
parallel systems – Examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the concepts of time domain functions and relationship between them.
• Obtain the expected value and standard deviation for exponential distribution.
• Obtain the values of probabilistic measures for series and parallel configurations.
• To obtain probabilistic measures for fully redundant and partially redundant
configurations

UNIT-IV:

Discrete Markov Chains & Continuous Markov Processes

Markov Chains:Basic concepts – Stochastic transitional Probability matrix – time dependent

probability evaluation – Limiting State Probability evaluation – Absorbing states.
Markov Processes: Modeling concepts – State space diagrams – time dependent reliability
evaluation of single component repairable model – Evaluation of Limiting State Probabilities
of one, two component repairable models – Frequency and duration concepts – Frequency
balance approach - Examples.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, the student will be able to
• Understand the concepts of Stochastic Transitional Probability Matrix, Limiting State
Probability
• To know about evaluation for one and two component repairable models.
• Understand the concept of Frequency balance approach.
• To distinguish between Markov chains and Markov processes

219 Page
UNIT-V:

Multi Component & Approximate System Reliability Evaluation

Recursive relation for evaluation of equivalent transitional rates– cumulative probability and
cumulative frequency and ‘n’ component repairable model – Series systems, Parallel systems,
Basic probability indices – Series, Parallel systems – Complex Systems– Cutset approach –
Examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the concepts of recursive relation for evaluation of equivalent transitional
rates.
• Obtain the cumulative probability and cumulative frequency for different systems
• To know about computation of basic probability indices for series, parallel
configurations
• To know how to evaluate basic probability indices using cut set approach

Course Outcomes:

After completing the course, the student should be able to do the following:
• Understand the concepts for combining Probabilities of events, Bernoulli’s trial, and
Binomial distribution.
• Network Reliability/Unreliability using conditional probability, path and cutset based
approach, complete event tree and reduced event tree methods.
• Understanding Reliability functions and to develop relationship between these functions,
expected value and standard deviation of Exponential distribution and measures of
reliabilities.
• Analyze the time dependent reliability evaluation of single component repairable model,
frequency and duration concepts, Frequency balance approach.
• Recursive relation for evaluation of equivalent transitional rates, cumulative probability
and cumulative frequency and ‘n’ component repairable model.

Text Books:

1. Roy Billinton and Ronald N. Allan, “Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems”,

Reprinted in India B. S. Publications, 2007.
2. E. Balagurusamy, “Reliability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

Reference Books:

1. E. E. Lewis , “Introduction to Reliability Engineering” Wiley Publications.

2. Charles E. Ebeling, “Reliability and Maintainability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2000.

220 Page
3. by Ajit Kumar Verma, Srividya Ajit and Durga Rao Karanki, Springer, “Reliability and
Safety Engineering” 2nd edition, 2016.
4. Rausand and Arnljot Hoyland, “System Reliability Theory Marvin”, Wiley Publictions.

221 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A03604a) INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
OPEN ELECTIVE
Course Objectives:

• Familiarize the technologies behind modern mechatronic systems.

• Explain fundamentals for the development of fully automated system.
• Develop a robotic or automated systems focusing on the hardware and software
integration.
• Demonstrate the development and design of mechatronic system and MEMS.

UNIT – I

Introduction: Definition of Mechatronics, Need for Mechatronics in Industry, Objectives of

mechatronics, mechatronics design process, Mechatronics key elements, mechatronics
applications – Computer numerical control (CNC) machines, Tool monitoring systems, Flexible
manufacturing system (FMS), Industrial Robots, Automatic packaging systems, Automatic
inspection systems.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the role of mechatronics in industry.(l2)
• Identify the application of mechatronics in automation industry.(l3)

UNIT – II

Sensors: Static characteristics of sensors, Displacement, Position and Proximity sensors, Force
and torque sensors, Pressure sensors, Flow sensors, Temperature sensors, Acceleration sensors,
Level sensors, Light sensors, Smart material sensors, Micro and Nano sensors, Selection criteria
for sensors.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Classify various types of sensors. (l2)
• Choose sensors for particular application. (l3)
• Measure different quantity’s using sensors. (l4)

UNIT – III

Actuators: Mechanical, Electrical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation systems, Characteristics

and their limitations, Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic circuits, Piezoelectric actuators, Shape
memory alloys, Selection criteria for actuators.

222 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Classify various actuation systems. (l2)
• Choose the criterion for different actuators. (l1)

UNIT – IV

Microprocessors, Microcontrollers and Programmable Logic Controllers: Architecture of

of Microprocessor, Microcontroller and Programmable Logic Controller, PLC Programming
using ladder diagrams, logics, latching, sequencing, timers relays and counters, data handling,
Analog input/output, selection of controllers.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the architecture of microprocessors, microcontrollers and PLC. (L2)
• Formulate various programs using PLC. (L6)

UNIT – V

Design of mechotronics systems, Mechotronics design elements, Traditional mechatronics

systems, Embedded systems, Procedure for designing a mechotronic systems.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Understanding design of mechotronics . (L2)
• Various Mechotronics systems. (L4)
• Design Aspects of Mechotronic systems. (L2)

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
• Explain mechatronics systems in industry. (l2)
• Identify mechatronic systems encountered in practice. (l3)
• Examine the components of a typical mechatronic system. (l4)
• Compare the various techniques used for development of mems. (l4)
• Develop programs using plc. (l6)

Text books:

1. Er R. Rajput, “ A Text book of Mechatronics”, S.Chand,2nd edition-2016.

2. James J Allen, “Micro Electro Mechanical Systems Design”, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis group, 2005.

223 Page
Reference Text books:

1. WBolton, “Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical

Engineering”, 3rd edition, Pearson Education Press, 2005.
2. Devadas Shetty and Richard A Kolk, “Mechatronic System Design”, 2nd edition,
Cengage learning, 2010.
3. Clarence W. de Silva, “Mechatronics an Integrated Approach”, CRC Press, 2004.
4. Ganesh S Hedge, “Mechatronics”, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2010.

224 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A03604b) OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES THROUGH MATLAB
OPEN ELECTIVE-II
Course Objectives

• Introduce basics of MATLAB

• Familiarize the fundamentals of optimization
• Explain single variable optimization using various methods
• Implement multi variable optimization using various methods
• Train various evolutionary algorithms.

UNIT -I

Introduction to MAT LAB: Overview, MATLAB Preliminaries, Basics of MATLAB, Beyond

the Basics of MATLAB, Popular Functions and Commands, Plotting using MATLAB,
Optimization with MATLAB.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Write simple codes in MATLAB. (L3)
• Plot the data using MATLAB. (L3)
• Implement optimization models in MATLAB. (L3)

UNIT -II

Introduction to Optimization: Statement of an optimization problem, Classifications of

optimization Problems: Single variable optimization, Multi variable optimization with no
constraints, Multi variable optimization with equality constraints, Multi variable optimization
with inequality constraints, Convex and Concave programming.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Build optimization problem. (l1)
• Solve various optimization problems(l3)
• Compare convex and concave programming (l4)
UNIT -III

Single Variable Optimization: Finite difference method, Central difference method, Runge-
Kutta method, interval halving method, golden section method with MATLAB code.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Understand various methods involving single variable optimization. (l2)

225 Page
 • Develop codes in matlab for different methods. (l3)
• Identify methods for solving a single variable optimization problem. (l3)

UNIT- IV

Multi Variable Optimization: Conjugate gradient method, Newton's method, Powell's method,
Flectcher- Reeves method, Hook and Jeeves method, interior penalty function with MATLAB
code.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Apply various methods involving multi variable optimization. (l2)
• Develop codes in matlab for solving various multi variable optimization problems. (l3)
• Choose methods for solving a multi variable optimization problem. (l3)

UNIT -V

Evolutionary Algorithms: Overview, Genetic Algorithms: Basics of Genetic Algorithms,

Options in MATLAB, Multi Objective Optimization using Genetic Algorithms, Ant Colony
Optimization, Simulated Annealing, Particle Swarm Optimization.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Apply different types of genetic algorithms. (l3)
• Model optimization problems using genetic algorithms in matlab. (l3)
• Compare different genetic algorithms for performance. (l5)

Course Outcomes:

After completion of this course the student can be able to

• Use optimization terminology and concepts, and understand how to classify an
optimization problem.(l4)
• Apply optimization methods to engineering problems.(l3)
• Implement optimization algorithms.(l3)
• Compare different genetic algorithms. (l5)
• Solve multivariable optimization problems. (l4)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Rao V.Dukkipati, MATLAB: “An Introduction with Applications”, Anshan, 2010.

2. Achille Messac, “Optimization in practice with MATLAB”, Cambridge University
Press, 2015.
3. Jasbir S Arora, “Introduction to optimum design”, 2nd edition. Elsevier, 2004.

226 Page
REFERENCES:

1. Cesar Perez Lopez, “MATLAB Optimization Techniques”, Academic press, Springer

publications, 2014.
2. Steven C.Chapra, “Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and
scientists”: 4th edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2018.

227 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A04604a) BASICS OF VLSI
OPEN ELECTIVE-II

Course Objectives:

The objectives of the course are to

• Learn and Understand IC Fabrication process steps required for various MOS circuits
• Understand and Experience VLSI Design Flow
• Learn Transistor-Level CMOS Logic Design
• Understand VLSI Fabrication and Experience CMOS Physical Design
• Learn to Analyze Gate Function and Timing Characteristics
UNIT – I

Introduction:Introduction to MOS Technology – MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS and

BiCMOStechnologies, fabrication fundamentals: Oxidation, Lithography, Diffusion,
Ionimplantation, Metallization and Encapsulation.

Basic Electrical Properties:Basic Electrical Properties of MOS,CMOS and BiCMOS Circuits,

IDS-VDSrelationships, MOS transistor threshold Voltage, gm, gds, figure of merit ωo,
Passtransistor, NMOS inverter, Various pull - ups, Determination of pull-up to pulldown ratio
( Zpu / Zpd ) , CMOS Inverter analysis and design, BiCMOS inverters,Latch-up in CMOS circuits.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Demonstrate a clear understanding of CMOS fabrication flow and technology scaling
(L2)
• Analyze the electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS circuits (L3)
• Design MOSFET based logic circuit (L4)

UNIT – II

VLSI Circuit Design Processes:VLSI Design Flow, MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design
Rules and Layouts,Lambda based design rules, Contact cuts , CMOS Lambda based design
rules,Layout Diagrams for logic gates, Transistor structures, wires and vias, Scaling ofMOS
circuits- Scaling models, scaling factors, scaling factors for device parameters, Limitations of
Scaling.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

228 Page
 • Understand the design rules and layout diagram for logic gates, limitations of scaling
(L1)
• Draw the Layout of simple MOS circuit using Lambda based design rules (L2)
UNIT – III

Gate Level Design and Layout:Architectural issues, Switch logic networks: Gate logic,
Alternate gate circuit:Pseudo-NMOS Dynamic CMOS logic. Basic circuit concepts, Sheet
ResistanceRS and its concept to MOS, Area Capacitance Units, Calculations, The delay unitT,
Inverter Delays, Driving large Capacitive Loads, Wiring Capacitances, Fan-inand fan-out,
Choice of layers

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Apply basic circuit concepts to MOS circuits. (L2)
• Estimate the propagation delays in CMOS circuits (L3).

UNIT – IV

Subsystem Design:Subsystem Design, Shifters, Adders, ALUs, Multipliers: Array multiplier,

SerialParallel multiplier, Parity generator, Comparators, Zero/One Detectors, Up/DownCounter,
Memory elements: SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial Access Memories.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Apply the Lambda based design rules for subsystem design (L2)
• Design of Adders, Multipliers and memories etc(L4)
• Design digital systems using MOS circuits(L4)

UNIT – V

Semiconductor Integrated Circuit Design:PLDs, FPGAs, CPLDs, Standard Cells,

Programmable Array Logic,Programmable Logic Array Design Approach.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit, students will be able to

• Analyze various architectures and device technologies of PLDs(L3)
• Design simple logic circuit using PLA, PAL, FPGA and CPLD.(L4)
Course Outcomes:

• Learn the basic fabrication process of MOS transistors, study CMOS inverter circuits,
basic circuit concepts such as Sheet Resistance, Area Capacitance and Delay calculation,

229 Page
 Field programmable gate arrays and realization techniques, CPLDs and FPGAs for
implementing the various logic functions.

• Apply CMOS technology-specific layout rules in the placement and routing of

transistors and interconnect, and to verify the functionality.

• Analyze the performance of CMOS Inverter circuits

• Compare various Scaling models and understand the effect of scaling on device
parameters

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Kamran Eshraghian, “Essentials of VLSI circuits and systems”,

EshraghianDouglesand
A. Pucknell, PHI, 2005 Edition
2. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 1997.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. John .P. Uyemura, “CMOS logic circuit Design”, Springer, 2007.

2. Neil H. E Weste, “CMOS VLSI Design – A Circuits and Systems Perspective”, 3rd
edition, DavidHarris, Ayan Banerjee, Pearson, 2009.

230 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A04604b) PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
OPEN ELECTIVE-II

Course Objectives:

• To understand the concept of various modulation schemes and multiplexing.

• To apply the concept of various modulation schemes to solve engineering problems.
• To analyse various modulation schemes.
• To evaluate various modulation scheme in real time applications.

UNIT-I:

Amplitude Modulation

Introduction to Noise and Fourier Transform. An overview of Electronic Communication

Systems. Need for Frequency Translation, Amplitude Modulation: DSB-FC, DSB-SC, SSB-SC
and VSB. Frequency Division Multiplexing. Radio Transmitter and Receiver.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the concept of noise, Fourier transform, career modulation and frequency
division multiplexing (L1).
• Apply the concept of amplitude modulationto solve engineering problems (L2).
• Analyse various amplitude modulation schemes (L3).
• Evaluate various amplitude modulation schemes in real time applications (L3).

UNIT-II:

Angle Modulation

Angle Modulation, Tone modulated FM Signal, Arbitrary Modulated FM Signal, FM

Modulation and Demodulation. Stereophonic FM Broadcasting.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the concept of angle modulation and its components (L1).
• Apply the concept of frequency modulation to solve engineering problems (L2).
• Analyse angle modulation schemes (L3).
• Evaluate frequency modulation scheme in real time applications (L3).

231 Page
UNIT-III:

Pulse Modulation

Sampling Theorem: Low pass and Band pass Signals. Pulse Amplitude Modulation and Concept
of Time Division Multiplexing. Pulse Width Modulation. Digital Representation of Analog
Signals.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the concept of various pulse modulation schemes and time division
multiplexing (L1).
• Analyse various pulse modulation schemes (L3).

UNIT-IV:

Digital Modulation

Binary Amplitude Shift Keying, Binary Phase Shift Keying and QuadraturePhase Shift Keying,
Binary Frequency Shift Keying. Regenerative Repeater.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the concept of various digital modulation schemes (L1).
• Analyze various digital modulation schemes (L3).

UNIT-V:

Communication Systems
Satellite, RADAR, Optical, Mobile and Computer Communication (Block diagram approach
only).

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the concept of various communication systems (L1).

Note: The main emphasis is on qualitative treatment. Complex mathematical treatment may
be avoided.

Course Outcomes:

232 Page
 • Understand the concept of various modulation schemes and multiplexing (L1).
• Apply the concept of various modulation schemes to solve engineering problems
(L2).
• Analyse various modulation schemes, and evaluate various modulation scheme in
real time applications (L3).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Herbert Taub, Donald L Schilling and Goutam Saha, “Principles of Communication

Systems”, 3rdEdition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. B. P. Lathi, Zhi Ding and Hari M. Gupta, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication
Systems”, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2017.
2. K. Sam Shanmugam “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Wiley India Edition,
2008.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------

Blooms’ Learning levels:

L1: Remembering and Understanding
L2: Applying
L3: Analyzing, Evaluating

233 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A27604a) FOOD TOXICOLOGY

OPEN ELECTIVE II
PREAMBLE
This text covers about toxins and their relation in food. Examination, identification and
prevention of toxins.

Course Objectives

• To know the various toxins and their evaluation.

• To understand their tolerance and control measures.

UNIT – I

Principles of Toxicology: classification of toxic agents; characteristics of exposure;

spectrum of undesirable effects; interaction and tolerance; biotransformation and
mechanisms of toxicity. Evaluation of toxicity: risk vs. benefit: experimental design and
evaluation: prospective and retrospective studies: Controls :Statistics (descriptive,
inferential): animal models as predictors of human toxicity: Legal requirements and
specific screening methods: LD50 and TD50: in vitro and in vitvo studies; clinical trials.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Classification of toxic agents; characteristics of exposure;
• Spectrum of undesirable effects; interaction and tolerance; biotransformation
and mechanisms of toxicity.
• Evaluation of toxicity: risk vs. benefit: experimental design and evaluation:
• Prospective and retrospective studies: Controls: Statistics (descriptive,
inferential): animal models as predictors of human toxicity:
• Legal requirements and specific screening methods: LD50 and TD50: in vitro and in
vitvo studies; clinical trials.

UNIT – II

Natural toxins in food: natural toxins of importance in food- toxins of plant and animal origin;
microbial toxins (e.g., bacterial toxins, fungal toxins and Algal toxins), natural occurrence,
toxicity and significance, determination of toxicants in foods and their management.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

234 Page
 • Natural toxins in food: natural toxins of importance in food- toxins of plant and
animal origin
• Microbial toxins (e.g., bacterial toxins, fungal toxins and algal toxins), natural
occurrence, toxicity and significance
• Determination of toxicants in foods and their management

UNIT – III

Food allergies and sensitivities: natural sources and chemistry of food allergens; true/untrue
food allergies; handling of food allergies; food sensitivities (anaphylactoid reactions,
metabolic food disorders and idiosyncratic reactions); Safety of genetically modified food:
potential toxicity and allergenisity of GM foods. Safety of children consumables.

Learning outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Natural sources and chemistry of food allergens; true/untrue food allergies;
handling of food allergies
• Food sensitivities (anaphylactoid reactions, metabolic food disorders and
idiosyncratic reactions)
• Potential toxicity and allergenisity of gm foods. Safety of children consumables.

UNIT – IV

Environmental contaminants and drug residues in food: fungicide and pesticide residues
in foods; heavy metal and their health impacts; use of veterinary drugs (e.g. Malachite
green in fish and β- agonists in pork); other contaminants in food, radioactive contamination of
food, Food adulteration and potential toxicity of food adulterants.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Fungicide and pesticide residues in foods; heavy metal and their health impacts
• Use of veterinary drugs (e.g. Malachite green in fish and β- agonists in pork); other
contaminants in food, radioactive contamination of food
• Food adulteration and potential toxicity of food adulterants.

UNIT – V

Food additives and toxicants added or formed during food processing: safety of food
additives; toxicological evaluation of food additives; food processing generated toxicants:
nitroso-compounds, heterocyclic amines, dietary Supplements and toxicity related to dose:
common dietary supplements; relevance of the dose; possible toxic effects.

235 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Safety of food additives; toxicological evaluation of food additives;
• Nitroso-compounds, heterocyclic amines, dietary supplements and toxicity
related to dose
• Common dietary supplements; relevance of the dose; possible toxic effects.

Course Outcomes

By the end of course

• Student will gain knowledge on principles of toxicity and characteristics of toxins
and their classification. Examination and prevention of toxins in foods and etc.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Helferich, W., and Winter, C.K “Food Toxicology”,. CRC Press, LLC. Boca
Raton, FL. 2007.
2. Shibamoto, T., and Bjeldanes, L. “Introduction to Food Toxicology”, 2009, 2nd
Edition. Elsevier Inc., Burlington, MA.
3. Watson, D.H. “Natural Toxicants in Food”, CRC Press, LLC. Boca Raton,
FL1998.

REFERENCES
1. Duffus, J.H., and Worth, H.G. J. “Fundamental Toxicology”, The Royal Society of
Chemistry. 2006.
2. Stine, K.E., and Brown, T.M. “Principles of Toxicology”, 2nd Edition. CRC Press.
2006.
3. Tönu, P. “Principles of Food Toxicology”. CRC Press, LLC. Boca Raton, FL.
2007.

236 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A27604b) FOOD PLANT EQUIPMENT DESIGN

OPEN ELECTIVE - II

PREAMBLE

This text focuses on materials used for food plant equipment and factors considered for design
of various equipment.

Course Objectives:

• To understand the material properties and codes used.

• To know the design considerations.
• To study the design of evaporators, dryers, crystallizers and etc.

UNIT – I

Materials and properties: Materials for fabrication, mechanical properties, ductility, hardness,
corrosion, protective coatings, corrosion prevention linings equipment, choice of materials,
material codes. Design considerations: Stresses created due to static and dynamic loads,
combined stresses, design stresses and theories of failure, safety factor, temperature effects,
radiation effects, effects of fabrication method, economic considerations

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Materials for fabrication, mechanical properties, ductility, hardness, corrosion, protective
coatings
• Corrosion prevention linings equipment, choice of materials, material codes
• Stresses created due to static and dynamic loads, combined stresses, design stresses and
theories of failure, safety factor
• Temperature effects, radiation effects, effects of fabrication method, economic
considerations

UNIT – II
Design of pressure and storage vessels: Operating conditions, design conditions and stress;
Design of shell and its component, stresses from local load and thermal gradient, mountings and
accessories. Design of heat exchangers: Design of shell and tube heat exchanger, plate heat
exchanger, scraped surface heat exchanger, sterilizer and retort

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

237 Page
 • Design of pressure and storage vessels includes operating conditions, design conditions
and stress
• Design of shell and its component, stresses from local load and thermal gradient,
mountings and accessories
• Design of heat exchangers like shell and tube heat exchanger, plate heat exchanger,
scraped surface heat exchanger, sterilizer and retort

UNIT – III

Design of evaporators and crystallizers: Design of single effect and multiple effect evaporators
and its components; Design of rising film and falling film evaporators and feeding arrangements
for evaporators; Design of crystallizer and entrainment separator

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Design of evaporators like single effect and multiple effect evaporators and its
components; rising film and falling film evaporators and feeding arrangements for
evaporators;
• Design of crystallizer and entrainment separator

UNIT – IV

Design of agitators and separators: Design of agitators and baffles; Design of agitation system
components and drive for agitation. Design of centrifuge separator; Design of equipment
components, design of shafts, pulleys, bearings, belts, springs, drives, speed reduction systems.
Design of freezing equipment: Design of ice‐ream freezers and refrigerated display system

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Design of agitators and baffles like Design of agitation system components and drive
for agitation.
• Design of centrifuge separator like equipment components, design of shafts, pulleys,
bearings, belts, springs, drives, speed reduction systems.
• Design of freezing equipment like ice‐ream freezers and refrigerated display system

UNIT – V

Design of dryers: Design of tray dryer, tunnel dryer, fluidized dryer, spray dryer, vacuum dryer,
freeze dryer and microwave dryer. Design of extruders: Cold and hot extruder design, design of
screw and barrel, design of twin screw extruder. Design of fermenters: Design of fermenter
vessel, design problems

Learning Outcomes:

238 Page
At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following
• Design of dryers like tray dryer, tunnel dryer, fluidized dryer, spray dryer, vacuum
dryer, freeze dryer and microwave dryer
• Design of extruders like Cold and hot extruder design, design of screw and barrel,
design of twin screw extruder.
• Design of fermenter vessel, design problems

Course Outcomes

By the end of the course, the students will

• acquires knowledge on theoretical aspects to be design considerations for a food plant
equipment and designing of evaporators, separators, storage vessels and etc.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Antonio Lopez-Gomez, Gustavo V. Barbosa-Canovas, “Food plant design”, CRC

press 2005.
2. George D. Saravacos and Zacharias B. Maroulis, “Food Plant Economics”, CRC Press
2007.

REFERENCES

1. Peters M., Timmerhaus K. & Ronald W., “Plant Design & Economics for Chemical
Engineers”, McGraw Hill.
2. James R Couper, “Process Engg. Economics (Chemical Industries) CRC Press 3. Aries &
Newton, Chemical Engg. Cost Estimation”, McGraw Hill.

239 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A54604a) WAVELET TRANSFORMS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

OPEN ELECTIVE-II

Course Objective:

This course provides the students to understand Wavelet transforms and its applications.

UNIT-I-

Wavelets

Wavelets and Wavelet Expansion Systems - Wavelet Expansion- Wavelet Transform- Wavelet
System- More Specific Characteristics of Wavelet Systems -Haar Scaling Functions and
Wavelets -effectiveness of Wavelet Analysis -The Discrete Wavelet Transform The Discrete-
Time and Continuous Wavelet Transforms.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Understand wavelets and wavelet expansion systems.
• Find wavelet transforms in continuous as well as discrete domains.
UNIT-II-

A Multiresolution Formulation of Wavelet Systems

Signal Spaces -The Scaling Function -Multiresolution Analysis - The Wavelet Functions - The
Discrete Wavelet Transform- A Parseval's Theorem - Display of the Discrete Wavelet
Transform and the Wavelet Expansion.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Illustrate the multi resolution analysis, scaling function.
• Implement parseval theorem.

UNIT-III-

Filter Banks and the Discrete Wavelet Transform : Analysis - From Fine Scale to Coarse
Scale- Filtering and Down-Sampling or Decimating -Synthesis - From Coarse Scale to Fine
Scale -Filtering and Up-Sampling or Stretching - Input Coefficients - Lattices and Lifting - -
Different Points of View.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Form fine scale to coarse scale analysis.

240 Page
 • Perform decimating synthesis.
• Find the lattices and lifting.

UNIT-IV

Multiresolution versus Time-Frequency Analysis- Periodic versus Nonperiodic Discrete

Wavelet Transforms -The Discrete Wavelet Transform versus the Discrete-Time Wavelet
Transform- Numerical Complexity of the Discrete Wavelet Transform.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Perform multi resolution versus time frequency analysis.
• Perform numerical complexity of discrete wavelet transforms.
UNIT-V

Bases, Orthogonal Bases, and Biorthogonal Bases -Matrix Examples - Fourier Series Example
- Sine Expansion Example - Frames and Tight Frames - Matrix Examples -Sine Expansion as a
Tight Frame Example.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Understand the orthogonal bases and Biorthogonal Bases.
• Find the Frames and Tight Frames using Fourier series.
Course Outcomes:

After the completion of course, students will be able to

• Understand wavelets and wavelet expansion systems.

• Illustrate the multi resolution analysis ad scaling functions.
• Form fine scale to coarse scale analysis.
• Find the lattices and lifting.
• Perform numerical complexity of discrete wavelet transforms.
• Find the frames and tight frames using fourier series.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. C. Sidney Burrus, Ramesh A. Gopinath, “Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelets

Transforms”,Prentice Hall, (1997).
2. James S. Walker, “A Primer on Wavelets and their Scientific Applications”, CRC
Press, (1999).
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Raghuveer Rao, “Wavelet Transforms”, Pearson Education, Asia.

241 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A52604a) SOFT SKILLS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)
Course Objectives

• To develop awareness in students of the relevance and importance of soft skills

• To provide students with interactive practice sessions to make them internalize
soft skills
• To develop Time management, Positive thinking & Decision making skills
• To enable to manage stress effectively
• To enable them to develop employability skills

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

INTRODUCTION

Definition – Scope – Importance- – Methods of improving soft skills – Limits- Analysis –

Interpersonal and intrapersonal skills - Verbal and Non-verbal skills.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Understand the importance of soft skills
• Identify the methods of improving soft skills
• Analyze various soft skills in different situations
• Distinguish various soft skills
• Apply various soft skills in day to day life and in workplace

UNIT – II INTRAPERSONAL SKILLS

Knowing self/temperaments/traits - Johari windows – quotient skills(IQ, EQ, SQ), creativity,

decision-making-Attitude – Confidence Building - Positive Thinking –Time Management –
Goal setting.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Understand self and its temperament.
• Apply various techniques to know the self.
• Develop positive thinking
• Develop creative thinking and decision-making skills

242 Page
 • Apply self-knowing tools in day to day and professional life.

UNIT – III

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS

Leadership Skills – Negotiation skills –- Team-building – Crisis Management – Event

Management –Ethics and Etiquettes.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Understand the importance of interpersonal skills
• Analyze various tactics in negotiation skills.
• Develop team building spirit.
• Develop crisis management
• Apply interpersonal skills through etiquettes.

UNIT – IV

VERBAL SKILLS

Importance of verbal skills in corporate climate, Listening skills –Mother Tongue Influence
(MTI) - Speaking skills – Public speaking - Oral presentations - Writing skills –E-mail etiquettes
– Memos - Indianism

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Understand the importance of verbal skills in corporate climate.
• Explain the need of listening skills.
• Explore MTI and suggest remedies to avoid it.
• Interpret various contexts of speaking.
• Apply verbal skills in personal and professional life.

UNIT – V NON-VERBAL SKILLS

Importance of body language in corporate culture – body language-Facial expressions – eye

contact – posture – gestures – Proxemics – Haptics – Dress Code – Paralanguage –Tone, pitch,
pause& selection of words

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

243 Page
 • Comprehend the importance of non-verbal communication.
• Expound the need of facial expressions, postures and gestures.
• Analyze proxemics,haptics etc.
• Understand the importance of dress code.
• Apply various techniques to use para language

Course Outcomes
• Recognize the importance of verbal and non verbal skills
• Develop the interpersonal and intrapersonal skills
• Apply the knowledge in setting the SMART goals and achieve the set goals
• Analyze difficult situations and solve the problems in stress-free environment
• Create trust among people and develop employability skills

Text Books

1. Meenakshi Raman &ShaliniUpadhyay “ Soft Skills”,Cengage Learning, 2018.

2. S. Balasubramaniam, “Soft Skills for Interpersonal Communication”, Orient Black
Swan, 2017.

References

1. Barun K. Mitra, “Personality Development and Soft Skills”, –OXFORD Higher

Education 2018.
2. AlkaWadkar, “Life Skills for Success “, Sage Publications 2016.
3. Robert M Sheffield, “Developing Soft Skills”, Pearson, 2010.
4. DianaBooher, “Communicate With Confidence”,Tata McGrawhill, 2012.

244 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A51604a) CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

Course Objectives:
• To understand the basic principles of polymers
• To synthesize the different polymeric materials and their characterization by various
instrumental methods.
• To impart knowledge to the students about fundamental concepts of Hydro gels of
polymer networks, surface phenomenon by micelles
• To enumerate the applications of polymers in engineering

Unit – I : Polymers-Basics and Characterization

Basic concepts: monomers, repeat units, degree of polymerization, linear, branched and network
polymers, classification of polymers, Polymerization: condensation, addition, radical chain,
ionic and coordination and copolymerization. Average molecular weight concepts: number,
weight and viscosity average molecular weights, polydispersity and molecular weight
distribution Measurement of molecular weight: end group, viscosity, light scattering, osmotic
and ultracentrifugation methods, analysis and testing of polymers.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Classify the polymers (L3)

• Explain polymerization mechanism (L2)
• Differentiate addition, condensation polymerizations (L2)
• Describe measurement of molecular weight of polymer (L2)

Unit – II : Synthetic Polymers

Addition and condensation polymerization processes – Bulk, Solution, Suspension and
Emulsion polymerization.

Preparation and significance, classification of polymers based on physical properties,

Thermoplastics, Thermosetting plastics, Fibers and elastomers, General Applications.

Preparation of Polymers based on different types of monomers, Olefin polymers, Diene

polymers, nylons, Urea - formaldehyde, phenol - formaldehyde and melamine Epoxy and Ion
exchange resins. Characterization of polymers by IR, NMR, XRD.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Differentiate Bulk, solution, Suspension and emulsion polymerization (L2)

245 Page
 • Describe fibers and elastomers (L2)
• Identify the thermosetting and thermo polymers (L3)
• Characterize the properties of polymers by IR, NMR, XRD etc.,

Unit – III : Natural Polymers & Modified cellulosics

Natural Polymers: Chemical & Physical structure, properties, source, important chemical
modifications, applications of polymers such as cellulose, lignin, starch, rosin, shellac, latexes,
vegetable oils and gums, proteins.

Modified cellulosics: Cellulose esters and ethers such as Ethyl cellulose, CMC, HPMC,
cellulose acetals, Liquid crystalline polymers; specialty plastics- PES, PAES, PEEK, PEAK.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Describe the properties and applications of polymers (L2)

• Interpret the properties of cellulose, lignin, starch, rosin, latex etc., (L2)
• Discuss the special plastics of PES, PAES, PEEK etc., (L3)
• Explain modified cellulosics (L2)

Unit-IV: Hydrogels of Polymer networks and Drug delivery

Definitions of Hydrogel, polymer networks, Types of polymer networks, Methods involved in

hydrogel preparation, Classification, Properties of hydrogels, Applications of hydrogels in drug
delivery.

Introduction to drug systems including, drug development, regulation, absorption and

disposition, routes of administration and dosage forms. Advanced drug delivery systems and
controlled release.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Identify types of polymer networks (L3)

• Describe methods involve in hydrogel preparation (L2)
• Explain applications of hydrogels in drug delivery (L2)
• Demonstrate the advanced drug delivery systems and controlled release (L2)

Unit – V : Surface phenomena

Surface tension, adsorption on solids, electrical phenomena at interfaces including

electrokinetics, micelles, reverse micelles, solubilization. Application of photoelectron
spectroscopy, ESCA and Auger spectroscopy to the study of surfaces.

246 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Demonstrate electrical phenomena at interfaces including electrokinetics, miselles,

reverse micelles etc., (L2)
• Explain photoelectron spectroscopy (L2)
• Discuss ESCA and Auger spectroscopy to the study of surfaces (L3)
• Differentiate micelles and reverse micelles (L2)

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

• Understand the state of art synthesis of Polymeric materials
• Understand the hydro gels preparation, properties and applications in drug delivery
system.
• Characterize polymers materials using IR, NMR, XRD.
• Analyze surface phenomenon fo micelles and characterise using photoelectron
spectroscopy, ESCA and Auger spectroscopy.

References :

1. A Text book of Polymer science, Billmayer

2. Organic polymer Chemistry, K.J.Saunders, Chapman and Hall
3. Advanced Organic Chemistry, B.Miller, Prentice Hall
4. Polymer Chemistry – G.S.Mishra
5. Polymer Chemistry – Gowarikar
6. Physical Chemistry –Galston
7. Drug Delivery- Ashim K. Misra

247 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)–III-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
HUMANITIES ELECTIVE-I

(19A52602a) ENTREPRENEURSHIP & INCUBATION

COURSE OBJECTIVES :

The objective of this course is

• To make the student understand about Entrepreneurship

• To enable the student in knowing various sources of generating new ideas in setting
up of New enterprise
• To facilitate the student in knowing various sources of finance in starting up of a
business
• To impart knowledge about various government sources which provide financial
assistance to entrepreneurs/ women entrepreneurs
• To encourage the student in creating and designing business plans

Syllabus

UNIT-I

Entrepreneurship - Concept, knowledge and skills requirement - Characteristics of successful

entrepreneurs - Entrepreneurship process - Factors impacting emergence of entrepreneurship -
Differences between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur - Understanding individual entrepreneurial
mindset and personality - Recent trends in Entrepreneurship.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Understand the concept of Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship in India
• Know Entrepreneurship process and emergence of Entrepreneurship
• Analyze the differences between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur
• Develop a creative mind set and personality
• Understand recent trends in Entrepreneurship across the globe

UNIT-II

Starting the New Venture - Generating business idea – Sources of new ideas & methods of
generating ideas - Opportunity recognition - Feasibility study - Market feasibility,
technical/operational feasibility - Financial feasibility - Drawing business plan - Preparing
project report - Presenting business plan to investors.

248 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Know the process of starting a new venture
• Analyze the sources of new methods in generating business idea
• Evaluate market feasibility, financial feasibility and technical feasibility
• Design and draw business plans in project preparation and prepare project reports

UNIT-III

Sources of finance - Various sources of Finance available - Long term sources - Short term
sources - Institutional Finance – Commercial Banks, SFC's in India - NBFC's in India - their
way of financing in India for small and medium business - Entrepreneurship development
programs in India - The entrepreneurial journey- Institutions in aid of entrepreneurship
development

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Know the various sources of finance to start a new venture
• Contrast & compare between Long term & Short term finance sources
• Analyze the role of banks and other financial institutions in promoting
entrepreneurship in India
• Evaluate the need and importance of MSMEs in the growth of country

UNIT-IV

Women Entrepreneurship - Entrepreneurship Development and Government - Role of Central

Government and State Government in promoting women Entrepreneurship - Introduction to
various incentives, subsidies and grants – Export- oriented Units - Fiscal and Tax concessions
available - Women entrepreneurship - Role and importance - Growth of women
entrepreneurship in India - Issues & Challenges - Entrepreneurial motivations.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Understand the role of government in promoting women entrepreneurship
• Know various incentives, subsidies and grants available to women entrepreneurs
• Analyze the role of export-oriented units
• Know about the tax concessions available for Women entrepreneurs
• Prepare to face the issues and challenges.

UNIT-V

249 Page
Fundamentals of Business Incubation - Principles and good practices of business incubation-
Process of business incubation and the business incubator and how they operate and influence
the Type/benefits of incubators - Corporate/educational / institutional incubators - Broader
business incubation environment - Pre-Incubation and Post - Incubation process - Idea lab,
Business plan structure - Value proposition

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to:

• Understand the importance of business incubation
• Apply brilliant ideas in the process of business incubation
• Analyze the process of business incubation/incubators.
• Contrast & Compare between business incubation and business incubators.
• Design their own business incubation/incubators as viable-business unit.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to
• Understand the concept of Entrepreneurship and challenges in the world of
competition.
• Apply the Knowledge in generating ideas for New Ventures.
• Analyze various sources of finance and subsidies to entrepreneur/women
Entrepreneurs.
• Evaluate the role of central government and state government in promoting
Entrepreneurship.
• Create and design business plan structure through incubations.

TEXT BOOKS

1. D F Kuratko and T V Rao, “Entrepreneurship” - A South-Asian Perspective –

Cengage Learning, 2012. (For PPT, Case Solutions Faculty may visit :
login.cengage.com)
2 . Nandan H, “ Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship”, PHI, 2013

REFERENCES

1. Vasant Desai, “Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship”, Himalaya

Publishing 2012.
2. Rajeev Roy “Entrepreneurship”, 2nd Edition, Oxford, 2012.
3. B.Janakiramand M.Rizwana‖ “Entrepreneurship Development: Text &
Cases”, Excel Books, 2011.
4. Stuart Read, Effectual “Entrepreneurship”, Routledge, 2013.

E-RESOURCES

1. Entrepreneurship-Through-the-Lens-of-enture Capital

250 Page
2. http://www.onlinevideolecture.com/?course=mba-programs&subject=entrepreneurship

3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032/Pdf/7_4.pd

4. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3514/Economics-/-Management-/-Entrepreneurhip/50

251 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52602b) MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Course Objectives :

The objective of this course is

• To inculcate the basic knowledge of micro economics and financial accounting

• To make the students learn how demand is estimated for different products, input-
output relationship for optimizing production and cost
• To know the various types of Market Structures & pricing methods and its
strategies
• To give an overview on investment appraisal methods to promote the students to
learn how to plan long-term investment decisions.
• To provide fundamental skills on Accounting and to explain the process of
preparing Financial statements
Syllabus

UNIT I -

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS DEMAND

Managerial Economics – Definition – Nature & Scope - Contemporary importance of

Managerial Economics - Demand Analysis - Concept of Demand - Demand Function - Law of
Demand - Elasticity of Demand - Significance - Types of Elasticity - Measurement of Elasticity
of Demand - Demand Forecasting - Factors governing Demand Forecasting - Methods of
Demand Forecasting - Relationship of Managerial Economics with Financial Accounting and
Management.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Know the nature and scope of Managerial Economics and its importance
• Understand the concept of demand and its determinants
• Analyze the Elasticity and degree of elasticity
• Evaluate Demand forecasting methods
• Design the process of demand estimation for different types of demand

UNIT -II

THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST ANALYSIS

Production Function – Least-cost combination - Short-run and Long-run Production Function

- Isoquants and Isocosts, MRTS - Cobb-Douglas Production Function - Laws of Returns -

252 Page
Internal and External Economies of scale – Cost & Break Even Analysis - Cost concepts and
Cost behavior - Break-Even Analysis (BEA) - Determination of Break-Even Point (Simple
Problems) - Managerial significance and limitations of Break-Even Analysis.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Know the production function, Input-Output relationship and different cost concepts
• Apply the least-cost combination of inputs
• Analyze the behavior of various cost concepts
• Evaluate BEA for real time business decisions
• Develop profit appropriation for different levels of business activity

UNIT –III

INTRODUCTION TO FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS AND MARKETS

Market structures - Forms of Business Organizations - Sole Proprietorship - Partnership - Joint

Stock Companies - Public Sector Enterprises-Types of Markets - Perfect and Imperfect
Competition - Features of Perfect Competition – Monopoly - Monopolistic Competition –
Oligopoly - Price-Output Determination - Pricing Methods and Strategies.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Know the structure of markets, features of different markets and forms of business
organizations
• Apply the price output relationship in different markets
• Analyze the optimum output levels to maximize profit in different markets
• Evaluate price-output relationship to optimize cost, revenue and profit
• Interpret Pricing Methods and Strategies

UNIT -IV

CAPITAL AND CAPITAL BUDGETING Concept of Capital - Significance - Types of

Capital - Components of Working Capital - Sources of Short-term and Long-term Capital -
Estimating Working capital requirements – Cash Budget - Capital Budgeting – Features of
Capital Budgeting Proposals – Methods and Evaluation of Capital Budgeting Projects – Pay
Back Method – Accounting Rate of Return (ARR) – Net Present Value (NPV) – Internal Rate
Return (IRR) Method (simple problems)

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Know the concept of capital budgeting and its importance in business
• Contrast and compare different investment appraisal methods
• Analyze the process of selection of investment alternatives using different appraisal
methods

253 Page
 • Evaluate methods of capital budgeting for investment decision making and for
maximizing returns
• Design different investment appraisals and make wise investments

UNIT –V

INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING AND ANALYSIS

Accounting Concepts and Conventions - Introduction Double-Entry Book Keeping, Journal,

Ledger, Trial Balance - Final Accounts (Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and Balance
Sheet with simple adjustments).Financial Analysis - Analysis and Interpretation of Liquidity
Ratios, Activity Ratios, and Capital structure Ratios and Profitability.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Know the concept, convention and significance of accounting
• Apply the fundamental knowledge of accounting while posting the journal entries
• Analyze the process and preparation of final accounts and financial ratios
• Evaluate the financial performance of an enterprise by using financial statements

Data Books Required:

Present Value Factors table

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand the fundamentals of Economics viz., Demand, Production, cost,
revenue and markets
• Apply concepts of production , cost and revenues for effective business
decisions
• Students can analyze how to invest their capital and maximize returns
• Evaluate the capital budgeting techniques
• Prepare the accounting statements and evaluate the financial performance of
business entity.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Varshney & Maheswari: “Managerial Economics”, Sultan Chand, 2013.

2. Aryasri: “Business Economics and Financial Analysis”, 4th edition, MGH, 2019

REFERENCES:

1. Ahuja Hl “Managerial economics” 3rd edition, Schand, ,2013

2. S.A. Siddiqui and A.S. Siddiqui: “Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis”, New
Age International,. 2013.

254 Page
3. Joseph G. Nellis and David Parker: “Principles of Business Economics”, 2nd edition,
Pearson, New Delhi.
4. Domnick Salvatore: “Managerial Economics in a Global Economy”, Cengage,
2013.

255 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52602c) BUSINESS ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Course Objectives :

The objectives of this course are

• To make the student understand the principles of business ethics

• To enable them in knowing the ethics in management
• To facilitate the student role in corporate culture
• Impart knowledge about the fair trade practices
• Encourage the student in knowing them about the corporate governance

Syllabus

BUSINESS ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

UNIT -I

Introduction – Meaning - Nature and Scope – Loyalty and Ethical Behaviour, Values across
Cultures; Business Ethics – Ethical Practices inManagement.
Types of Ethics – Characteristics – Factors influencing ,
Business Ethics – Importance of Business Ethics - Arguments for and against business ethicsB
asics of business ethics Corporate Social Responsibility – Issues of Management – Crisis Man
agement

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the meaning of loyalty and ethical Behavior
• Explain various types of Ethics
• Know about the factors influencing business ethics
• Understand the corporate social responsibility of management

UNIT –II
ETHICS IN MANAGEMENT

Introduction – Ethics in HRM – Marketing Ethics – Ethical aspects of Financial Management-

Technology Ethics and Professional ethics. The Ethical Value System – Universalism,
Utilitarianism, Distributive Justice, Social Contracts, Individual Freedom of Choice,
Professional Codes; Culture and Ethics – Ethical Values in different Cultures, Culture and
Individual Ethics.

Learning Outcomes:

256 Page
After completion of this unit student will
• Understand the meaning of Marketing Ethics
• Analyze Differentiate between Technical ethics and professional ethics
• Know about the ethical value system
• Understand the Code and culture

UNIT-III

ROLE OF CORPORATE CULTURE IN BUSINESS

Meaning – Functions – Impact of corporate culture – cross cultural issues in ethics,Emotional Honesty – Vir
ue of humility – Promote happiness – karma yoga – proactive – flexibility and purity of mind. The Ethic
Value System – Universalism, Utilitarianism, Distributive Justice, Social Contracts, Individual Freedom o
Choice, Professional Codes; Culture and Ethics – Ethical Values in different Cultures, Culture and Individu
Ethics.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the corporate culture in business
• Analyze Ethical Value System Know about the ethical value system
• Know Universalism, Utilitarianism, Distributive Justice
• Differentiate Ethical Values in different Cultures

UNIT- IV
Law and Ethics – Relationship between Law and Ethics, Other Bodies in enforcing Ethical Business
Behavior, Impact of Laws on Business Ethics; Social Responsibilities of Business – Environmental
Protection, Fair Trade Practices, Fulfilling all National obligations under various Laws, Safeguarding
Health and wellbeing of Customers.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand Law and Ethics
• Analyze Social Responsibilities of Business
• Know Environmental Protection and Fair Trade Practices
• Implementing National Safeguarding Health and wellbeing of Customers

UNIT –V

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Meaning – scope - Issues, need, corporate governance code, transparency & disclosure, role of
auditors, board of directors and shareholders; Global issues of governance, accounting and
regulatory frame work, corporate scams, committees in India and abroad, corporate social
responsibility composition of BODs - Cadbury Committee - various committees - reports
on corporate governance - Benefits and Limitations
of Corporate Governance with living examples.

257 Page
Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand corporate governance code
• Analyze role of auditors, board of directors and shareholders
• Know accounting and regulatory frame work
• Implementing corporate social responsibility

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand business ethics and ethical practices in management.
• Understand the role of ethics in management
• Apply the knowledge in cross cultural ethics
• Analyze law and ethics
• Evaluate corporate governance

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Murthy CSV: “Business Ethics and Corporate Governance”, HPH

2. Bholananth Dutta, S.K. Podder – “Corporation Governance”, VBH.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Dr. K. Nirmala, KarunakaraReaddy : “Business Ethics and Corporate Governance”, HP

H
2. H.R.Machiraju: “Corporate Governance”
3. K. Venkataramana, “Corporate Governance”, SHBP.
4. N.M.Khandelwal : “Indian Ethos and Values for Managers”

258 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52602d) ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING

Course Objectives :

The objectives of this course are

• To provide a contemporary and forward-looking on the theory and practice of
• Enterprise Resource Planning
• To enable the students in knowing the Advantages of ERP
• To train the students to develop the basic understanding of how ERP enriches
the
• Business organizations in achieving a multidimensional growth.
• Impart knowledge about the historical background of BPR
• To aim at preparing the students, technologically competitive and make them
ready to self-upgrade with the higher technical skills.

Syllabus

UNIT-I

Introduction to ERP: Enterprise – An Overview Integrated Management Information,

Business Modeling, Integrated Data Model Business Processing Reengineering(BPR), Data
Warehousing, Data Mining, On-line Analytical Processing(OLAP), Supply Chain Management
(SCM), Customer Relationship Management(CRM),

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of ERP
• Explain various Business modeling
• Know the contemporary technology like SCM, CRM
• Understand the OLAP

UNIT-II

Benefits of ERP: Reduction of Lead-Time, On-time Shipment, Reduction in Cycle Time,

Improved Resource Utilization, Better Customer Satisfaction, Improved Supplier Performance,
Increased Flexibility, Reduced Quality Costs, Improved Information Accuracy and Design-
making Capability

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

259 Page
 • Understand the Advantages of ERP
• Explain the challenges associated with ERP System
• Analyze better customer satisfaction
• Differentiate Improved Information Accuracy and Design-making Capability

UNIT-III
ERP Implementation Lifecycle: Pre-evaluation Screening, Package Evaluation, Project
Planning Phase, Gap Analysis, Reengineering, Configuration, Implementation Team Training,
Testing, Going Live, End-user Training, Post-implementation (Maintenance mode)

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the implementation of ERP life cycle
• Explain the challenges associated with implementing ERP system
• Analyze the need of re-engineering
• Know the recent trends in team training testing and go-live

UNIT-IV
BPR: Historical background: Nature, significance and rationale of business process
reengineering (BPR), Fundamentals of BPR. Major issues in process redesign: Business vision
and process objectives, Processes to be redesigned, Measuring existing processes,

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the business process reengineering
• Explain the challenges associated with BPR
• Analyze the need of process redesign
• Differentiate between process to be redesign and measuring existing process

UNIT-V

IT in ERP: Role of information technology (IT) and identifying IT levers. Designing and
building a prototype of the new process: BPR phases, Relationship between BPR phases. MIS -
Management Information System, DSS - Decision Support System, EIS - Executive Information
System.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the role of IT
• Explain the challenges in Designing and building a prototype of the new process
• Analyze the need of MIS

260 Page
 • Differentiate between DSS and EIS

Course outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand the basic use of ERP Package and its role in integrating business
functions.
• Explain the challenges of ERP system in the organization
• Apply the knowledge in implementing ERP system for business
• Evaluate the role of IT in taking decisions with MIS
• Create reengineered business processes with process redesign

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Pankaj Sharma. “Enterprise Resource Planning”. Aph Publishing Corporation, New
Delhi, 2004.
2. Alexis Leon, “Enterprise Resource Planning”, IV Edition, Mc.Graw Hill, 2019

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Marianne Bradford “Modern ERP”, 3rd edition.

2. “ERP making it happen Thomas f. Wallace and Michael
3. Directing the ERP Implementation Michael w pelphrey

261 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52602e) SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Course Objectives :

The objectives of this course are

• To provide Knowledge on logistics and supply chain management
• To enable them in designing the distribution network
• To train the students in knowing the supply chain Analysis
• Impart knowledge on Dimensions of logistic
• To know the recent trends in supply chain management

Syllabus

UNIT-1

Introduction to Supply Chain Management

Supply chain - objectives - importance - decision phases - process view -competitive and
supply chain strategies - achieving strategic fit – supply chain drivers - obstacles – framework
- facilities -inventory-transportation-information-sourcing-pricing.

Learing Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the meaning and objectives of supply chain management
• Explain supply chain drivers
• Know the steps involved in SCM frame work
• Understand transportation information and pricing

UNIT-2

Designing the distribution network

Role of distribution - factors influencing distribution - design options - e-business and its impact
– distribution networks in practice –network design in the supply chain - role of network -factors
affecting the network design decisions modeling for supply chain. Role of transportation - modes
and their performance – transportation infrastructure and policies - design options and their
trade-offs tailored transportation.

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the different distribution network

262 Page
 • Explain the factors influencing network design in the supply chain
• Know the Role of transportation
• Analyze design options and their trade-offs

UNIT-3

Supply Chain Analysis.

Sourcing - In-house or Outsource - 3rd and 4th PLs - supplier scoring and assessment, selection
- design collaboration - Procurement process - Sourcing planning and analysis. Pricing and
revenue management for multiple customers, perishable products, seasonal demand, bulk and
spot contracts.

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of supply chain Analysis
• Explain design collaboration
• Know procurement process -sourcing planning and analysis
• Understand seasonal demand, bulk and spot contracts

UNIT-4

Dimensions of Logistics
A macro and micro dimension - logistics interfaces with other areas - approach to analyzing
logistics systems - logistics and systems analysis - techniques of logistics system analysis -
factors affecting the cost and importance of logistics. Demand Management and Customer
Service Outbound to customer logistics systems - Demand Management –Traditional
Forecasting - CPFRP - customer service - expected cost of stock outs - channels of distribution.

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand dimensions of logistics
• Explain logistics interfaces with other areas
• Know techniques of logistics system analysis
• Understand Demand Management

UNIT-5
Recent Trends in Supply Chain Management-Introduction, New Developments in Supply
Chain Management, Outsourcing Supply Chain Operations, Co-Maker ship, The Role of E-
Commerce in Supply Chain Management, Green Supply Chain Management, Distribution
Resource Planning, World Class Supply Chain Management

Learning Outcomes:-

263 Page
After completion of this unit student will
• Understand the recent trend in supply chain management
• Explain The Role of E-Commerce in Supply Management
• Know Green Supply Chain Management
• Understand Distribution Resource Planning

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand the strategic role of logistic and supply chain management in the cost
reduction and offering best service to the customer
• Understand Advantages of SCM in business
• Apply the knowledge of supply chain Analysis
• Analyze reengineered business processes for successful SCM implementation
• Evaluate Recent trend in supply chain management

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl, Supply Chain Management – “Strategy, Planning and
Operation”, 3rd Edition, Pearson/PHI, 2007.
2. Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. A Logistic approach to Supply Chain Management – Coyle, Bardi, Longley, Cengage

Learning, 1/e
2. Donald J Bowersox, Dand J Closs, M Bixby Coluper, “Supply Chain Logistics
Management”, 2nd edition, TMH, 2008.
3. Wisner, Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan, “Principles of Supply Chain Management
A Balanced Approach”, Cengage Learning, 1/e
4. David Simchi-Levi et al, “Designing and Managing the Supply Chain” – Concepts

264 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – III-II L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(19A05602P) BIG DATA ANALYTICS LABORATORY

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

1. Get familiar with Hadoop distributions, configuring Hadoop and performing File
management tasks
2. Experiment MapReduce in Hadoop frameworks
3. Implement MapReduce programs in variety applications
4. Explore MapReduce support for debugging
5. Understand different approaches for building Hadoop MapReduce programs for real-
time applications

Experiments:

1. Install Apache Hadoop

2. Develop a MapReduce program to calculate the frequency of a given word in agiven file.

3. Develop a MapReduce program to find the maximum temperature in each year.

4. Develop a MapReduce program to find the grades of student’s.

5. Develop a MapReduce program to implement Matrix Multiplication.

6. Develop a MapReduce to find the maximum electrical consumption in each year given
electrical consumption for each month in each year.

7. Develop a MapReduce to analyze weather data set and print whether the day is shinny or cool
day.

8. Develop a MapReduce program to find the number of products sold in each country by
considering sales data containing fields like

Tranctio Pro Pri Payment Na Ci St Cou Account_ Last_ Latit Longi

n_Date duct ce _Type me ty ate ntry Created Login ude tude

265 Page
9. Develop a MapReduce program to find the tags associated with each movie by analyzing
movie lens data.

10. XYZ.com is an online music website where users listen to various tracks, the data gets
collected which is given below.

The data is coming in log files and looks like as shown below.

UserId | TrackId | Shared | Radio | Skip

111115 | 222 | 0 | 1 | 0
111113 | 225 | 1 | 0 | 0
111117 | 223 | 0 | 1 | 1
111115 | 225 | 1 | 0 | 0

Write a MapReduce program to get the following

• Number of unique listeners
• Number of times the track was shared with others
• Number of times the track was listened to on the radio
• Number of times the track was listened to in total
• Number of times the track was skipped on the radio

11. Develop a MapReduce program to find the frequency of books published eachyear and find
in which year maximum number of books were published usingthe following data.

Title Author Published Author Language No of pages

year country

12. Develop a MapReduce program to analyze Titanic ship data and to find the average age of
the people (both male and female) who died in the tragedy. How many persons are survived in
each class.

The titanic data will be..

Column 1 :PassengerI d Column 2 : Survived (survived=0 &died=1)
Column 3 :Pclass Column 4 : Name
Column 5 : Sex Column 6 : Age
Column 7 :SibSp Column 8 :Parch
Column 9 : Ticket Column 10 : Fare
Column 11 :Cabin Column 12 : Embarked

13. Develop a MapReduce program to analyze Uber data set to find the days on which each
basement has more trips using the following dataset.

The Uber dataset consists of four columns they are

266 Page
 dispatching_base_number date active_vehicles trips

14. Develop a program to calculate the maximum recorded temperature by yearwise for the
weather dataset in Pig Latin

15. Write queries to sort and aggregate the data in a table using HiveQL.

16. Develop a Java application to find the maximum temperature using Spark.
Text Books:

1. Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide” Fourth Edition, O’reilly Media, 2015.

Reference Books:

1. Glenn J. Myatt, Making Sense of Data , John Wiley & Sons, 2007 Pete Warden, Big Data
Glossary, O’Reilly, 2011.
2. Michael Berthold, David J.Hand, Intelligent Data Analysis, Spingers, 2007.
3. Chris Eaton, Dirk DeRoos, Tom Deutsch, George Lapis, Paul Zikopoulos, Uderstanding Big
Data : Analytics for Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming Data, McGrawHill Publishing,
2012.
4. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David UIIman, Mining of Massive Datasets Cambridge
University Press, 2012.

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

1. Configure Hadoop and perform File Management Tasks (L2)

2. Apply MapReduce programs to real time issues like word count, weather dataset and
sales of a company (L3)
3. Critically analyze huge data set using Hadoop distributed file systems and MapReduce
(L5)
4. Apply different data processing tools like Pig, Hive and Spark.(L6)

267 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A52601P) ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS LAB

Course Objectives

• Students will be exposed to a variety of self instructional, learner friendly modes of

language learning
• Students will cultivate the habit of reading passages from the computer monitor. Thus
providing them with the required facility to face computer based competitive exams like
gre, toefl, and gmat etc.
• Students will learn better pronunciation through stress, intonation and rhythm
• Students will be trained to use language effectively to face interviews, group discussions,
public speaking
• Students will be initiated into greater use of the computer in resume preparation, report
writing, format making etc

UNIT -I

1. Phonetics for listening comprehension of various accents - 2

2. Formal Presentations using PPT slides without Graphic Elements
3. Paraphrasing

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Understand different accents spoken by native speakers of English
• Make formal structured presentations on general topics using PPT slides without
graphical elements
• Paraphrase short academic texts using suitable strategies and conventions

UNIT -II

1. Debate – 2 (Following Argument)

2. Listening to short speeches/ short stories for note-making and summarizing
3. E-mail Writing

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Participate in formal discussions and speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable
discourse markers
• Make formal structured presentations on academic topics using ppt slides with relevant
graphical elements

268 Page
 • Write formal emails in the standard format

UNIT -III

1. Listening for Discussions

2. Group Discussions
3. Writing Persuasive/argumentative essays on general topics

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Follow a discussion to identify the salient points
• Participate in group discussions using appropriate conventions and language strategies
• Produce logically coherent persuasive/argumentative essays

UNIT-IV
1. Reviewing film/ book
2. Group Discussions – reaching consensus in Group Work
3. Resume Writing – Cover Letter – Applying for Internship

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Judge a film or book
• Express thoughts and ideas with acceptable accuracy and fluency with a view to reach
consensus in group discussions
• Prepare a cv and write a cover letter to seek internship/ job

UNIT –V

1. Writing Project Reports

2. Editing Short Texts
3. Answering FAQs in Interviews

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

• Collaborate with a partner to make effective presentations
• Understand the structure and produce an effective project report.
• Edit short texts according to different needs of the work place.

Course Outcomes

• Remember and understand the different aspects of the English language proficiency
with emphasis on LSRW skills
• Apply communication skills through various language learning activities

269 Page
 • Analyze the English speech sounds, stress, rhythm, intonation and syllable division
for better listening and speaking comprehension.
• Evaluate and exhibit acceptable etiquette essential in social and professional settings
• Create awareness on mother tongue influence and neutralize it in order to improve
fluency in spoken English.

SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:

1. Walden Infotech English Language Communication Skills.

2. iTell- Orell Digital Language Lab
3. Digital Teacher
4. LES(Learn English Select) by British council
5. TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)
6. DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skills Practice.
7. Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dreamtech
8. English Pronunciation in Use (Elementary, Intermediate, Advanced) CUP
9. Cambridge Advanced Learners’ English Dictionary with CD.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.

1. Meenakshi Raman &Sangeeta Sharma, “Technical Communication” O U Press 2009.

2. Barron’s Books on TOEFL/GRE/GMAT/CAT/IELTS /DELTA/Cambridge University
Press.2012.
3. Butterfield Jeff, “Soft Skills for Everyone”, Cengage Publications, 2011.
4. “Practice Psychometric Tests”: How to familiarize yourself with genuine recruitment tests,
2012.
5. David A McMurrey& Joanne Buckely “Handbook for Technical Writing” CENGAGE
Learning 2008.
6. “A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students”, 2nd Edition, T.Balasubramanyam.
(Macmillan), 2012.
7. “A Handbook for English Laboratories”, E. Suresh Kumar, P. Sreehari, Foundation Books,
2011

Note: Links provided by APSHE on LSRW, grammar and vocabulary

270 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 0
(19A99601) MANDATORY COURSE: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

COURSE OBJECTIVES :

The objective of this course is

• To understand the basic concepts of research and research problem
• To make the students learn about various types of data collection and
sampling design
• To enable them to know the method of statistical evaluation
• To make the students understand various testing tools in research
• To make the student learn how to write a research report
• To create awareness on ethical issues n research

Syllabus
UNIT- I

Meaning of Research – Objectives of Research – Types of Research – Research Approaches –

Guidelines for Selecting and Defining a Research Problem – Research Design – Concepts
related to Research Design – Basic Principles of Experimental Design.

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of research and its process
• Explain various types of research
• Know the steps involved in research design
• Understand the different research approaches

UNIT -II

Sampling Design – steps in Sampling Design –Characteristics of a Good Sample Design –

Random Sampling Design. Measurement and Scaling Techniques-Errors in Measurement –
Tests of Sound Measurement – Scaling and Scale Construction Techniques – Time Series
Analysis – Interpolation and Extrapolation. Data Collection Methods – Primary Data –
Secondary data – Questionnaire Survey and Interviews.

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

271 Page
 • Understand the concept of sampling and sampling design
• Explain various techniques in measurement and scaling
• Learn various methods of data collection
• Design survey questionnaires for different kinds of research
• Analyze the questionnaires

UNIT- III

Correlation and Regression Analysis – Method of Least Squares – Regression vs Correlation –

Correlation vs Determination – Types of Correlations and Their Applications

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Know the association of two variables
• Understand the importance of correlation and regression
• Compare and contrast correlation and regression
• Learn various types of correlation
• Apply the knowledge of C&R Analysis to get the results

UNIT -IV

Statistical Inference: Tests of Hypothesis – Parametric vs Non-parametric Tests – Hypothesis

Testing Procedure – Sampling Theory – Sampling Distribution – Chi-square Test – Analysis of
variance and Co-variance – Multivariate Analysis

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Know the statistical inference
• Understand the hypothesis testing procedure
• Compare and contrast Parametric and Non-parametric Tests
• Understand the use of chi-square test in investigating the distribution of categorical
variables
• Analyze the significance of variance and covariance

UNIT -V
Report Writing and Professional Ethics: Interpretation of Data – Report Writing – Layout of a
Research Paper – Techniques of Interpretation- Making Scientific Presentations in Conferences
and Seminars – Professional Ethics in Research.

Learning Outcomes:-

After completion of this unit student will

• Learn about report writing

272 Page
 • Understand how to write research paper
• Explain various techniques of interpretation
• Understand the importance of professional ethics in research
• Design a scientific paper to present in the conferences/seminars

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand basic concepts and its methodologies
• Demonstrate the knowledge of research processes
• Read. comprehend and explain research articles in their academic discipline
• Analyze various types of testing tools used in research
• Design a research paper without any ethical issues

Text books:
1. C.R.Kothari, “Research Methodology:Methods and Techniques”,2nd edition, New Age
International Publishers.
2. A Step by Step Guide for Beginners, “Research Methodology”: Ranjit Kumar, Sage
Publications

REFERENCES:

1. P.Narayana Reddy and G.V.R.K.Acharyulu, “Research Methodology and Statistical

Tools”, 1st Edition, Excel Books,New Delhi.
2. Donald R. “Business Research Methods”, Cooper & Pamela S Schindler, 9th edition.
3. S C Gupta, “Fundamentals of Statistics”, 7th edition Himalaya Publications.

273 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
2 1 0 3
(19A05701T) INTERNET OF THINGS

(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Introduce the fundamental concepts of IoT and physical computing

• Expose the student to a variety of embedded boards and IoT Platforms
• Create a basic understanding of the communication protocols in IoT communications.
• Familiarize the student with application program interfaces for IoT.
• Enable students to create simple IoT applications.

UNIT I

Overview of IoT:

The Internet of Things: An Overview, The Flavour of the Internet of Things, The “Internet” of
“Things”, The Technology of the Internet of Things, Enchanted Objects, Who is Making the
Internet of Things?

Design Principles for Connected Devices: Calm and Ambient Technology, Privacy, Web
Thinking for Connected Devices, Affordances.

Prototyping: Sketching, Familiarity, Costs Vs Ease of Prototyping, Prototypes and Production,

Open source Vs Close source, Tapping into the community.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Explain IoT architecture. [L2]

• Interpret the design principles that govern connected devices [L2]
• Summarize the roles of various organizations for IoT [L2]
• Interpret the significance of Prototyping [L2]

UNIT II

Embedded Devices:

Electronics, Embedded Computing Basics, Arduino, Raspberry Pi, Mobile phones and tablets,
Plug Computing: Always-on Internet of Things

Learning Outcomes:

274 Page
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Explain the basics of microcontrollers [L2]

• Outline the architecture of Arduino [L2]
• Develop simple applications using Arduino [L3]
• Outline the architecture of Raspberry Pi [L2]
• Develop simple applications using Raspberry Pi [L3]
• Select a platform for a particular embedded computing application [L3]

UNIT III

Communication in the IoT:

Internet Communications: An Overview, IP Addresses, MAC Addresses, TCP and UDP Ports,
Application Layer Protocols

Prototyping Online Components:

Getting Started with an API, Writing a New API, Real-Time Reactions, Other Protocols Protocol

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Interpret different protocols and compare them [L2]

• Select which protocol can be used for a specific application [L3]
• Utilize the Internet communication protocols for IoT applications [L3]
• Select IoT APIs for an application [L3]
• Design and develop a solution for a given application using APIs [L6]
• Test for errors in the application [L4]

UNIT IV

Business Models: A short history of business models, The business model canvas, Who is the
business model for, Models, Funding an Internet of Things startup, Lean Startups.

Manufacturing: What are you producing, Designing kits, Designing printed circuit boards.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Plan the business model [L6]

• Predict the market value [L6]
• Build the product [L6]

UNIT V

275 Page
Manufacturing continued: Manufacturing printed circuit boards, Mass-producing the case and
other fixtures, Certification, Costs, Scaling up software.

Ethics: Characterizing the Internet of Things, Privacy, Control, Environment, Solutions.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Outline the manufacturing techniques [L2]

• Adapt the Ethics of the IoT[L6]

Course outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Choose the sensors and actuators for an IoT application (L1)
• Select protocols for a specific IoT application (L2)
• Utilize the cloud platform and APIs for IoT applications (L3)
• Experiment with embedded boards for creating IoT prototypes (L3)
• Design a solution for a given IoT application (L6)

Text Book:

1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally - Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley

Publications, 2012
Reference Books:

1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach,

Universities Press, 2014.
2. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C.
Raman, CRC Press.

Reference sites:

1. https://www.arduino.cc/
2. https://www.raspberrypi.org/

276 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
2 1 0 3
(19A05702T) SOFTWARE TESTING
(Common to CSE & IT)

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Acquire knowledge on distinct types of testing methodologies..
• Describe the principles and procedures for designing test cases.
• Understand the stages of testing from Development to acceptance testing

UNIT I
Introduction: Purpose of Testing, Dichotomies, Model for Testing, Consequences of Bugs,
Taxonomy of Bugs.
Flow graphs and Path testing: Basics Concepts of Path Testing, Predicates, Path Predicates
and Achievable Paths, Path Sensitizing, Path Instrumentation, Application of Path Testing.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Explain the purpose of Testing. (L2)
• Interpret the need of testing (L2)
• Classify different types of Bugs. (L4)

UNIT II
Transaction Flow Testing: Transaction Flows, Transaction Flow Testing Techniques.
Dataflow testing: Basics of Dataflow Testing, Strategies in Dataflow Testing, Application of
Dataflow Testing.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Apply data flow testing (L3)
• Design Transaction flow testing (L6)
• Outline the strategies of dataflow testing. (L2)
• List the applications of dataflow testing. (L1)

UNIT III
Domain Testing: Domains and Paths, Nice & Ugly Domains, Domain testing, Domains
and Interfaces Testing, Domain and Interface Testing, Domains and Testability.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Apply testing in various domains. (L3)

277 Page
UNIT IV
Paths, Path products and Regular expressions: Path Products & Path Expression,
Reduction Procedure, Applications, Regular Expressions & Flow Anomaly Detection.
Logic Based Testing: Overview, Decision Tables, Path Expressions, KV Charts,
Specifications.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Analyze the paths in testing.(L4)
• Design testing for checking the logic (L6)

UNIT V:
State, State Graphs and Transition Testing: State Graphs, Good & Bad State
Graphs, State Testing, Testability Tips.
Graph Matrices and Application: Motivational Overview, Matrix of Graph, Relations,
Power of a Matrix, Node Reduction Algorithm, Building Tools.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the unit, students will be able to:
• Use state graphs for testing. (L3)
• Create algorithms for node reduction (L6)

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Choose Test cases that are geared to discover the program defects (L5)
• Design test cases before writing code and run these tests automatically (L6)
• Formulate test cases for testing different programming constructs .(L6)
• Test the applications using different testing methods and automation tools.(L3)

Text Books:

1. Boris Beizer, “Software testing techniques”, Dreamtech, second edition, 2002.

Reference Books :

1. Brian Marick, “The craft of software testing”, Pearson Education.

2. Yogesh Singh, “Software Testing”, Camebridge
3. P.C. Jorgensen, “Software Testing” 3rd edition, Aurbach Publications (Dist.by
SPD).
4. N.Chauhan, “Software Testing”, Oxford University Press.
5. P.Ammann&J.Offutt, “Introduction to Software Testing” , Cambridge Univ.
Press.
6. Perry, “Effective methods of Software Testing”, John Wiley, 2nd Edition, 1999.

278 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05703a) CLOUD COMPUTING
(Professional Elective-III)
Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Define cloud services and models
• Demonstrate design the architecture for new cloud application.
• Explain how to re-architect the existing application for the cloud.
Unit-I: Introduction to Cloud Computing, Characteristics of Cloud Computing, Cloud Models,
Cloud Services Examples, Cloud based services and Applications, Cloud Concepts and
Technologies, Virtualization, Load Balancing, Scalability and Elasticity, Deployment,
Replication, Monitoring, Software defined networking, Network function virtualization, Map
Reduce, Identity and Access Management, Service Level Agreements, Billing.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Outline the Cloud characteristics and models.(L2)
• Classify different models, different technologies in cloud.(L2)

Unit-II: Cloud Services and Platforms: Compute Services, Storage Services, Database Services,
Application Services, Content Delivery Services, Analytics Services, Deployment and
Management Services, Identity and Access Management Services, Open Source Private Cloud
Software, Apache Hadoop, Hadoop MapReduce Job Execution, Hadoop Schedulers, Hadoop
Cluster Setup.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Summarize the Services and Platform of cloud.(L2)
• Demonstrate Hadoop Cluster Setup. (L2)
Unit-III:Cloud Application Design: Design Considerations, Reference Architectures, Cloud
Application Design Methodologies, Data Storage Approaches,

Multimedia Cloud: Introduction, Case Study: Live Video Streaming App, Streaming Protocols,
Case Study: Video Transcoding APP.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Design and build cloud applications.(L6)
• Describe the multimedia cloud. (L2)

279 Page
Unit-IV: Python for Amazon Web Services, Python for Google Cloud Platform, Python for
Windows Azure, Python for MapReduce, Python Packages of Interest, Python Web Application
Framework – Django, Designing a RESTful Web API.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Select different cloud services from different vendors (L2)
• Utilize Python language to access cloud services (L3)

Unit-V: Cloud Application Development in Python, Design Approaches, Image Processing

APP, Document Storage App, MapReduce App, Social Media Analytics App, Cloud
Application Benchmarking and Tuning, Cloud Security, Cloud Computing for Education.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, students will be able to:

• Investigate different Cloud applications. (L4)
• Design cloud applications using Python. (L6)

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Outline the procedure for Cloud deployment (L2)

• Distinguish different cloud service models and deployment models (L4)
• Compare different cloud services. (L5)
• Design applications for an organization which use cloud environment. ( L6)
Textbooks:

1. Arshadeep Bhaga, Vijay Madisetti, “Cloud Computing A Handson Approach”,

Universities Press, 2018.
References:

1. Chris Hay, Brian Prince, “Azure in Action” Manning Publications [ISBN:

9781935182481],2010.
2. Henry Li, “Introducing Windows Azure” Apress; 1 edition [ISBN: 978-14302-2469-
3],2009.
3. Eugenio Pace, Dominic Betts, Scott Densmore, Ryan Dunn, Masashi Narumoto,
MatiasWoloski, “Developing Applications for the Cloud on the Microsoft Windows
Azure Platform” Microsoft Press; 1 edition [ISBN: 9780735656062],2010.
4. Eugene Ciurana, “Developing with Google App Engine” Apress; 1 edition [ISBN: 978-
1430218319],2009.
5. Charles Severance, “Using Google App Engine” O'Reilly Media; 1 edition, [ISBN: 978-
0596800697], 2009.

280 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05703b) NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
Professional Elective - III

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Explain and apply fundamental algorithms and techniques in the area of natural language
processing (NLP)
• Discuss approaches to syntax and semantics in NLP.
• Examine current methods for statistical approaches to machine translation.
• Explore machine learning techniques used in NLP.

UNIT I:
Introduction to Natural language
The Study of Language, Applications of NLP, Evaluating Language Understanding Systems,
Different Levels of Language Analysis, Representations and Understanding, Organization of
Natural language Understanding Systems, Linguistic Background: An outline of English Syntax.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Classify various NLP Applications (L2)
• Apply the logic by using Python Programming(L3)
• List the AI Languages (L1)
• Outline the Linguistic Background (L2)

Unit II: Grammars and Parsing

Grammars and Parsing- Top- Down and Bottom-Up Parsers, Transition Network Grammars,
Feature Systems and Augmented Grammars, Morphological Analysis and the Lexicon, Parsing
with Features, Augmented Transition Networks, Bayees Rule, Shannon game, Entropy and
Cross Entropy.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Demonstrate the Top- Down and Bottom-Up Parsing techniques (L2)
• Apply Bayes Rule, Shannon game, Entropy and Cross Entropy. (L3).
• Develop game playing strategies using Shannon game. (L3)

281 Page
UNIT III: Grammars for Natural Language
Grammars for Natural Language, Movement Phenomenon in Language, Handling questions in
Context Free Grammars, Hold Mechanisms in ATNs, Gap Threading, Human Preferences in
Parsing, Shift Reduce Parsers, Deterministic Parsers.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Classify Grammars for Natural Language (L2)
• Explain Hold Mechanisms in ATNs. (L2)
• Explain Human Preferences in Parsing. (L2)

UNIT IV:
Semantic Interpretation
Semantic & Logical form, Word senses & ambiguity, The basic logical form language, Encoding
ambiguity in the logical Form, Verbs & States in logical form, Thematic roles, Speech acts &
embedded sentences, Defining semantics structure model theory.
Language Modeling
Introduction, n-Gram Models, Language model Evaluation, Parameter Estimation, Language
Model Adaption, Types of Language Models, Language-Specific Modeling Problems,
Multilingual and Crosslingual Language Modeling.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Distinguish Language model Evaluation (L4)
• List the types of Language Models (L1)

UNIT V:
Machine Translation
Survey: Introduction, Problems of Machine Translation, Is Machine Translation Possible, Brief
History, Possible Approaches, Current Status. Anusaraka or Language Accessor: Background,
Cutting the Gordian Knot, The Problem, Structure of Anusaraka System, User Interface,
Linguistic Area, Giving up Agreement in Anusarsaka Output, Language Bridges.

Multilingual Information Retrieval

Introduction, Document Preprocessing, Monolingual Information Retrieval, CLIR, MLIR,
Evaluation in Information Retrieval, Tools, Software and Resources.
Multilingual Automatic Summarization
Introduction, Approaches to Summarization, Evaluation, How to Build a Summarizer,
Competitions and Datasets.

282 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Apply Machine Translation techniques. (L3)
• Elaborate Multilingual Information Retrieval and Multilingual Automatic
Summarization. (L6)

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Build NLP applications using Python. (L6)

• Apply various Parsing techniques, Bayes Rule, Shannon game, Entropy and Cross
Entropy. (L3)
• Explain the fundamentals of CFG and parsers and mechanisms in ATN’s. (L2)
• Apply Semantic Interpretation and Language Modeling..(L3)
• Interpret Machine Translation and multilingual Information Retrieval systems and
Automatic Summarization.(L2)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. James Allen, Natural Language Understanding, 2nd Edition, 2003, Pearson Education.
2. Multilingual Natural Language Processing Applications : From Theory To Practice-
Daniel M.Bikel and Imed Zitouni, Pearson Publications.
3. Natural Language Processing, A paninian perspective, Akshar Bharathi,Vineet
chaitanya,Prentice –Hall of India.

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Charniack, Eugene, Statistical Language Learning, MIT Press, 1993.
2. Jurafsky, Dan and Martin, James, Speech and Language Processing, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2008.
3. Manning, Christopher and Henrich, Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natural
Language Processing, MIT Press, 1999.

283 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05703c) AGILE METHODOLOGIES
Professional Elective - III
Course Objectives:

This course is designed to:

• Master the art of agile development.

• Understand how an iterative, incremental development process leads to faster
delivery of more useful software.
• Elucidate the essence of agile development methods
• Explain the principles and practices of extreme programming

UNIT I:

Why Agile? , How to be Agile, Understanding XP, Values and Principles, Improve the Process,
Eliminate Waste, Deliver Value.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Appraise the importance of Agile and the philosophy behind being Agile (L5)
• Interpret the questions that helps to eliminate waste from the process and increase one’s
agility (L2)

UNIT II:

Practicing XP-Thinking, Pair Programming, Energized Work, Informative Workspace,

RootCause Analysis, Retrospectives, Collaborating, Sit Together, Real Customer Involvement,
Ubiquitous Language, Stand-Up Meetings, Coding Standards, Iteration Demo, Reporting.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Apply practices to excel as mindful developers (L3)

• Illustrate the eight practices to help a team and its stakeholders collaborate efficiently
and effectively (L2)

UNIT III:

Releasing-Done Done, No Bugs, Version Control, Ten-Minute Build, Continuous Integration,

Collective Code Ownership, Documentation.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

284 Page
 • Examine pushing software into production (L4)
• Explain the importance of documentation in ensuring the long-term maintainability of
the product at appropriate times. (L2)

UNIT IV:

Planning-Vision, Release Planning, Risk Management, Iteration Planning, Stories, Estimating.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• List the eight practices that allows to control the chaos of endless possibility (L1)

UNIT V:

Developing-Incremental Requirements, Customer Tests, Test- Driven Development,

Refactoring, Incremental Design and Architecture, Spike Solutions, Performance Optimization.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Outline the practices that keep the code clean and allow the entire team to contribute to
development. (L2)

Course outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Adopt Extreme Programming (L1)

• Create own agile method by customizing XP to a particular situation(L6)
Text Books:

1. James Shore and Shane Warden, “ The Art of Agile Development”, O’REILLY, 2007.

References:

1. Robert C. Martin, “Agile Software Development, Principles, Patterns, and Practices” , PHI,
2002.
2. Angel Medinilla, “Agile Management: Leadership in an Agile Environment”, Springer, 2012.
3. Bhuvan Unhelkar, “The Art of Agile Practice: A Composite Approach for Projects and
Organizations”, CRC Press.
4. Jim Highsmith, “Agile Project Management”, Pearson education, 2004.

285 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01704a) AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL
OPEN ELECTIVE-III

Course Objectives:

• To identify the sources of air pollution

• To know the composition and structure of atmosphere
• To know the pollutants dispersion models
• To understand the working of air pollution control equipments
• To identify the sources of noise pollution and their controlling methods

UNIT I

Introduction: sources, effects on – ecosystems, characterization of atmospheric pollutants, air

pollution episodes of environmental importance. Indoor Air Pollution– sources, effects.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To understand the character of atmospheric pollutants and their effects

UNIT II

Meteorology - composition and structure of the atmosphere, wind circulation, solar radiation,
lapse rates, atmospheric stability conditions, wind velocity profile, Maximum Mixing Depth
(MMD), Temperature Inversions, Wind rose diagram.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Understand the composition and structure and structure of atmosphere

• To understand the maximum mixing depth and windrose diagram

UNIT III

General characteristics of stack emissions, plume behaviour, heat island effect. Pollutants
dispersion models – description and application of point, line and areal sources. Monitoring of
particulate matter and gaseous pollutants –respirable, non-respirable and nano - particulate
matter. CO, CO2, Hydrocarbons (HC), SOX and NOX, photochemical oxidants.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

286 Page
 • To know about the general characteristics of stack emissions and their behavior
• To understand the monitoring of particulate matter and gaseous pollutants

UNIT IV

Air Pollution Control equipment for particulate matter & gaseous pollutants– gravity settling
chambers, centrifugal collectors, wet collectors, fabric filters, electrostatic precipitator (ESP). –
Adsorption, Absorption, Scrubbers, Condensation and Combustion.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the various air pollution control equipments

UNIT V

Noise - sources, measurements, effects and occupational hazards. Standards, Noise mapping,
Noise attenuation equations and methods, prediction equations, control measures, Legal aspects
of noise.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the noise sources, mapping, prediction equations etc.,

Course Outcomes:
Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
● Identify the sources of air pollution
● Understand the composition and structure and structure of atmosphere.
● Know about the general characteristics of stack emissions and their behavior
● Know about the general characteristics of stake emission and their behavior
● Know about the noise sources, mapping, prediction equations etc.,

REFERENCES:

1. WarkK ., Warner C.F., and Davis W.T., “Air Pollution - Its Origin and Control”, Harper &
Row Publishers, New York.
2. Lee C.C., and Lin S.D., “Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations”, McGraw
Hill, New York.
3. Perkins H.C., “Air Pollution”, McGraw Hill.
4. Crawford M., “Air Pollution Control Theory”, TATA McGraw Hill.
5. Stern A.C., “Air Pollution”, Vol I, II, III.
6. Seinfeld N.J.,, “Air Pollution”, McGraw Hill.
7. Stern A.C. Vol. V, “Air Quality Management”.
8. M N Rao and HVN Rao, Air Pollution” Tata McGraw Hill publication

287 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01704b) BASICS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
OPEN ELECTIVE-III

Course Objectives:

• To identify the traditional materials that are used for building constructions
• To know the principles of building planning
• To know the causes of dampness in structures and its preventive measures
• To know about the low cost housing techniques
• To know the basic principles of surveying

UNIT I
Traditional materials: Stones- Types of stone masonry -Brick-types of brick masonry- lime
Cement – Timber – Seasoning of timber - their uses in building works

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To understand the characteristics of different building materials.

UNIT II

Elements of building planning- basic requirements-orientation-planning for energy efficiency-

planning based on utility-other requirements.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To understand the principles of planning in buildings

UNIT III

Dampness and its prevention: Causes of dampness- ill effects of dampness-requirements of an

ideal material for damp proofing-materials for damp proofing –methods of damp proofing.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the causes of dampness in buildings and its ill effects
• To know about the general characteristics of ideal material for damp proofing

UNIT IV

288 Page
Cost effective construction techniques in mass housing schemes: Minimum standards –
Approach to cost effective mass housing schemes- cost effective construction techniques.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the various cost effective techniques in mass housing schemes.

UNIT V

Introduction to Surveying: Object and uses of surveying- Primary divisions in surveying-

Fundamental principles of surveying- Classification of surveying-plans and maps-scales-types
of graphical scales- units and measurements

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the objects of surveying and its classification.

Course Outcomes:

Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
● Identify the traditional building materials that are used in building construction.
● Plan the buildings based on principles of planning.
● Identify the sources of dampness and its ill effects on buildings and its prevention.
● Know the cost effective construction in mass housing schemes.
● Know the importance of surveying in planning of the buildings.

Text books:

1. S.S.Bhavikatti, “Basic civil engineering”, New age international publishers.

2. S.S.Bhavikatti, “Building Construction:, Vikas Publishing house, New Delhi.
3. G.C.Sahu and Joygopal jena, “Building materials and Construction”, McGraw Hill
Education.

Reference books:

1. N.Subramanian, “Building Materials testing and sustainability”, Oxford university press.

289 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A02704a) RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS

OPEN ELECTIVE-III

Course Objectives:

At the end of the course the student will be able to

• Identify various sources of Energy and the need of Renewable Energy Systems.
• Understand the concepts of Solar Radiation, Wind energy and its applications.
• Distinguish between solar thermal and solar PV systems
• Interpret the concept of geo thermal energy and its applications.
• Understand the use of biomass energy and the concept of Ocean energy and fuel cells.

UNIT -I

Solar Energy

Solar radiation - beam and diffuse radiation, solar constant, earth sun angles, attenuation and
measurement of solar radiation, local solar time, derived solar angles, sunrise, sunset and day
length. flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors, storage of solar energy-thermal storage.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to
• To understand about solar thermal parameters
• To distinguish between flat plate and concentrated solar collectors
• To know about thermal storage requirements
• To know about measurement of solar radiation

UNIT – II

PV Energy Systems

Introduction, The PV effect in crystalline silicon basic principles, the film PV, Other PV
technologies, Electrical characteristics of silicon PV cells and modules, PV systems for remote
power, Grid connected PV systems.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Understand the concept of PV effect in crystalline silicon and their characteristics

• Understand other PV technologies
• To know about electrical characteristics of PV cells & modules
• To know about grid connected PV systems

290 Page
UNIT - III

Wind Energy

Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion systems;
wind mill components, various types and their constructional features; design considerations of
horizontal and vertical axis wind machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill
blades and estimation of power output; wind data and site selection considerations.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To understand basics of wind energy conversion and system

• To distinguish between VAWT and HAWT systems
• To understand about design considerations
• To know about site selection considerations of WECS

UNIT - IV

Geothermal Energy

Estimation and nature of geothermal energy, geothermal sources and resources like
hydrothermal, geo-pressured hot dry rock, magma. Advantages, disadvantages and application
of geothermal energy, prospects of geothermal energy in India.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Understand the Geothermal energy and its mechanism of production and its applications
• Analyze the concept of producing Geothermal energies
• To learn about disadvantages and advantages of Geo Thermal Energy Systems
• To know about various applications of GTES

UNIT -V

Miscellaneous Energy Technologies

Ocean Energy: Tidal Energy-Principle of working, performance and limitations. Wave Energy-
Principle of working, performance and limitations.
Bio mass Energy: Biomass conversion technologies, Biogas generation plants, Classification,
advantages and disadvantages, constructional details, site selection, digester design
consideration
Fuel cell: Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, performance and
limitations.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Analyze the operation of tidal energy

291 Page
 • Analyze the operation of wave energy
• Analyze the operation of bio mass energy
• Understand the principle, working and performance of fuel cell technology
• Apply these technologies to generate power for usage at remote centres

Course Outcomes:
Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:

• To distinguish between various alternate sources of energy for different suitable

application requirements
• To differentiate between solar thermal and PV system energy generation strategies
• To understand about wind energy system
• To get exposed to the basics of Geo Thermal Energy Systems
• To know about various diversified energy scenarios of ocean, biomass and fuel cells

Text Books:

1. Stephen Peake, “Renewable Energy Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford

International Edition, 2018.
2. G. D. Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, 4th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2000.

References:
1. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy”,3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd,
2008.
2. B H Khan , “ Non-Conventional Energy Resources”, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Education Pvt Ltd, 2011.
3. S. Hasan Saeed and D.K.Sharma,“Non-Conventional Energy Resources”,3rd Edition,
S.K.Kataria & Sons, 2012.
4. G. N. Tiwari and M.K.Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Resource: Basic Principles and
Applications”, Narosa Publishing House, 2004.

292 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A02704b) ELECTRIC VEHICLE ENGINEERING
OPEN ELECTIVE-III

Course Objectives:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To get exposed to new technologies of battery electric vehicles, fuel cell electric vehicles
• To get exposed to EV system configuration and parameters
• To know about electro mobility and environmental issues of EVs
• To understand about basic EV propulsion and dynamics
• To understand about fuel cell technologies for EV and HVEs
• To know about basic battery charging and control strategies used in electric vehicles

UNIT-I
Introduction to EV Systems and Parameters

Past, Present and Future EV, EV Concept, EV Technology, State-of-the Art EVs, EV
configuration, EV system, Fixed and Variable gearing, single and multiple motor drive, in-wheel
drives, EV parameters: Weight, size, force and energy, performance parameters.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about past, present and latest technologies of EV

• To understand about configurations of EV systems
• To distinguish between EV parameters and performance parameters of EV systems
• To distinguish between single and multiple motor drive EVs
• To understand about in-wheel EV

UNIT-II
EV and Energy Sources

Electro mobility and the environment, history of Electric power trains, carbon emissions from
fuels, green houses and pollutants, comparison of conventional, battery, hybrid and fuel cell
electric systems

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about various types of EV sources

• To understand about e-mobility
• To know about environmental aspects of EV

293 Page
 • To distinguish between conventional and recent technology developments in EV systems

UNIT-III
EV Propulsion and Dynamics

Choice of electric propulsion system, block diagram, concept of EV Motors, single and multi
motor configurations, fixed and variable geared transmission, In-wheel motor configuration,
classification, Electric motors used in current vehicle applications, Recent EV Motors, Vehicle
load factors, vehicle acceleration.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about what is meant by propulsion system

• To understand about single and multi motor EV configurations
• To get exposed to current and recent applications of EV
• To understand about load factors in vehicle dynamics
• To know what is meant acceleration in EV

UNIT-IV
Fuel Cells

Introduction of fuel cells, basic operation, model, voltage, power and efficiency, power plant
system – characteristics, sizing, Example of fuel cell electric vehicle.
Introduction to HEV, brake specific fuel consumption, comparison of series, series-parallel
hybrid systems, examples

Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about fuel cell technology of EV

• To know about basic operation of FCEV
• To know about characteristics and sizing of EV with suitable example
• To get exposed to concept of Hybrid Electric Vehicle using fuel cells
• To know about the comparison of various hybrid EV systems

UNIT-V
Battery Charging and Control

Battery charging: Basic requirements, charger architecture, charger functions, wireless

charging, power factor correction.
Control: Introduction, modelling of electro mechanical system, feedback controller design
approach, PI controllers designing, torque-loop, speed control loop compensation, acceleration
of battery electric vehicle

294 Page
Learning Outcomes:
After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To understand about basic requirements of battery charging and its architecture

• To know about charger functions
• To get exposed to wireless charging principle
• To understand about block diagram, modelling of electro mechanical systems of EV
• To be able to design various compensation requirements

Course Outcomes:
Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:

• To understand and differentiate between conventional and latest trends in Electric

Vehicles
• To know about various configurations in parameters of EV system
• To know about propulsion and dynamic aspects of EV
• To understand about fuel cell technologies in EV and HEV systems
• To understand about battery charging and controls required of EVs

TEXT BOOKS:

1. C.C Chan, K.T Chau: “Modern Electric Vehicle Technology”, Oxford University Press
Inc., New York 2001.
2. James Larminie, John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained”, Wiley, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Iqbal Husain,, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Design Fundamentals”, CRC Press 2005.
2. Ali Emadi, “Advanced Electric Drive Vehicles”, CRC Press, 2015.

295 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A03704a) FINITE ELEMENT METHODS
OPEN ELECTIVE-III
Course Objectives:

● Familiarize basic principles of finite element analysis procedure.

● Explain theory and characteristics of finite elements that represent engineering
structures.
● Apply finite element solutions to structural, thermal, dynamic problem.
● Learn to model complex geometry problems and solution techniques.

UNIT – I

Introduction to finite element methods for solving field problems, Stress and equilibrium,
Boundary conditions, Strain-Displacement relations, Stress- strain relations for 2D and 3D
Elastic problems.Potential energy and equilibrium, The Rayleigh-Ritz method, Formulation of
Finite Element Equations.
One dimensional problems: Finite element modeling coordinates and shape functions.
Assembly of global stiffness matrix and load vector. Finite element equations, Treatment of
boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the concept of nodes and elements.(l2)
● Understand the general steps of finite element methods.(l2)
● Understand the role and significance of shape functions in finite element formulations
(l2)
● Formulate and solve axially loaded bar problems. (l6)

UNIT - II

Analysis of trusses: Stiffness Matrix for plane truss element. Stress Calculations and
Problems.
Analysis of beams: Element Stiffness Matrix for two noded, two degrees of freedom per node
beam element and simple problems.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the use of the basic finite elements for structural applications using truss and
beam. (l2)
● Formulate and analyze truss and beam problems. (l6)

296 Page
UNIT - III

Finite element modeling of two dimensional stress analysis - constant strain triangles-
quadrilateral element-treatment of boundary conditions. Estimation of load Vector,
Stresses.Finite element modeling of Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading
with triangular elements.Two dimensional four nodedIsoparametric elements and problems.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the formulation of two – dimensional elements (Triangular and Quadrilateral
Elements). (L2)
● Apply the formulation techniques to solve two – dimensional problems using triangle
and quadrilateral elements. (L3)
● Formulate and solve axisymmetric problems.(L6)

UNIT - IV

Steady state heat transfer analysis: One dimensional analysis of slab and fin, two
dimensional analysis of thin plate.
Analysis of a uniform shaft subjected to torsion loading.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the application and use of the Finite Element Methods for heat transfer
problems. (L2)
● Formulate and solve heat transfer problems. (L6)
● Analyse the

UNIT V

Dynamic analysis: Formulation of finite element model,element –mass matrices,evaluation of

Eigen values and Eigen vectors for a stepped bar truss.
3D Problems:Finite Element formulation- Tetrahedron element-Stiffness matrix.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student will be able to

• Understand problems involving dynamics using Finite Element Methods.
● Evaluate the Eigen values and Eigen Vectors for steeped bar.
● Develop the stiffness matrix for tetrahedron element.

297 Page
Course Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of this course you should be able to

• Understand the concepts behind variational methods and weighted residual methods in
FEM.
• Identify the application and characteristics of FEA elements such as bars, beams, and
isoparametric elements, and 3-D element.
• Develop element characteristic equation procedure and generation of global stiffness
equation will be applied.
• Able to apply Suitable boundary conditions to a global structural equation, and reduce it
to a solvable form.
• Able to identify how the finite element method expands beyond the structural domain,
for problems involving dynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Chandraputla, Ashok &Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Element in Engineering”, Prentice

Hall.
2. S.S.Rao, “The Finite Element Methods in Engineering”, 2nd Edition, Elsevier Butterworth -
Heinemann 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. J N Reddy, “An introduction to the Finite Element Method”, McGraw – Hill, New York,
1993.
2. R D Cook, D S Malkus and M E Plesha, “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element
Analysis”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley, New York, 1989.
3. K J Bathe, “Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis”, Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs,1982.
4. T J R Hughes, “the Finite Element Method, Prentice”, Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1986.
5. C Zienkiewicz and R L Taylor, “the Finite Element Method”, 3rd Edition. McGraw-Hill,
1989.

298 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A03704b) PRODUCT MARKETING
OPEN ELECTIVE-III
Course Objectives:

● Introduce the basic concepts of Product marketing.

● Familiarize with market information systems and research
● Understand the nature and importance of industrial market
● Discuss the major stages in new product development
● Identify the factors affecting pricing decisions

UNIT I:
Introduction (7 Hours)

Historical development of marketing management, Definition of Marketing, Core marketing

concepts, Marketing Management philosophies, Micro and Macro Environment, Characteristics
affecting Consumer behaviour, Types of buying decisions, buying decision process,
Classification of consumer products, Market Segmentation Concept of Marketing Myopia.
Importance of marketing in the Indian Socio economic system.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

● Define Marketing. (L1)
● Discuss marketing philosophies. (L2)
● Sketch the buying decision process. (L3)
● Understand the importance of marketing in the Indian socio economic system. (L2)

UNIT II:

Marketing of Industrial Products (6 Hours)

Components of marketing information system–benefits & uses marketing research system,

marketing research procedure, Demand Estimation research, Test marketing, Segmentation
Research - Cluster analysis, Discriminate analysis. Sales forecasting: objective and subjective
methods. Nature and importance of the Industrial market, classification of industrial products,
participants in the industrial buying process, major factors influencing industrial buying
behavior, characteristics of industrial market demand. Determinants of industrial market demand
Buying power of Industrial users, buying motives of Industrials users, the industrial buying
process, buying patterns of industrial users.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

299 Page
 ● Identify the components of marketing information system. (L2)
● List the advantages and uses of marketing research system. (L1)
● Demonstrate sales forecasting. (L3)
● Explain the major factors influencing industrial buying behaviour. (L2)

UNIT III:

Product Management And Branding (7 Hours)

The concept of a product, features of a product, classification of products, product policies –

product planning and development, product line, product mix – factors influencing change in
product mix, product mix strategies, meaning of “New – product; major stages in new – product
development product life cycle. Branding: Reasons for branding, functions of branding features
of types of brands, kinds of brand name.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

● Indentify the factors influencing change in product mix. (L2)
● Sketch various stages in product life cycle. (L2)
● Recall the features of a product and product policies. (L1)
● Demonstrate on features, functions and reasons of branding. (L3)

UNIT IV:

Pricing And Pacakaging (7Hours)

Importance of Price, pricing objectives, factors affecting pricing decisions, procedure for price
determination, kinds of pricing, pricing strategies and decisions Labeling: Types, functions
advantages and disadvantages, Packaging: Meaning, growth of packaging, function of
packaging, kinds of packaging.

Learningt Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

● List the factors affecting pricing decisions. (L1)
● Explain the procedure for price determination. (L2)
● Employ Pricing strategies and decisions. (L3)
● Understand the functions of labelling and packaging. (L2)

UNIT V:

Product Promotion (6Hours)

Importance of Price, pricing objectives, factors affecting pricing decisions, procedure for price
determination, kinds of pricing, pricing strategies and decisions. Advertising and sales

300 Page
promotion: Objectives of advertisement function of advertising, classification of advertisement
copy, advertisement media – kinds of media, advantages of advertising. Objectives of sales
promotion, advantages sales promotion. Personal Selling : Objectives of personal selling,
qualities of good salesman, types of salesman, major steps in effective selling

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

● Discuss the procedures for price determination. (L2)
● Explain the objectives of advertisement function of advertising. (L2)
● List the advantages and disadvantages of advertising. (L1)
● Describe the major steps in effecting selling. (L2)

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

● Understand basic marketing management concepts and their relevance to business
development. (L2)
● Prepare a questionnaire for market research. (L5)
● Design marketing research plan for business organizations. (L5)
● Optimize marketing mix to get competitive advantage. (L4)

Text Books:

1. Philip Kotler, “Principles of Marketing”, Prentice – Hall.

2. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management”, Prentice – Hall.

Reference Books:
1. Wiliam J Stanton, “Fundamentals of Marketing”, McGraw Hill
2. R.S.N. Pillai and Mrs.Bagavathi, “Marketing”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd
3. Rajagopal, “Marketing Management Text & Cases”, Vikas Publishing House

301 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A04704a) INTRODUCTION TO MICROCONTROLLERS & APPLICATIONS

OPEN ELECTIVE-III

Course Objectives:

This course will enable students to:

• Describe theArchitecture of 8051 Microcontroller and Interfacing of 8051 to external
memory.
• Write 8051 Assembly level programs using 8051 instruction set.
• Describe the Interrupt system, operation of Timers/Counters and Serial port of 8051.
• Interface simple switches, simple LEDs, ADC 0804, LCD and Stepper Motor to 8051.

UNIT – I

8051 Microcontroller:

Microprocessor Vs Microcontroller, Embedded Systems, Embedded Microcontrollers, 8051

Architecture- Registers, Pin diagram, I/O ports functions, Internal Memory organization.
External Memory (ROM & RAM) interfacing.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Understand the importance of Microcontroller and acquire the knowledge of
Architecture of 8051 Microcontroller. (L1)
• Analyze interface required memory of RAM & ROM. (L3)

UNIT – II

Addressing Modes, Data Transfer instructions, Arithmetic instructions, Logical instructions,

Branch instructions, Bit manipulation instructions. Simple Assembly language program
examples to usethese instructions.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Explain different types instruction set of 8051. (L1)
• Develop the 8051 Assembly level programs using 8051 instruction set. (L3)

UNIT – III

8051 Stack, Stack and Subroutine instructions. Simple Assembly language program
examples to use subroutine instructions.8051 Timers and Counters – Operation and Assembly

302 Page
language programming to generate a pulse using Mode-1 and a square wave using Mode- 2 on
a port pin.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Describe Stack and Subroutine of 8051. (L1)
• Design Timer /counters using of 8051. (L4)

UNIT –IV

8051 Serial Communication- Basics of Serial Data Communication, RS- 232 standard, 9 pin
RS232 signals, Simple Serial Port programming in Assembly and C to transmit a message and
to receive data serially.8051 Interrupts. 8051 Assembly language programming to generate an
external interrupt using a switch.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Acquire knowledge of Serial Communication and develop serial port programming.
(L1)
• Develop an ALP to generate an external interrupt using a switch. (L3)

UNIT – V

8051 C programming to generate a square waveform on a port pin using a Timer interrupt.
Interfacing 8051 to ADC-0804, DAC, LCD and Interfacing with relays and opto isolators,
Stepper Motor Interfacing, DC motor interfacing, PWM generation using 8051.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Apply and Interface simple switches, simple LEDs, ADC 0804 and LCD to using 8051
I/O ports. (L2)
• Design Stepper Motor and f motor interfacing of 8051. (L4)

Course outcomes:

• Understand the importance of Microcontroller and Acquire the knowledge of

Architecture of 8051 Microcontroller.
• Apply and Interface simple switches, simple LEDs, ADC 0804, LCD and Stepper
Motor to using 8051 I/O ports.
• Develop the 8051 Assembly level programs using 8051 instruction set.
• Design the Interrupt system, operation of Timers/Counters and Serial port of 8051.

303 Page
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D. McKinlay; “The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – using assembly and C”, PHI, 2006 / Pearson,
2006.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller”, 3rd Edition, Thomson/Cengage Learning.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Manish K Patel, “The 8051 Microcontroller Based Embedded Systems”, McGraw Hill,
2014, ISBN: 978-93-329-0125-4.
2. Raj Kamal, “Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming, Interfacing and System Design”,
Pearson Education, 2005.

304 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A04704b) PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
OPEN ELECTIVE-III

Course Objectives:

• To explain about signals and perform various operations on it.

• To understand discrete time signals and systems.
• To solve Laplace transforms and z-transforms for various signals.
• To find Discrete Fourier Transform of a sequence by using Fast Fourier Transform.
• To design and realize IIR and FIR filters.

UNIT- I:

INTRODUCTION TO SIGNALS

Classification of Signals: Analog, Discrete, Digital, Deterministic & Random, Periodic &
Aperiodic, Even & Odd, Energy & Power signals. Basic operations on signals: Time shifting,
Time scaling, Time reversal, Amplitude scaling and Signal addition. Elementary Signals: Unit
step, Unit ramp, Unit parabolic, Impulse, Sinusoidal function, Exponential function, Gate
function, Triangular function, Sinc function and Signum function.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Define basic signals and its operations, Classify discrete time signals and systems. (L1)
• Understand various basic operations on signals (L1)

UNIT – II:

DISCRETE TIME SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Discrete Time Signals: Elementary discrete time signals, Classification of discrete time
signals: power and energy signals, even and odd signals. Simple manipulations of discrete time
signals: Shifting and scaling of discrete-time signals.
Discrete Time Systems: Input-Output description of systems, Block diagram representation of
discrete time systems, Linear Constant Coefficient Difference Equations, Classification of
discrete time systems: linear and nonlinear, time-invariant and variant systems, causal and non
causal, stable and unstable systems.

Learning Outcomes:

305 Page
At the end of this student, the student will be able to
• Define basic signals and its operations, Classify discrete time signals and systems. (L1)
• Understand various basic operations on signals (L1)

UNIT- III:
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS AND Z- TRANSFORMS

Laplace Transforms: Laplace transforms, Partial fraction expansion, Inverse Laplace

transform, Concept of Region of Convergence (ROC), Constraints on ROC for various classes
of signals, Properties of Laplace transforms.
Z-Transforms: Concept of Z-transform of a discrete sequence, Region of convergence in Z-
Transform, constraints on ROC for various classes of signals, inverse Z-transform, properties of
Z-Transforms.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Understand the basic concepts of Laplace and Z transforms (L1)
• Apply the transform techniques to solve the problems (L2)

UNIT – IV:

FAST FOURIER TRANSFORMS

Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT), Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), Radix-2 Fast
Fourier Transforms (FFT), Decimation in Time and Decimation in Frequency FFT Algorithms:
radix-2 DIT-FFT, DIF-FFT, and Inverse FFT: IDFT-FFT.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Understand the importance of DTFT, DFT, FFT and their inverse transforms with respect
to signals and systems (L1)
• Analyze the Decimation in time and frequency algorithms (L3)

UNIT – V:

IIR AND FIR DIGITAL FILTERS

IIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Analog filters approximations: Butterworth and Chebyshev,

Design of IIR digital filters from analog filters. Realization of IIR filters: Direct form-I, Direct
form-II, cascade form and parallel form.
FIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Characteristics of FIR digital filters, frequency response. Design
of FIR digital filters using window techniques: Rectangular window, Triangular or Bartlett
window, Hamming window, Hanning window, Blackman window. Realization of FIR filters:
Linear phase and Lattice structures.
306 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this student, the student will be able to

• Understand the importance of IIR and FIR digital Filters (L1)
• Realize IIR filters and analyze various windowing techniques in FIR filters (L2)
• Design IIR and FIR filters (L4)

Course outcomes:

• Define basic signals and its operations, Classify discrete time signals and systems.
• Solve Laplace Transform and z-Transform for various signals, Calculate DFT of a given
sequence by using Fast Fourier Transform.
• Analyze the continuous and discrete signals and systems
• Design and realize IIR and FIR filters from the given specifications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. B. P. Lathi, “Signals, Systems and Communications”, BS Publications, 2008.

2. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, “Digital signal processing, principles, Algorithms
and applications” , 4th edition , Pearson Education/PHI, 2007.
3. A.V. Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer, “Discrete Time Signal Processing”, 2nd edition., PHI.

REFERENCES:

1. A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Will sky and S.H. Nawab, “Signals and Systems”, PHI, 2nd Edition,
2013.
2. A. Anand Kumar, “Signals and Systems”, PHI Publications, Third Edition, 2013
3. P. Ramesh Babu. “Digital Signal Processing”.
4. Andreas Antoniou, “Digital signal processing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
5. R S Kaler, M Kulkarni,, Umesh Gupta, “A Text book on Digital Signal processing” –I K
International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
6. M H Hayes, Schaum’s Outlines, “Digital Signal Processing”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2007.

307 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A27704a) CORPORATE GOVERNANCE IN FOOD INDUSTRIES

OPEN ELECTIVE III

PREAMBLE
This text focuses on corporate governance, business ethics and emerging trends in food
industries.

Course Objectives

• To understand the concepts of corporate governance in view of food industry

UNIT – I

Corporate Governance- A Conceptual Foundation: Concept, nature, issues and importance of

corporate governance, origin and development of corporate governance, concept of corporate
management, Different models of corporate governance, corporate governance in family
business, corporate governance failure with examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Concept, nature, issues and importance of corporate governance
• origin and development of corporate governance, concept of corporate management
• Different models of corporate governance
• corporate governance in family business, corporate governance failure with
examples

UNIT – II

Role Players: Role of various players viz. Role of shareholders their rights and responsibilities,
Role of board of directors in corporate governance- executive and non executive directors,
independent and nominee directors, Role of Auditors, audit committee, media.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Role of shareholders their rights and responsibilities
• Role of board of directors in corporate governance- executive and non executive
directors, independent and nominee directors
• Role of Auditors, audit committee, media.

308 Page
UNIT – III

Corporate governance in India and the Global Scenario: Corporate Governance practices /codes
in India, UK, Japan, USA. Contributions of CII-recommendations on corporate governance by
different committees in India, SEBI guidelines, Kumar Manglam Birla Committee, Naresh
Chandra committee Report, OECD Principles, Cadbury Committee

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Corporate Governance practices /codes in India, UK, Japan, USA.
• Contributions of CII-recommendations on corporate governance by different
committees in India, SEBI guidelines,
• Have detail study of committees like Kumar Manglam Birla Committee, Naresh
Chandra committee Report, OECD Principles, Cadbury Committee

UNIT – IV

Emerging trends: Emerging Trends and latest developments in Corporate Governance.

Corporate Governance initiative in India and Abroad, Corporate Governance Rating- Role of
rating agencies in corporate governance. ICRA Corporate governance rating method for
examining the quality and effectiveness of corporate governance.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Emerging Trends and latest developments in Corporate Governance.
• Corporate Governance initiative in India and Abroad,
• Corporate Governance Rating- Role of rating agencies in corporate governance
• ICRA Corporate governance rating method for examining the quality and
effectiveness of corporate governance.

UNIT – V

Business ethics and corporate governance. Social responsibility and corporate governance.
Corporate governance and value creation. Political economy of corporate governance.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Business ethics and corporate governance.
• Social responsibility and corporate governance.
• Corporate governance and value creation.
• Political economy of corporate governance.

309 Page
Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course, the students will

• Attain knowledge on system of corporate governance in food industries.
• Get to know about business ethics and values.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Subhash Chandra Das, “Corporate Governance in India”, PHI Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi(2008),
2. Dennis Campbell, “Susan Woodley Trends and Developments In Corporate Governance”.
(2004)

REFERENCES

1. Jayati Sarkar. “Corporate Governance in India”. Sage Publications, New Delhi,2012.

2. Vasudha, Joshi “Corporate Governance The Indian Scenario”. Foundations Books Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi. 2012,

310 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A27704b) PROCESS TECHNOLOGY FOR CONVENIENCE & RTE FOODS

OPEN ELECTIVE III

PREAMBLE
This text focuses on various aspects and technologies involved in processing of convenience
and Read-to-eat foods.

Course Objectives:

• To understand the importance and demand for convenience foods in present day
scenario
• To learn the various technical aspects of convenience and Read-to-eat foods.

UNIT – I

Overview of grain-based snacks: whole grains – roasted, toasted, puffed, popped and flakes
Coated grains-salted, spiced and sweetened Flour based snack– batter and dough based products;
savoury and farsans; formulated chips and wafers, papads.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Role of cereal based ingredients in snacks industries.
• Various technologies and equipments involved in Snacks industries

UNIT – II

Technology for fruit and vegetable based snacks: chips, wafers, papads etc. Technology of ready
to eat fruits and vegetable based food products like, sauces, fruit bars, glazed candy etc.
Technology of ready to eat canned value added fruits/vegetables and mixes and ready to serve
beverages etc.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Role of Fruits and vegetables in convenience products.
• Processing of various Fruit and vegetable based products.

UNIT – III
Technology of ready- to- eat baked food products, drying, toasting roasting and flaking, coating,
chipping. Extruded snack foods: Formulation and processing technology, colouring, flavouring

311 Page
and packaging. Technology for coated nuts – salted, spiced and sweetened products- chikkis,
Sing bhujia.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Various methods involved in processing of ready to eat baked products
• Various methods involved in processing of extruded snack foods
• Technology involved in processing different coated nuts

UNIT IV

Technology for ready-to-cook food products- different puddings and curried vegetables etc.
Technology for ready-to-cook and ready to eat meat and meat food products. Technology for
preparation of instant cooked rice, carrot and other cereals based food products.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Technology involved in processing different ready to cook food products
• Technology involved in processing different ready to cook and ready to eat meat and
meat products
• Technology involved in processing different instant cooked cereal products

UNIT – V

Technology of ready to eat instant premixes based on cereals, pulses etc. Technology for RTE
puffed snack- sand puffing, hot air puffing, explosion puffing, gun puffing etc. Technology for
preparation of traditional Indian dairy products.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Technology involved in processing different ready to eat instant premixes based on
cereals and pulses and etc.
• Technology involved in processing different RTE puffed snacks
• Technology involved in processing different traditional dairy products

Course Outcomes:

By end of the course students will understand

• Technology for processing ready to eat and ready cook different products and equipment
used for manufacturing of RTE products

312 Page
TEXT BOOKS

1. Edmund WL. “Snack Foods Processing”. AVI Publ.

2. Kamaliya M.K and Kamaliya K.B. 2001. Vol.1 and 2, “Baking Science and Industries”,
M.K.Kamaliya Publisher, Anand.

REFERENCES

1. Frame ND . “Technology of Extrusion Cooking”. Blackie Academic1994. .

2. Gordon BR. “Snack Food”, AVI Publ, 1997.
3. Samuel AM. “Snack Food Technology”, AVI Publ. 1976.

313 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A54704a) NUMERICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS
OPEN ELECTIVE-III
(ECE , CSE, IT & CIVIL)
Course objectives:

This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on various numerical methods
for solving equations, interpolating the polynomials, evaluation of integral equations and
solution of differential equations.

UNIT-I:

Solution of Algebraic & Transcendental Equations:

Introduction-Bisection method-Iterative method-Regula falsi method-Newton Raphson

method. System of Algebraic equations: Gauss Jordan method-Gauss Siedal method.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Calculate the roots of equation using Bisection method and Iterative method.
• Calculate the roots of equation using Regula falsi method and Newton Raphson
method.
• Solve the system of algebraic equations using Gauss Jordan method and Gauss Siedal
method.

UNIT-II:

Curve Fitting

Principle of Least squares- Fitting of curves- Fitting of linear, quadratic and exponential
curves.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• understand curve fitting
• understand fitting of several types of curves

UNIT-III:

Interpolation

Finite differences-Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae – Lagrange’s

formulae. Gauss forward and backward formula, Stirling’s formula, Bessel’s formula.

Learning Outcomes:

314 Page
Students will be able to
• Understand the concept of interpolation.
• Derive interpolating polynomial using newton’s forward and backward formulae.
• Derive interpolating polynomial using lagrange’s formulae.
• Derive interpolating polynomial using gauss forward and backward formulae.

UNIT-IV:
Numerical Integration
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 Rule – Simpson’s 3/8 Rule

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Solve integral equations using Simson’s 1/3 and Simson’s 3/8 rule.
• Solve integral equations using Trapezoidal rule.

UNIT-V:

Solution of Initial value problems to Ordinary differential equations

Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series-Picard’s
Method of successive Approximations-Modified Euler’s Method-Runge-Kutta Methods.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Solve initial value problems to ordinary differential equations using Taylor’s method.
• Solve initial value problems to ordinary differential equations using Euler’s method
and Runge Kutta methods.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of course, students will be able to

• Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations.
• Understand fitting of several kinds of curves.
• Derive interpolating polynomials using interpolation formulae.
• Solve differential and integral equations numerically.

Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna publishers.

2. Ronald E. “Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists”, Walpole,PNIE.
3. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley India

315 Page
Reference Books:

1. B.V.Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Mc Graw Hill publishers.

2. Alan Jeffrey, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Elsevier.

316 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A51704a) CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS

Course Objectives:

• To understand synthetic principles of Nanomaterials by various methods

• And also characterisae the synthetic nanomaterials by various instrumental methods
• To enumerate the applications of nanomaterials in engineering

Unit I:

Introduction: Scope of nanoscience and nanotecnology, nanoscience in nature, classification of

nanostructured materials, importance of nano materials.

Synthetic Methods: Bottom-Up approach:- Sol-gel synthesis, microemulsions or reverse

micelles, co-precipitation method, solvothermal synthesis, hydrothermal synthesis, microwave
heating synthesis and sonochemical synthesis.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Classify the nanostructure materials (L2)

• Describe scope of nano science and technology (L2)
• Explain different synthetic methods of nano materials (L2)
• Identify the synthetic methods of nanomaterial which is suitable for preparation of
particular material (L3)

UNIT-II

Top-Down approach:- Inert gas condensation, arc discharge method, aerosol synthesis, plasma
arc technique, ion sputtering, laser ablation, laser pyrolysis, and chemical vapour deposition
method, electrodeposition method, high energy ball milling.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Describe the top down approach (L2)

• Explain aerosol synthesis and plasma arc technique (L2)
• Differentiate chemical vapour deposition method and electrodeposition method (L2)
• Discuss about high energy ball milling (L3)

317 Page
UNIT-III

Techniques for characterization: Diffraction technique, spectroscopy techniques, electron

microscopy techniques for the characterization of nanomaterilas, BET method for surface area
analysis, dynamic light scattering for particle size determination.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Discuss different technique for characterization of nanomaterial (L3)

• Explain electron microscopy techniques for characterization of nanomaterial (L3)
• Describe BET method for surface area analysis (L2)
• Apply different spectroscopic techniques for characterization (L3)

UNIT-IV

Studies of Nano-structured Materials: Synthesis, properties and applications of the following

nanomaterials, fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, core-shell nanoparticles, nanoshells, self-
assembled monolayers, and monolayer protected metal nanoparticles, nanocrystalline materials,
magnetic nanoparticles and important properties in relation to nanomagnetic materials,
thermoelectric materials, non-linear optical materials, liquid crystals.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Explain synthesis and properties and applications of nanaomaterials (L2)

• Discuss about fullerenes and carbon nanotubes (L3)
• Differentiate nanomagnetic materials and thermoelectric materials (L2)
• Describe liquid crystals (L2)

UNIT.V

Engineering Applications of Nanomaterials

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Illustrate applications of nanaomaterials (L2)

• Discuss the magnetic applications of nanomaterials (L3)
• list the applications of non-linear optical materials (L1)
• Describe the applications fullerenes, carbon nanotubes (L2)

Course Outcome

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

318 Page
 • Understand the state of art synthesis of nano materials
• Characterize nano materials using ion beam, scanning probe methodologies, position
sensitive atom probe and spectroscopic ellipsometry.
• Analyze nanoscale structure in metals, polymers and ceramics
• Analyze structure-property relationship in coarser scale structures
• Understand structures of carbon nano tubes

TEXT BOOKS:

1. NANO: The Essentials : T Pradeep, MaGraw-Hill, 2007.

2. Textbook of Nanoscience and nanotechnology: B S Murty, P Shankar, Baldev Rai,
BB Rath and James Murday, Univ. Press, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Concepts of Nanochemistry; Ludovico Cademrtiri and Geoffrey A. Ozin & Geoffrey A.

Ozin, Wiley-VCH, 2011.
2. Nanostructures & Nanomaterials; Synthesis, Properties & Applications: Guozhong
Cao, Imperial College Press, 2007.
3. Nanomaterials Chemistry, C. N. R. Rao, Achim Muller, K.Cheetham, Wiley-VCH,
2007.

319 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
HUMANITIES ELECTIVE-II

(19A52701a) ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

Course Objectives :

The objectives of this course are

• To make the student understand about the organizational behavior
• To enable them to develop self motivation, leadership and management
• To facilitate them to become powerful leaders
• Impart knowledge about group dynamics
• To make them understand the importance of change and development

Syllabus

UNIT-I

Organizational Behavior - Introduction to OB - Meaning and definition, scope - Organizing

Process – Making organizing effective - Understanding Individual Behavior – Attitude -
Perception - Learning - Personality Types

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of Organizational Behavior
• Contrast and compare Individual & Group Behavior and attitude
• Analyze Perceptions
• Evaluate personality types

UNIT-II

Motivation and Leading - Theories of Motivation - Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs - Hertzberg’s

Two Factor Theory - Leading - Leading Vs Managing

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of Motivation
• Understand the Theories of motivation
• Explain how employees are motivated according to Maslow’s Needs Hierarchy
• Compare and contrast leading and managing

UNIT-III

320 Page
Leadership and Organizational Culture and Climate - Leadership - Traits Theory–Managerial
Grid - Transactional Vs Transformational Leadership - Qualities of good Leader - Conflict
Management - Evaluating Leader - Women and Corporate leadership.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Know the concept of Leadership
• Contrast and compare Traits theory and Managerial Grid
• Know the difference between Transactional and Transformational Leadership
• Evaluate the qualities of good leaders
• Emerge as the good leader

UNIT – IV

Group Dynamics - Types of groups - Determinants of group behavior - Group process – Group
Development - Group norms - Group cohesiveness - Small Groups - Group decision making -
Team building - Conflict in the organization – Conflict resolution

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Know the concept of Group Dynamics
• Contrast and compare Group behavior and group development
• Analyze Group decision making
• Know how to resolve conflicts in the organization

UNIT - V

Organizational Change and Development - Organizational Culture - Changing the Culture –

Change Management – Work Stress Management - Organizational management – Managerial
implications of organization’s change and development

Learning Outcomes:

• After completion of this unit student will

• Know the importance of organizational change and development
• Apply change management in the organization
• Analyze work stress management
• Evaluate Managerial implications of organization

Course outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand the nature and concept of Organizational behavior

321 Page
 • Apply theories of motivation to analyze the performance problems
• Analyze the different theories of leadership
• Evaluate group dynamics
• Develop as powerful leader

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Luthans, Fred, “Organisational Behaviour” , McGraw-Hill, 12 Th edition 2011 2. P

Subba Rao, Organisational Behaviour, Himalya Publishing House 2017

REFERENCES BOOKS:

1. McShane, “Organizational Behaviour”, TMH 2009

2. Nelson, “Organisational Behaviour”, Thomson, 2009.
3. Robbins, P.Stephen, Timothy A. Judge, “Organisational Behaviour”, Pearson 2009.
4. Aswathappa, “Organisational Behaviour”, Himalaya, 2009

322 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52701b) MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

Course objectives :

The objectives of this course are

• To provide fundamental knowledge on Management, Administration,
Organization & its concepts.
• To make the students understand the role of management in Production
• To impart the concept of HRM in order to have an idea on Recruitment,
Selection, Training & Development, job evaluation and Merit rating
concepts
• To create awareness on identify Strategic Management areas & the
PERT/CPM for better Project Management
• To make the students aware of the contemporary issues in management

Syllabus

UNIT- I

NTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT

Management - Concept and meaning - Nature-Functions - Management as a Science and Art

and both. Schools of Management Thought - Taylor’s Scientific Theory-Henry Fayol’s
principles - Eltan Mayo’s Human relations - Systems Theory - Organisational Designs - Line
organization - Line & Staff Organization - Functional Organization - Matrix Organization -
Project Organization - Committee form of Organization - Social responsibilities of Management.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Understand the concept of management and organization
• Apply the concepts & principles of management in real life industry.
• Analyze the organization chart & structure for an enterprise.
• Evaluate and interpret the theories and the modern organization theory.

UNIT II

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

323 Page
Principles and Types of Plant Layout - Methods of Production (Job, batch and Mass Production),
Work Study - Statistical Quality Control - Deming‘s contribution to Quality. Material
Management - Objectives - Inventory-Functions - Types, Inventory Techniques - EOQ-ABC
Analysis - Purchase Procedure and Stores Management - Marketing Management - Concept -
Meaning - Nature- Functions of Marketing - Marketing Mix - Channels of Distribution -
Advertisement and Sales Promotion - Marketing Strategies based on Product Life Cycle.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Understand the core concepts of Management Science and Operations Management
• Apply the knowledge of Quality Control, Work-study principles in real life industry.
• Evaluate Materials departments & Determine EOQ
• Analyze Marketing Mix Strategies for an enterprise.
• Create and design advertising and sales promotion

UNIT III

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (HRM)

HRM - Definition and Meaning – Nature - Managerial and Operative functions - Evolution of
HRM - Job Analysis - Human Resource Planning(HRP) - Employee Recruitment-Sources of
Recruitment - Employee Selection - Process and Tests in Employee Selection - Employee
Training and Development - On-the- job & Off-the-job training methods - Performance
Appraisal Concept - Methods of Performance Appraisal – Placement - Employee Induction -
Wage and Salary Administration

Learning Outcomes:

At the end if the Unit, the learners will

• Understand the concepts of HRM in Recruitment, Selection, Training &
Development
• Apply Managerial and operative Functions
• Analyze the need of training
• Evaluate performance appraisal
• Design the basic structure of salaries and wages

UNIT IV STRATEGIC & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Definition& Meaning - Setting of Vision - Mission - Goals - Corporate Planning Process -

Environmental Scanning - Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation - SWOT Analysis
- Project Management - Network Analysis - Programme Evaluation and Review Technique

324 Page
(PERT) - Critical Path Method (CPM) Identifying Critical Path - Probability of Completing the
project within given time - Project Cost- Analysis - Project Crashing (Simple problems).

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Understand Mission, Objectives, Goals & strategies for an enterprise
• Apply SWOT Analysis to strengthen the project
• Analyze Strategy formulation and implementation
• Evaluate PERT and CPM Techniques
• Creative in completing the projects within given time

UNIT V

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT

The concept of Management Information System(MIS) - Materials Requirement Planning

(MRP) - Customer Relations Management(CRM) - Total Quality Management (TQM) - Six
Sigma Concept - Supply Chain Management(SCM) - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) -
Performance Management - Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) - Business Process Re-
engineering and Bench Marking - Balanced Score Card - Knowledge Management.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to

• Understand modern management techniques
• Apply Knowledge in Understanding in modern
• Analyze CRM, MRP, TQM
• Evaluate Six Sigma concept and SCM

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand the concepts & principles of management and designs of
organization in a practical world
• Apply the knowledge of Work-study principles & Quality Control techniques
in industry
• Analyze the concepts of HRM in Recruitment, Selection and Training &
Development.
• Evaluate PERT/CPM Techniques for projects of an enterprise and estimate
time & cost of project & to analyze the business through SWOT.
• Create Modern technology in management science.

325 Page
TEXT BOOKS:

1. A.R Aryasri, “Management Science”, TMH, 2013

2. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert, Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:

1. Koontz & Weihrich, “Essentials of Management”, 6th edition, TMH, 2005.

2. Thomas N.Duening & John M.Ivancevich, “Management Principles and Guidelines”,
Biztantra.
3. Kanishka Bedi, “Production and Operations Management”, Oxford University Press, 2004.
4. Samuel C.Certo, “Modern Management”, 9th edition, PHI, 2005

326 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52701c) BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Course Objectives :

The objectives of this course are

• To make the student understand about the business environment
• To enable them in knowing the importance of fiscal and monitory policy
• To facilitate them in understanding the export policy of the country
• Impart knowledge about the functioning and role of WTO
• Encourage the student in knowing the structure of stock markets

Syllabus

UNIT – I

An Overview of Business Environment – Types of Environment - Internal & External - Micro

and Macro environment - Competitive structure of industries - Environmental analysis - Scope
of business - Characteristics of business - Process & limitations of environmental analysis.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of Business environment
• Explain various types of business environment
• Know about the environmental analysis of business
• Understand the business process

UNIT – II

FISCAL POLICY - Public Revenues - Public Expenditure - Public debt - Development

activities financed by public expenditure - Evaluation of recent fiscal policy of Government of
India - Highlights of Budget - MONETARY POLICY - Demand and Supply of Money – RBI
-Objectives of monetary and credit policy - Recent trends - Role of Finance Commission.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of public revenue and public Expenditure
• Explain the functions of RBI and its role
• Analyze the Monitory policy in India
• Know the recent trends and the role of Finance Commission in the development of
our country
• Differentiate between Fiscal and Monitory Policy

327 Page
UNIT – III

INDIA’S TRADE POLICY - Magnitude and direction of Indian International Trade - Bilateral
and Multilateral Trade Agreements - EXIM policy and role of EXIM bank - BALANCE OF
PAYMENTS – Structure & Major components - Causes for Disequilibrium in Balance of
Payments - Correction measures.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the role of Indian international trade
• Understand and explain the need for Export and EXIM Policies
• Analyze causes for Disequilibrium and correction measure
• Differentiate between Bilateral and Multilateral Trade Agreements

UNIT – IV

WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION - Nature and Scope - Organization and Structure - Role
and functions of WTO in promoting world trade - Agreements in the Uruguay Round – TRIPS,
TRIMS, and GATT - Disputes Settlement Mechanism - Dumping and Anti-dumping Measures.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the role of WTO in trade
• Analyze Agreements on trade by WTO
• Understand the Dispute Settlement Mechanism
• Compare and contrast the Dumping and Anti-dumping Measures.

UNIT – V

MONEY MARKETS AND CAPITAL MARKETS - Features and components of Indian

financial systems - Objectives, features and structure of money markets and capital markets -
Reforms and recent development – SEBI - Stock Exchanges - Investor protection and role of
SEBI.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the components of Indian financial system
• Know the structure of Money markets and Capital markets
• Analyze the Stock Markets
• Apply the knowledge in future investments
• Understand the role of SEBI in investor protection.

328 Page
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand various types of business environment.
• Understand the role of WTO
• Apply the knowledge of Money markets in future investment
• Analyze India’s Trade Policy
• Evaluate fiscal and monitory policy
• Develop a personal synthesis and approach for identifying business
opportunities

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Francis Cherunilam (2009), “International Business”: Text and Cases, Prentice Hall
of India.
2. K. Aswathappa, “Essentials of Business Environment”: Texts and Cases & Exercises
13th Revised Edition.HPH2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. K. V. Sivayya, V. B. M Das (2009), Indian Industrial Economy, Sultan Chand

Publishers, New Delhi, India.
2. Sundaram, Black (2009), International Business Environment Text and Cases,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, India.
3. Chari. S. N (2009), International Business, Wiley India.
4. E. Bhattacharya (2009), International Business, Excel Publications, New Delhi.

329 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52701d) STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

Course objectives :

The objectives of this course are

• To introduce the concepts of strategic management and understand its nature
in
• competitive and organizational landscape
• To provide an understanding of internal and external analysis of a
firm/individual
• To provide understanding of strategy formulation process and frame work
• Impart knowledge of Corporate culture
• Encourage the student in understanding SWOT analysis BCG Matrix

Syllabus

UNIT: I
Introduction of Strategic Management: meaning, nature, importance and relevance. The
Strategic Management Process: – Corporate, Business and Functional Levels of strategy. Vision,
mission and purpose –Business definition, objectives and goals – Stakeholders in business and
their roles in strategic management. Balance scorecard.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the meaning and importance of strategic management
• Explain Strategic Management Process and Corporate, Business
• Know about the Business definition, objectives and goals
• Understand Stakeholders their roles in strategic management

UNIT: II

External and Internal Analysis: The Strategically relevant components of a Company’s

External Environment Analysis, Industry Analysis - Porter’s Five Forces model – Industry
diving forces – Key Success Factors. Analyzing a company’s resources and competitive position

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the components of a Company’s environment

330 Page
 • Explain External Environment Analysis, Industry Analysis
• Know how to analyze industry competition through the Porter’s Five Forces model
• Analyze Key Success Factors in a company’s competitive position

UNIT: III

Competitive Strategies: Generic Competitive Strategies: Low cost, Differentiation, Focus.

Grand Strategies: Stability, Growth (Diversification Strategies, Vertical Integration Strategies,
Mergers, Acquisition & Takeover Strategies, Strategic Alliances & Collaborative Partnerships),
Retrenchment, Outsourcing Strategies. Tailoring strategy to fit specific industry – Life Cycle
Analysis - Emerging, Growing, Mature & Declining Industries.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the Competitive Strategies
• Explain Stability, Growth Mergers, Acquisition & Takeover Strategies
• Know about the Retrenchment, Outsourcing Strategies
• Differentiate Life Cycle Analysis, Mature & Declining Industries

UNIT: IV

Strategy Implementation and control - Strategy implementation; Organization Structure –

Matching structure and strategy. Behavioral issues in implementation – Corporate culture – Mc
Kinsey’s 7s Framework. Functional issues – Functional plans and policies – Financial,
Marketing, Operations, Personnel, IT.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the Organization Structure
• Explain Matching structure and strategy
• Know about the Corporate culture
• Analyze Functional plans and policies

Unit: V
Strategy Evaluation: Strategy Evaluation – Operations Control and Strategic Control-
Relationship between a Company’s Strategy and its Business Model.- SWOT analysis – Value
Chain Analysis –Benchmarking- Portfolio Analysis: BCG Matrix – GE 9 Cell Model.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the Operations Control and Strategic Control

331 Page
 • Explain Company’s Strategy and its Business Model
• Know about the SWOT analysis
• Analyze BCG Matrix and GE 9 Cell Model

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Understand the relevance and importance of strategic management
• Explain industry driving forces
• Analyze the competitive strategy

• Evaluate strategy implementation and control

• Create SWOT Analysis

Suggested Text Books and References

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Arthur A. Thompson Jr., AJ Strickland III, John E Gamble, “Crafting and Executing
Strategy”, 18th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. Subba Rao P, “Business Policy and Strategic Management” –HPH

REFERENCES:
1. Robert A. Pitts & David Lei, “Strategic Management: Building and Sustaining
Competitive Advantage” 4th edition, Cengage Learning.
2. Hunger, J. David, “Essentials of Strategic Management” 5th edition, Pearson.
3. Ashwathappa, “Business Environment for Strategic Management”, HPH.

332 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A52701e) E-BUSINESS

Course Objectives:

• To provide knowledge on emerging concept on E-Business related aspect.

• To understand various electronic markets models which are trending in India
• To give detailed information about electronic payment systems net banking.
• To exact awareness on internet advertising, market research strategies and
supply chain management.
• To understand about various internet protocols-security related concept.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Electronic Business: Definition of Electronic Business - Functions of Electronic Commerce

(EC) - Advantages of E-Commerce – E-Commerce and E-Business Internet Services Online
Shopping-Commerce Opportunities for Industries.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of E-Business
• Contrast and compare E-Commerce E-Business
• Analyze Advantages of E-Commerce
• Evaluate opportunities of E-commerce for industry

UNIT – II

Electronic Markets and Business Models:E-Shops-E-Malls E-Groceries - Portals - Vertical

Portals-Horizontal Portals - Advantages of Portals - Business Models-Business to
Business(B2B)-Business to Customers(B2C)-Business to Government(B2G)-Auctions-B2B
Portals in India

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of business models
• Contrast and compare Vertical portal and Horizontal portals
• Analyze Advantages of portals
• Explain the B2B,B2C and B2G model
333 Page
UNIT – III

Electronic Payment Systems: Digital Payment Requirements-Designing E-payment System-

Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT)-Electronic Data Interchange (EDT)-Credit Cards-Debit Cards-
E-Cash-Electronic Cheques -Smart Cards-Net Banking-Digital Signature.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the Electronic payment system
• Contrast and compare EFT and EDT
• Analyze debit card and credit card
• Explain the on Digital signature

UNIT – IV

E-Security: Internet Protocols - Security on the Internet –Network and Website Security –
Firewalls –Encryption – Access Control – Secure Electronic transactions.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand E-Security
• Contrast and compare security and network
• Analyze Encryption
• Evaluate electronic transitions

UNIT – V

E-Marketing: Online Marketing – Advantages of Online Marketing – Internet Advertisement

– Advertisement Methods – Conducting Online Online Market Research– Data mining and
Marketing Research Marketing Strategy On the Web – E-Customer Relationship
Management(e-CRM) –E- Supply Chain Management.(e-SCM) –New Trends in Supply Chain
Management.

Learning Outcomes:

After completion of this unit student will

• Understand the concept of online marketing
• Analyze advantages of online marketing
• Compare the e-CRM and e-SCM
• Explain the New trends in supply chain management

334 Page
Course Outcomes:

• They will be able to identify the priority of E-Commerce in the present

globalised world.
• Will be able to understand E-market-Models which are practicing by the
organization
• Will be able to recognize various E-payment systems & importance of net
banking.
• By knowing E-advertisement, market research strategies, they can identify the
importance of customer role.
• By understanding about E-security, they can ensure better access control to
secure the information.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. C.S.V Murthy “E-Commerce”, Himalaya publication house, 2002.

2. P.T.S Joseph, “E-Commerce” , 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India 2011

REFERENCES:

1. KamaleshKBajaj,DebjaniNa, “E-Commerce”, 2nd Edition TataMcGrwHills 2005

2. Dave Chaffey – “E-Commerce E-Management”, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2012.
3. Henry Chan, “E-Commerce Fundamentals and Application”, Raymond Lee,Tharm Wiley
India 2007
4. S. Jaiswall “E-Commerce”, Galgotia Publication Pvt Ltd 2003.

335 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A05702P) SOFTWARE TESTING LAB

Course Objectives:
This course is designed to:

• Understand the fundamentals for various testing methodologies.

• Describe the principles and procedures for designing test cases.
• Explore debugging methods.

Sample problems on testing:

1. Write programs in ‘C’ Language to demonstrate the working of the following constructs:
i) do...while ii) while….do iii) if…else iv) switch v) for
2. “A program written in ‘C’ language for Matrix Multiplication fails” Introspect the causes
for its failure and write down the possible reasons for its failure.
3. Take any system (e.g. ATM system) and study its system specifications and report the
various bugs.
4. Write the test cases for any known application (e.g. Banking application)
5. Create a test plan document for any application (e.g. Library Management System)
6. Study of any testing tool (e.g. Win runner)
7. Study of any web testing tool (e.g. Selenium)
8. Study of any bug tracking tool (e.g. Bugzilla, bugbit)
9. Study of any test management tool (e.g. Test Director)
10. Study of any open source-testing tool (e.g. Test Link)
11. Take a mini project (e.g. University admission, Placement Portal) and execute it. During
the Life cycle of the mini project create the various testing documents* and final test report
document.

Additional problems on testing:

1.Test the following using JUnit and CPP Unit:
i)Sorting problems ii)Searching problems iii)Finding gcd of two integers iv)Finding factorial
of a number.
2.Test web based forms using HTMLUnit.
3.Test database stored procedures using SQLUnit.
(Use sufficient number of test cases in solving above Problems)

*Note: To create the various testing related documents refer to the text “Effective Software
Testing Methodologies by William E. Perry”

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• Demonstrate the basic testing procedures.(L2)

• formulate test cases and test suites (L6)

336 Page
 • Make use of the Selenium and Bugzilla tools to perform testing (L3)
• Construct and test simple programs. (L6)
• Demonstrate bug tracking (L2)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Software Testing Concepts and Tools,P.Nageswara Rao,dreamtech press.

2. Software Testing Tools,Dr.K.V.K.K.Prasad,dreamtech Press.

337 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-I L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(19A05701P) INTERNET OF THINGS LABORATORY

(Common to CSE & IT)

Practicals:

1. Select any one development board (Eg., Arduino or Raspberry Pi) and control LED using
the board.
2. Using the same board as in (1), read data from a sensor. Experiment with both analog
and digital sensors.
3. Control any two actuators connected to the development board using Bluetooth.
4. Read data from sensor and send it to a requesting client. (using socket communication)
Note: The client and server should be connected to same local area network.

5. Create any cloud platform account, explore IoT services and register a thing on the
platform.
6. Push sensor data to cloud.
7. Control an actuator through cloud.
8. Access the data pushed from sensor to cloud and apply any data analytics or
visualization services.
9. Create a mobile app to control an actuator.
10. Design an IoT based air pollution control system which monitors the air pollution by
measuring carbon monoxide, ammonia, etc and gives alarm or sends message when the
pollution level is more than permitted range.
11. Design an IoT based system which measures the physical and chemical properties of
the water and displays the measured values.
12. Identify a problem in your local area or college which can be solved by integrating the
things you learned and create a prototype to solve it (Mini Project).
13. Design a business model canvas for a digital display

Course outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Choose the sensors and actuators for an IoT application (L1)

• Select protocols for a specific IoT application (L2)
• Utilize the cloud platform and APIs for IoT application (L3)
• Experiment with embedded boards for creating IoT prototypes (L3)
• Design a solution for a given IoT application (L6)

Text Book:

1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally - Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley

Publications, 2012.

338 Page
 2. Alexander Osterwalder, and Yves Pigneur – Business Model Generation – Wiley, 2011

Reference Books:

1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach,

Universities Press, 2014.
2. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C.
Raman, CRC Press.

Reference sites:

https://www.arduino.cc/

https://www.raspberrypi.org/

339 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05801a) DEV OPS
(Professional Elective-IV)

Course Objectives:
This course is designed to:

• Adapt the software Engineering practices that combine Software Development and
IT operations for Quality Software
• Enumerate the principles of continuous development and deployment, automation of
configuration management, inter-team collaboration, and IT service agility
UNIT I
Phases of Software Development life cycle. Values and principles of agile software
development.
Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

1. Illustrate the Phases of Software Development life cycle (L2)

2. Appraise theValues and principles of agile software development (L5)

UNIT II
Fundamentals of DevOps: Architecture, Deployments, Orchestration, Need,
Instance of applications, DevOps delivery pipeline, DevOps eco system.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Explain the Fundamentals of Software development and operations (L2)

• Create the Instance of applications (L6)

UNIT III
DevOps adoption in projects: Technology aspects, Agiling capabilities, Tool stack
implementation, People aspect, processes

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Understand the Technology aspects and Agile capabilities (L2)

• Interpret the aspects in user’s context (L5)

340 Page
UNIT IV
CI/CD: Introduction to Continuous Integration, Continuous Delivery and
Deployment , Benefits of CI/CD, Metrics to track CICD practices

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Explain CI/CD and its benefits (L2)

• Demonstrate the Continuous Integration, Delivery and Deployment (L2)

UNIT V
Devops Maturity Model: Key factors of DevOps maturity model, stages of Devops
maturity model, DevOps maturity Assessment

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Identify the Key factors of maturity model (L3)

• Estimate the DevOps maturity Assessment (L6)

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, student will be able to

• Explain how DevOps will balance the needs throughout the SDLC(L2)
• Demonstrate how DevOps improves the collaboration and productivity by
automation.(L2)
• Adapt DevOps in real time projects. (L6)
• Illustrate the continuous integration tools and monitoring tools (L2)

Text Books:
1) The DevOps Handbook: How to Create World-Class Agility, Reliability, and
Security in Technology Organizations, Gene Kim , John Willis , Patrick
Debois , Jez Humb,1st Edition, O’Reilly publications, 2016.
2) What is Devops? Infrastructure as code, 1st Edition, Mike Loukides ,O’Reilly
publications, 2012.

341 Page
Reference Books:
1) Building a DevOps Culture, 1st Edition, Mandi Walls, O’Reilly publications, 2013.
2) The DevOps 2.0 Toolkit: Automating the Continuous Deployment Pipeline With
Containerized Microservices, 1st Edition, Viktor Farcic, CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform publications, 2016
3) Continuous Delivery: Reliable Software Releases Through Build, Test, and
Deployment Automation, 1st Edition, Jez Humble and David Farley, 2010.
4) Achieving DevOps: A Novel About Delivering the Best of Agile, DevOps, and
microservices, 1st Edition, Dave Harrison, Knox Lively, Apress publications, 2019
e-Resources:
1) https://www.javatpoint.com/devops
2) https://github.com/nkatre/Free-DevOps-Books-1/blob

342 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05801b) DEEP LEARNING
Professional Elective-IV
Course Objectives:
This course is designed to:

• Demonstrate the major technology trends driving Deep Learning

• Build, train and apply fully connected deep neural networks
• Implement efficient (vectorized) neural networks
• Analyze the key parameters and hyper parameters in a neural network's architecture

UNIT I
Linear Algebra: Scalars, Vectors, Matrices and Tensors, Matrix operations, types of
matrices, Norms, Eigen decomposition, Singular Value Decomposition, Principal
Components Analysis.
Probability and Information Theory: Random Variables, Probability Distributions,
Marginal Probability, Conditional Probability, Expectation, Variance and
Covariance, Bayes’ Rule, Information Theory. Numerical Computation: Overflow
and Underflow, Gradient-Based Optimization, Constrained Optimization, Linear
Least Squares.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Understand linear algebra in the deep learning context (L2)

• Utilize probability and information theory in machine/deep learning applications
(L3)
UNIT II
Machine Learning: Basics and Underfitting, Hyper parameters and Validation Sets,
Estimators, Bias and Variance, Maximum Likelihood, Bayesian Statistics,
Supervised and Unsupervised Learning, Stochastic Gradient Descent, Challenges
Motivating Deep Learning. Deep Feedforward Networks: Learning XOR, Gradient-
Based Learning, Hidden Units, Architecture Design, Back-Propagation and other
Differentiation Algorithms.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Illustrate machine learning basics leads to deep learning(L2)

• Contrast super and unsupervised learning(L2)

343 Page
UNIT III
Regularization for Deep Learning: Parameter Norm Penalties, Norm Penalties as
Constrained Optimization, Regularization and Under-Constrained Problems, Dataset
Augmentation, Noise Robustness, Semi-Supervised Learning, Multi-Task Learning,
Early Stopping, Parameter Tying and Parameter Sharing, Sparse Representations,
Bagging and Other Ensemble Methods, Dropout, Adversarial Training, Tangent
Distance, Tangent Prop and Manifold Tangent Classifier. Optimization for Training
Deep Models: Pure Optimization, Challenges in Neural Network Optimization,
Basic Algorithms, Parameter Initialization Strategies, Algorithms with Adaptive
Learning Rates, Approximate Second-Order Methods, Optimization Strategies and
Meta-Algorithms.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Evaluate Regularization Problems for Deep learning (L5)

• Apply optimization for Training Deep Learning models (L3)

UNIT IV
Convolutional Networks: The Convolution Operation, Pooling, Convolution, Basic
Convolution Functions, Structured Outputs, Data Types, Efficient Convolution
Algorithms, Random or Unsupervised Features, Basis for Convolutional Networks.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Appraise Basic Convolution Functions (L5)

• Develop Efficient Convolution Algorithms (L3)

UNIT V
Sequence Modeling: Recurrent and Recursive Nets: Unfolding Computational
Graphs, Recurrent Neural Networks, Bidirectional RNNs, Encoder-Decoder
Sequence-to-Sequence Architectures, Deep Recurrent Networks, Recursive Neural
Networks, Echo State Networks, LSTM, Gated RNNs, Optimization for Long-Term
Dependencies, Auto encoders, Deep Generative Models.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to:

• Illustrate Recurrent and Recursive Neural Networks (L2)

• Apply Auto encoders and Deep Generative Models (L3)

344 Page
Course Outcomes:
After completing this course, students will be able to:

• Apply linear algebra and probability theory in the deep learning applications(L3)
• Elaborate the challenges and motivations to Deep learning (L6)
• Differentiate the architectures of deep neural network (L4)
• Build a convolutional neural network (L6)
• Build and train RNN and LSTMs(L6)

Text Books:

1) Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”,

MIT Press,2016.
2) Josh Patterson and Adam Gibson, “Deep learning: A practitioner's
approach”, O'Reilly Media, First Edition, 2017.
Reference Books:
1) Fundamentals of Deep Learning, Designing next-generation machine
intelligence algorithms, Nikhil Buduma, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers,
2019.
2) Deep learning Cook Book, Practical recipes to get started Quickly, Douwe
Osinga, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers, 2019.
e-Resources:

1) https://keras.io/datasets/
2) http://deeplearning.net/tutorial/deeplearning.pdf
3) https://arxiv.org/pdf/1404.7828v4.pdf

345 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A05801c) AD HOC AND SENSOR NETWORKS

Course Objectives:
This course is designed to:

• Introduce the concepts of Adhoc and Sensor Networks.

• Explain Routing algorithms suitable for Adhoc Networks.
• Understand the transport protocols for Adhoc networks
• Familiarize with the security issues of adhoc and sensor networks

Unit I: IEEE 802 Networking Standard. Fundamentals of WLANs, IEEE 802.11 standard. What
is Wireless Internet?, Mobile IP, Cellular and Adhoc Wireless Networks, Applications of Adhoc
Networks, Issues in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Ad Hoc Wireless Internet.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Explain different wireless networks. (L2)

• Examine wireless LAN Standard IEEE 802.11.(L4)

Unit II: Issues in Designing a MAC Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Design Goals of
a MAC Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Classification of MAC Protocols, Contention-
Based Protocols, Contention-Based Protocols with Reservation Mechanisms, Contention-Based
MAC Protocols with Scheduling Mechanisms, MAC Protocols that used Directional Antennas,
Other MAC Protocols.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Identify the limitations of existing MAC protocols when applied to adhoc networks. (L3)
• Analyze the existing MAC Protocols for Adhoc networks.(L3)

Unit III: Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Classification
of Routing Protocols, Table-Driven Routing Protocols, On-Demand Routing Protocols, Hybrid
Routing Protocols, Hierarchical Routing Protocols, Power-Aware Routing Protocols.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Compare different routing protocols.(L2)

• Choose the routing protocol based on network characteristics.(L5)

Unit – IV Multicast Routing in Ad hoc Wireless Networks- Issues in Designing a Multicast

Routing Protocol, Operation of Multicast Routing Protocols, An architecture reference model
346 Page
for multicast routing protocols, Classifications of Multicast Routing Protocols, Tree-Based
Multicast Routing Protocols, Mesh-Based Multicast Routing Protocols, Summary of Tree and
Mesh-Based Protocols. Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless
Networks, Design Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks,
Classification of Transport Layer Solutions. TCP over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Other
Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Interpret the issues in designing a multicast Routing Algorithmd(L2)

• Propose new Transport protocols for adhoc networks(L6)

Unit V: Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Network Security Requirements, Issues and
Challenges in Security Provisioning, Network Security Attacks, Key Management, Secure
Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks.

Wireless Sensor Networks- Introduction, Sensor Network Architecture, Data Dissemination,

Data Gathering, MAC Protocols for Sensor Networks, Location Discovery, Quality of a Sensor
Network, Evolving Standards, Other issues.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• Define the sensor networks.(L1)

• Identify the need for security in Adhoc and Sensor networks.(L3)

Course outcomes:

Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:

• List the design issues for Adhoc and sensor networks(L1)

• Analyze the use of TCP in Wireless networks.(L4)
• Justify the need for new MAC Protocols for Adhoc networks.(L5)
• Extend the existing protocols to make them suitable for Adhoc Networks.(L2)
• Evaluate the performance of Protocols in Adhoc and sensor networks.(L5)
• Design new Protocols for Adhoc and Sensor networks.(L6)

Text Book:

1. Murthy, C. Siva Ram, and B. S. Manoj. Ad hoc wireless networks: Architectures and
protocols. Pearson Education India, 2004.

References:

347 Page
1. Carlos De Morais Cordeiro, Dharma Prakash Agrawal “Ad Hoc & Sensor Networks:
Theory and Applications”, World Scientific Publishing Company, 2006.
2. Feng Zhao and Leonides Guibas, "Wireless Sensor Networks", Elsevier Publication -
2002.
3. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks”,Wiley, 2005

348 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01802a) DISASTER MANGEMENT
OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

Course Objectives:

The objective of this course is to:

• Develop an understanding of why and how the modern disaster manager is involved
with pre-disaster and post-disaster activities.
• Develop an awareness of the chronological phases of natural disaster response and
refugee relief operations. Understand how the phases of each are parallel and how they
differ.
• Understand the ‘relief system’ and the ‘disaster victim.’
• Describe the three planning strategies useful in mitigation.
• Identify the regulatory controls used in hazard management.
• Describe public awareness and economic incentive possibilities.
• Understand the tools of post-disaster management.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:

Natural Hazards And Disaster Management: Introduction of DM – Inter disciplinary -nature of

the subject– Disaster Management cycle – Five priorities for action. Case study methods of the
following: floods, draughts – Earthquakes – global warming, cyclones & Tsunamis – Post
Tsunami hazards along the Indian coast – landslides.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the natural hazards and its management
• To understand about the global warming, cyclones and tsunamis

UNIT-II:

Man Made Disaster And Their Management Along With Case Study Methods Of The
Following: Fire hazards – transport hazard dynamics – solid waste management – post disaster
– bio terrotirism -threat in mega cities, rail and air craft’s accidents, and Emerging infectious
diseases & Aids and their management.

349 Page
Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the fire hazards and solid waste management
• To understand about the emerging infectious diseases and aids their management.

UNIT-III:

Risk and Vulnerability: Building codes and land use planning – social vulnerability –
environmental vulnerability – Macroeconomic management and sustainable development,
climate change risk rendition – financial management of disaster – related losses.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the regulations of building codes and land use planning related to risk
and vulnerability.
• To understand about the financial management of disaster and related losses

UNIT-IV:

Role Of Technology In Disaster Managements: Disaster management for infra structures,

taxonomy of infra structure – treatment plants and process facilities-electrical substations- roads
and bridges- mitigation programme for earth quakes –flowchart, geospatial information in
agriculture drought assessment-multimedia technology in disaster risk management and
training- transformable indigenous knowledge in disaster reduction.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the technological aspects of disaster management
• To understand about the factors for disaster reduction

UNIT-V:

Education and Community Preparedness: Education in disaster risk reduction-Essentials of

school disaster education-Community capacity and disaster resilience-Community based
disaster recovery -Community based disaster management and social capital-Designing
resilience- building community capacity for action.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

350 Page
 • To impart the education related to risk reduction in schools and communities

Course Outcomes:

Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• Affirm the usefulness of integrating management principles in disaster mitigation work
• Distinguish between the different approaches needed to manage pre- during and post-
disaster periods
• Explain the process of risk management
• Relate to risk transfer

TEXT BOOKS

1. Rajib shah & R R Krishnamurthy “Disaster Management” – Global Challenges and

Local Solutions’ Universities press. (2009),
2. Tushar Bhattacharya, “Disaster Science & Management” Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Jagbir Singh “Disaster Management” – Future Challenges and Opportunities’ I K
International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. (2007),

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Harsh. K . Gupta “Disaster Management edited”, Universities press, 2003.

351 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A01802b) GLOBAL WARMING AND CLIMATE CHANGES
OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

Course Objectives:

The objective of this course is to:

• To know the basics, importance of global warming.
• To know the concepts of mitigation measures against global warming
• To know the impacts of climate changes

UNIT I

EARTH’S CLIMATE SYSTEM:

Introduction to environment, Ozone, ozone layer and its functions, Ozone depletion and ozone
hole, Vienna convention and Montreal protocol, Green house gases and green house effect,
Hydrological cycle and Carbon cycle, Global warming and its impacts

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To identity the importance of Ozone and effect of green house gases
• To know the effect of global warming

UNIT II

ATMOSPHERE & ITS COMPONENTS: Atmosphere and its layers-Characteristics of

Atmosphere - Structure of Atmosphere - Composition of Atmosphere - Atmospheric stability -
Temperature profile of the atmosphere - Temperature inversion and effects of inversion on
pollution dispersion.

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the layers of atmosphere and their characteristics

UNIT III

IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE : Causes of Climate change - Change of Temperature

in the environment - Melting of ice and sea level rise - Impacts of Climate Change on various
sectors - Projected impacts for different regions, uncertainties in the projected impacts and risk
of irreversible changes.

Learning Outcomes:
352 Page
After completing this Unit, students will be able to
• To know about the causes of climate change and its effects on various sectors.

UNIT IV

OBSERVED CHANGES AND ITS CAUSES: Climate change and Carbon credits-Clean
Development Mechanism (CDM), CDM in India - Kyoto Protocol - Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC) - Climate Sensitivity - Montreal Protocol - United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) - Global change in temperature and climate and
changes within India

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the causes of climate change and carbon credits, effect of change in
temperature and climate on india.

UNIT V

CLIMATE CHANGE AND MITIGATION MEASURES: CDM and Carbon Trading - Clean
Technology, biodiesel, compost, biodegradable plastics - Renewable energy usage as an
alternative - Mitigation Technologies and Practices within India and around the world - Non-
renewable energy supply to all sectors - Carbon sequestration - International and regional
cooperation for waste disposalbiomedical wastes, hazardous wastes, e-wastes, industrial wastes,
etc.,

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about the clean technology, use of renewable energy, mitigation technologies
and their practices.

Course Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
• Design a system, component or process to meet desired needs with in realistic constraints
such as economic ,environmental ,social ,political ,ethical ,health and safety ,
manufacturability and sustainability
• An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Dash Sushil Kumar, “Climate Change – An Indian Perspective”, Cambridge University

Press India Private limited 2007.

353 Page
 2. Adaptation and mitigation of climate change-Scientific Technical Analysis. Cambridge
University Press ,Cambridge,2006.
3. Atmospheric Science, J.M. Wallace and P.V. Hobbs, Elsevier / Academic Press 2006.
4. Jan C. van Dam, Impacts of “Climate Change and Climate Variability on ydrological
Regimes”, Cambridge university press ,2003.
5. David Archer, Global Warming: Understanding the Forecast, 2 nd ed. (Wiley, 2011
6. John Houghton, Global Warming: The Complete Briefing, 5th Edition, 2015,
Cambridge Univ. Press. Useful

354 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A02802a) IoT APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

(OE-IV)

Course Objectives:

• To learn about a few applications of Internet of Things

• To distinguish between motion less and motion detectors as IoT applications
• To know about Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) fundamentals in design and
fabrication process
• To understand about applications of IoT in smart grid
• To introduce the new concept of Internet of Energy for various applications

UNIT-I:

Sensors

Definitions, Terminology, Classification, Temperature sensors, Thermoresistive, Resistance,

temperature detectors, Silicon resistive thermistors, Semiconductor, Piezoelectric, Humidity and
moisture sensors. Capacitive, Electrical conductivity, Thermal conductivity, time domain
reflectometer, Pressure and Force sensors: Piezoresistive, Capacitive, force, strain and tactile
sensors, Strain gauge, Piezoelectric

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about basic principles of sensors and their classification
• To learn about various motion less sensors
• To understand about Piezoelectric sensor applications to detect temperature, pressure
etc.
• To understand about Capacitive sensors to detect temperature, force and pressure etc.
• To know about concepts of tactile sensors, for a few applications

UNIT-II:

Occupancy and Motion detectors

Capacitive occupancy, Inductive and magnetic, potentiometric - Position, displacement and

level sensors, Potentiometric, Capacitive, Inductive, magnetic velocity and acceleration sensors,
Capacitive, Piezoresistive, piezoelectric cables, Flow sensors, Electromagnetic, Acoustic
sensors - Resistive microphones, Piezoelectric, Photo resistors

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

355 Page
 • To know about Capacitive occupancy
• To understand about Motion detectors
• To distinguish between Potentiometric, inductive and capacitive sensors for a few
applications
• To learn about a few velocity and acceleration sensors
• To know about various flow sensors

UNIT-III:

MEMS

Basic concepts of MEMS design, Beam/diaphragm mechanics, electrostatic actuation and

fabrication, Process design of MEMS based sensors and actuators, Touch sensor, Pressure
sensor, RF MEMS switches, Electric and Magnetic field sensors

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To understand about the basic concept of MEMS
• To know about electrostatic actuation
• To learn about process design of MEMS based sensors
• To learn about process design of MEMS based actuators
• To distinguish between RF switches with respect to electric and magnetic sensors

UNIT-IV:

IoT for Smart grid

Driving factors, Generation level, Transmission level, Distribution level, Applications, Metering
and monitoring applications, Standardization and interoperability, Smart home

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To get exposure fundamental applications of IoT to Smart grid
• To learn about driving factors of IoT in Generation level
• To learn about driving factors of IoT in Transmission level
• To learn about driving factors of IoT in Distribution level
• To distinguish between metering level and monitoring applications
• To get introduced to the concept of Smart home

UNIT-V:

IoE: Concept of Internet of Energy, Evaluation of IoE concept, Vision and motivation of
IoE, Architecture, Energy routines, information sensing and processing issues, Energy internet
as smart grid

356 Page
Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To get exposed the new concept of internet of energy
• To learn about architecture of IoE
• To know about energy routines
• To learn about information sensing and processing issues
• To understand the use of energy internet as smart grid

Course Outcomes:

• To get exposed to recent trends in few applications of IoT in Electrical Engineering

• To understand about usage of various types of motionless sensors
• To understand about usage of various types of motion detectors
• To get exposed to various applications of IoT in smart grid
• To get exposed to future working environment with Energy internet

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Jon S. Wilson, “Sensor Technology Hand book”, Newnes Publisher, 2004

2. Tai Ran Hsu, “MEMS and Microsystems: Design and manufacture”, 1st Edition, Mc
Grawhill Education, 2017
3. Ersan Kabalci and Yasin Kabalci, “From Smart grid to Internet of Energy”, 1st Edition,
Academic Press, 2019

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Raj Kumar Buyya and Amir Vahid Dastjerdi, “Internet of Things: Principles and
Paradigms”, Kindle Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher, 2016
2. Yen Kheng Tan and Mark Wong, “Energy Harvesting Systems for IoT Applications”:
Generation, Storage and Power Management, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2019
3. RMD Sundaram Shriram, K. Vasudevan and Abhishek S. Nagarajan, “Internet of
Things”, Wiley, 2019

357 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A02802b) SMART ELECTRIC GRID

(OE-IV)

Course Objectives:

• To learn about recent trends in grids as smart grid

• To understand about smart grid architecture and technologies
• To know about smart substations
• To learn about smart transmission systems
• To learn about smart distribution systems

UNIT-I:

Introduction to Smart Grid

Working definitions of Smart Grid and Associated Concepts – Smart Grid Functions –
Traditional Power Grid and Smart Grid – New Technologies for Smart Grid – Advantages –
Indian Smart Grid – Key Challenges for Smart Grid

Smart Grid Architecture: Components and Architecture of Smart Grid Design – Review of
the proposed architectures for Smart Grid. The fundamental components of Smart Grid designs
– Transmission Automation – Distribution Automation – Renewable Integration

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To understand basic definitions and architecture of Smart grid
• To learn about new technologies for smart grid
• To know about fundamental components of smart grid
• To understand key challenges of smart grid
• To understand the need for integration of Renewable energy sources

UNIT-II:

Smart grid Technologies

Characteristics of Smart grid, Micro grids, Definitions, Drives, benefits, types of Micro grid,
building blocks, Renewable energy resources, needs in smart grid, integration impact,
integration standards, Load frequency control, reactive power control, case studies and test beds

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about basic characteristic features of smart grid technologies

358 Page
 • To understand about definition, types, building blocks of Microgrids
• To know about integration requirements, standards of renewable energy sources in
Microgrids
• To understand Load frequency and reactive power control of Microgrid
• To understand about Microgrid through a case study

UNIT-III:

Smart Substations

Protection, Monitoring and control devices, sensors, SCADA, Master stations, Remote terminal
unit, interoperability and IEC 61850, Process level, Bay level, Station level, Benefits, role of
substations in smart grid, Volt/VAR control equipment inside substation

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about protection, monitor and control devices in Smart substations
• To know about the importance of SCADA in substations
• To understand about interoperability and IEC 61850
• To know about role of substations in Smart grid
• To understand about Volt/VAR control equipment inside substation

UNIT-IV:

Smart Transmission

Energy Management systems, History, current technology, EMS for the smart grid, Wide Area
Monitoring Systems (WAMS), protection & Control (WAMPC), needs in smart grid, Role of
WAMPC smart grid, Drivers and benefits, Role of transmission systems in smart grid, Synchro
Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs)

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about Energy Management Systems in smart transmission systems
• To understand about WAMPC
• To know about role of transmission systems in Smart grid
• To know about Synchro Phasor Measurement units

UNIT-V:

Smart Distribution Systems

DMS, DSCADA, trends in DSCADA and control, current and advanced DMSs, Voltage
fluctuations, effect of voltage on customer load, Drivers, objectives and benefits, voltage-VAR
control, VAR control equipment on distribution feeders, implementation and optimization,

359 Page
FDIR - Fault Detection Isolation and Service restoration (FDIR),faults, objectives and benefits,
equipment, implementation

Learning Outcomes:

After completing this Unit, students will be able to

• To know about DSCADA in Smart Distribution Systems
• To distinguish between current and advanced DMSs
• To know about occurrence of voltage fluctuations
• To understand about VAR control and equipment on distribution feeders
• To know about FDIR objectives and benefits

Course Outcomes:

• To be able to understand trends in Smart grids

• To understand the needs and roles of Smart substations
• To understand the needs and roles of Smart Transmission systems
• To understand the needs and roles of Smart Distribution systems
• To distinguish between SCADA and DSCADA systems in practical working
environment

Text Books:

1. Stuart Borlase, “Smart Grids - Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions”, 1st

edition,CRC Press, 2013
2. Gil Masters, “Renewable and Efficient Electric Power System”, 2nd edition, Wiley–
IEEE Press, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. A.G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, “Synchronized Phasor Measurements and their
Applications”, Springer Edition, 2e, 2017.
2. T. Ackermann, “Wind Power in Power Systems”, Hoboken, NJ, USA, John Wiley, 2e,
2012.

360 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) – IV-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A03802a) ENERGY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV
Course Objective:

• Familiarize present energy scenario, and energy auditing methods.

• Explain components of electrical systems, lighting systems and improvements in
performance.
• Demonstrate different thermal systems, efficiency analysis, and energy conservation
methods.
• Train on energy conservation in major utilities.
• Instruct principles of energy management and energy pricing.

UNIT I

Introduction: Energy – Power – Past & Present Scenario Of World; National Energy
Consumption Data – Environmental Aspects Associated With Energy Utilization –Energy
Auditing: Need, Types, Methodology And Barriers. Role Of Energy Managers. Instruments For
Energy Auditing.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Infer energy consumption patterns and environmental aspects of energy utilization. (l2)
• Outline energy auditing requirements, tools and methods. (l2)
• Identify the function of energy manager. (l3)

UNIT II

Electrical Systems: Components Of EB Billing – HT And LT Supply, Transformers, Cable

Sizing, Concept Of Capacitors, Power Factor Improvement, Harmonics, Electric Motors –
Motor Efficiency Computation, Energy Efficient Motors, Illumination – Lux, Lumens, Types
Of Lighting, Efficacy, LED Lighting And Scope Of Economy In Illumination.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Outline components of electricity billing, transmission and distribution. (l2)
• Analyze performance characteristics of transformers, capacitors, and electric motors. (l4)
• Examine power factor improvements, and electric motor efficiency. (l4)
• Evaluate lighting systems. (L4)

UNIT III

361 Page
Thermal Systems: Stoichiometry, Boilers, Furnaces and Thermic Fluid Heaters – Efficiency
Computation and Encon Measures. Steam: Distribution & Usage: Steam Traps, Condensate
Recovery, Flash Steam Utilization, Insulators & Refractories.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Determine efficiency of boilers, furnaces and other thermal systems. (l5)
• Recommend energy conservation measures in thermal systems. (l5)
• Justify steam systems in energy conservation. (l4)

UNIT IV

Energy Conservation In Major Utilities: Pumps, Fans, Blowers, Compressed Air Systems,
Refrigeration And Air Conditioning Systems – Cooling Towers – D.G. Sets.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Explain energy conservation measures in major utilities. (l2)
• Apply performance test criteria for fans, pumps, compressors, hvac systems. (l3)
• Assess energy conservation in cooling towers and d.g. sets. (l5)

UNIT V

Energy Management: Principles of Energy Management, Energy demand estimation,

Organising and Managing Energy Management Programs, Energy pricing.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Describe principles of energy management. (l2)
• Assess energy demand and forecast. (l5)
• Organize energy management programs. (l6)
• Design elements of energy pricing. (l6)

Course Outcomes:

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

• Explain energy utilization and energy auditing methods.(l2)
• Analyze electrical systems performance of electric motors and lighting systems.(l4)
• Examine energy conservation methods in thermal systems.(l4)
• Estimate efficiency of major utilities such as fans, pumps, compressed air systems, hvac
and d.g. Sets. (l4)
• Elaborate principles of energy management, programs, energy demand and energy
pricing. (l6)

362 Page
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Energy Manager Training Manual (4 Volumes) Available At

www.energymanagertraining.com, A Website Administered By Bureau Of Energy
Efficiency (BEE), A Statutory Body Under Ministry Of Power, Government Of India,
2004.

REFERENCES:

1. Witte. L.C., P.S. Schmidt, D.R. Brown, “Industrial Energy Management and Utilisation”
Hemisphere Publ, Washington, 1988.
2. Callaghn, P.W. “Design And Management For Energy Conservation”, Pergamon Press,
Oxford, 1981.
3. Dryden. I.G.C., “The Efficient Use Of Energy” Butterworths, London, 1982
4. Murphy. W.R. And G. Mc KAY, “Energy Management”, Butterworths, London 1987.
5. Turner, W. C., Doty, S. and Truner, W. C., “Energy Management Hand book”, 7th
edition, Fairmont Press, 2009.
6. De, B. K., “Energy Management audit & Conservation”, 2nd Edition, Vrinda Publication,
2010.
7. Smith, C. B., “Energy Management Principles”, Pergamon Press, 2007.

363 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A03802b) NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV
Course Objectives

• Introduce basic concepts of non destructive testing.

• Familiarize with characteristics of ultrasonic test, transducers, rejection and
effectiveness.
• Describe concept of liquid Penetrant, eddy current and magnetic particle tests, its
applications and limitations.
• Explain the principles of infrared and thermal testing, applications and honey comb and
sandwich structures case studies.
• Impart NDE and its applications in pressure vessels, casting and welded constructions.

UNIT I

Introduction to non-destructive testing: Radiographic test, Sources of X and Gamma Rays

and their interaction with Matter, Radiographic equipment, Radiographic Techniques, Safety
Aspects of Industrial Radiography.

Learning outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Explain non destructive testing techniques (L2)

• Summarize the basic concepts of Radiographic test ( L2)
• Outline the concepts of sources of X and Gamma Rays ( L2)
• Explain the radiographic techniques ( L2)
• Discuss the safety aspects of industrial radiography. ( L4)

UNIT II

Ultrasonic test: Principle of Wave Propagation, Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, Mode

Conversion and Attenuation, Sound Field, Piezo-electric Effect , Ultrasonic Transducers and
their Characteristics, Ultrasonic Equipment and Variables Affecting Ultrasonic Test, Ultrasonic
Testing, Interpretations and Guidelines for Acceptance, Rejection - Effectiveness and
Limitations of Ultrasonic Testing.

Learning outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the principle of ultrasonic test. ( l2)

364 Page
 • Analyze the performance of wave propagation, reflection, refraction, diffraction and
sound field in ultrasonic test. (l4 )
• Discuss the characteristics of ultrasonic transducers. (l4)
• Outline the limitations of ultrasonic testing. (l2 )

UNIT III

Liquid Penetrant Test: Liquid Penetrant Test, Basic Concepts, Liquid Penetrant System, Test
Procedure, Effectiveness and Limitations of Liquid Penetrant Testing.
Eddy Current Test: Principle of Eddy Current, Eddy Current Test System, Applications of
Eddy Current-Testing Effectiveness of Eddy Current Testing.
Magnetic Particle Test: Magnetic Materials, Magnetization of Materials, Demagnetization of
Materials, Principle of Magnetic Particle Test, Magnetic Particle Test Equipment, Magnetic
Particle Test Procedure, Standardization and Calibration, Interpretation and Evaluation,
Effective Applications and Limitations of the Magnetic Particle Test.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Illustrate the procedure of Liquid Penetrant, eddy current and magnetic particle tests.(
L2)
• Outline the limitations of Penetrant, eddy current and magnetic particle tests. (L2 )
• Explain the effectiveness of Penetrant, eddy current and magnetic particle tests. ( L2)
• Apply the applications of Magnetic particle test. ( L3)

UNIT IV

Infrared And Thermal Testing: Introduction and fundamentals to infrared and thermal
testing–Heat transfer –Active and passive techniques –Lock in and pulse thermography–Contact
and non contact thermal inspection methods–Heat sensitive paints –Heat sensitive papers –-
thermally quenched phosphors liquid crystals –techniques for applying liquid crystals –other
temperature sensitive coatings –Inspection methods –Infrared radiation and infrared detectors–
thermo mechanical behavior of materials–IR imaging in aerospace applications, electronic
components, Honey comb and sandwich structures–Case studies.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Discuss the fundamentals of thermal testing. (l6 )
• Explain the techniques of liquid crystals, active and passive. (l2)
• Illustrate thermal inspection methods. ( l2)
• Outline the limitations of thermal testing. (l2 )
• Explain the applications of honey comb and sandwich structures. (l2)

UNIT V

365 Page
Industrial Applications of NDE: Span of NDE Activities Railways, Nuclear, Non-nuclear and
Chemical Industries, Aircraft and Aerospace Industries, Automotive Industries, Offshore Gas
and Petroleum Projects, Coal Mining Industry, NDE of pressure vessels, castings, welded
constructions

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Illustrate applications of NDE. ( L2)
• Explain the applications of Railways, Nuclear and chemical industries. ( L2)
• Outline the limitations and disadvantages of NDE. (L2 )
• Explain the applications of NDA of pressure vessels, casting and welding constructions
( L2)

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, student will be able to

• Explain various methods of non-destructive testing. (l3)
• Apply relevant non-destructive testing method different applications. (l3)
• Explain the applications of railways, nuclear and chemical industries. ( l2)
• Outline the limitations and disadvantages of nde. (l2 )
• Explain the applications of nda of pressure vessels, casting and welding constructions
( l2)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. J Prasad, GCK Nair , “Non destructive test and evaluation of Materials”, Tata mcgraw-
Hill Education Publishers, 2008.
2. Josef Krautkrämer, Herbert Krautkrämer, “Ultrasonic testing of materials”, 3rd edition,
Springer-Verlag, 1983.
3. X. P. V. Maldague, “Non destructive evaluation of materials by infrared thermography”,
1st edition, Springer-Verlag, 1993.

REFERENCES:

1. Gary L. Workman, Patrick O. Moore, Doron Kishoni, “Non-destructive, Hand Book,

Ultrasonic Testing”, 3rd edition, Amer Society for Nondestructive, 2007.
2. ASTM Standards, Vol 3.01, Metals and alloys

Social Relevant Projects

1. Solid waste conversion into energy (Gasification)

2. Plastic waste into fuel.
3. Bio-gas digester.
4. Development of mechanisms for farmers.
5. Smart irrigation for saving water.
6. Mechanized water segregation.

366 Page
7. Applications of solar technologies for rural purpose.
8. Power generation from wind turbine.
9. Applications of drones for agriculture.
10. Solar drying.

367 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A04802a) INTRODUCTION TO IMAGE PROCESSING

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

Course Objectives:

• To interpret fundamental concepts of digital image processing.

• To exemplify image enhancement.
• To interpret fundamental concepts of color image processing.
• To assess image compression techniques for digital images.
• To summarize segmentation for digital images.

UNIT-I:

INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Introduction: Digital image representation, Fundamental steps in image processing, Elements

of digital image processing, Elements of visual perception, Simple image model, Sampling and
Quantization, Basic relationships between pixels, Image transformations.
Applications: Medical imaging, Robot vision, Character recognition, Remote sensing.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the fundamental concepts of image processing, Sampling process and basis
relationships between pixels (L1)
• Explain the elements of Digital Image Processing (L2)

UNIT–II:

IMAGE ENHANCEMENT

Need for image enhancement, Point processing, Histogram processing, Spatial filtering-
Smoothing and Sharpening.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the need for enhancement process (L1)
• Explain the terminology involved in enhancement process (L2)

UNIT-III:

COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING

368 Page
Colour fundamentals, Colour models, Color transformations, Pseudo colour image processing,
Full colour image processing.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the need for enhancement process (L1)
• Explain the terminology involved in enhancement process (L2)

UNIT–IV:

IMAGE COMPRESSION

Redundancies, Fidelity criteria, Image compression model, Lossless compression: Huffman

coding, Arithmetic coding. Lossy compression: Lossy Predictive Coding, JPEG Compression
Standard.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the need for image compression (L1)
• Explain the image compression and various types of compression techniques
(L2)

UNIT–V:

IMAGE SEGMENTATION

Detection of discontinuities: point, line and edge detection, Edge linking and Boundary
detections: Local Processing, Global processing via Hough transform, Thresholding, Region
oriented segmentation: Region growing, Region splitting and merging.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the principle of image segmentation and its importance (L1)
• Explain the image compression and various types of compression techniques (L2)
• Analyze the various terminologies involved in image segmentation like edge, boundary
detection etc. (L3)

Course Outcomes:

• Interpret fundamental concepts of digital and color image processing.

• Exemplify image enhancement.
• Analyze the various terminologies involved in image segmentation like edge,
boundary detection etc. Assess image compression techniques for digital images.
• Summarize segmentation techniques for digital images.

369 Page
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. S Jayaraman, S Esakkirajan and T Veerakumar, “Digital Image Processing”, TMH, 2011.

2. S. Sridhar, “Digital Image Processing”, 2nd Edition, Oxford Publishers, 2016.

370 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A04802b) PRINCIPLES OF CELLULAR AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

Course Objectives:

• To understand the concepts and operation of cellular systems.

• To apply the concepts of cellular systems to solve engineering problems.
• To analyse cellular systems for meaningful conclusions.
• To evaluate suitability of a cellular system in real time applications.
• To design cellular patterns based on frequency reuse factor.

UNIT-I:

Introduction to Cellular Mobile Systems

Why cellular mobile communication systems? A basic cellular system, Evolution of mobile
radio communications, Performance criteria, Characteristics of mobile radio environment,
Operation of cellular systems. Examples for analog and digital cellular systems.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the conceptsand operation of cellular systems (L1).
• Analyze the characteristics of mobile radio environment (L3).

UNIT-II:

Cellular Radio System Design

General description of the problem, Concept of frequency reuse channels, Cochannel

interference reduction, Desired C/I ratio, Cell splitting and sectoring.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand the concept of frequency reuse and cochannel interference in cellular
systems (L1).
• Apply the concept of cellular systems to solve engineering problems (L2).
• Analyze the design problems of cellular systems (L3).
• Design of cellular patterns based frequency reuse factor (L5).

371 Page
UNIT-III:

Handoffs and Dropped Calls

Why handoffs and types of handoffs, Initiation of handoff, Delaying a handoff, Forced handoffs,
Queuing of handoffs, Power-difference handoffs, Mobile assisted handoff and soft handoff,
Cell-site handoff, Intersystem handoff. Introduction to dropped call rate.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand why handoff is required (L1).
• Apply handoff techniques to solve engineering problems (L2).
• Compare various types of handoffs (L3).

UNIT-IV:

Multiple Access Techniques for Wireless Communications

Introduction, Frequency Division Multiple Access, Time Division Multiple Access, Code
Division Multiple Accessand Space Division Multiple Access.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand various types of multiple access techniques (L1).
• Apply the concept of multiple access to solve engineering problems (L2).
• Compare various types of multiple access techniques (L3).

UNIT-V:

Digital Cellular Systems

Global System for Mobile Systems, Time Division Multiple Access Systems, Code Division
Multiple Access Systems. Examples for 2G, 3G and 4G systems. Introduction to 5G system.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the unit, the student should be able to

• Understand operation of various types of digital cellular systems (L1).
• Compare various types of digital cellular systems (L3).
• Evaluate suitability of a cellular system in real time applications (L4).
Note: The main emphasis is on qualitative treatment. Complex mathematical treatment may
be avoided.

372 Page
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student should be able to

• Understand the concepts and operation of cellular systems (L1)
• Apply the concepts of cellular systems to solve engineering problems (L2).
• Analyse cellular systems for meaningful conclusions, Evaluate suitability of a cellular
system in real time applications (L3).
• Design cellular patterns based on frequency reuse factor (L4).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. William C. Y. Lee, “Mobile Cellular Telecommunications”, 2ndEdition, McGraw-Hill

International, 1995.
2. Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications – Principles and Practice”,
2ndEdition, PHI, 2004.

REFERENCES:

3. Aditya K. Jagannatham “Principles of Modern Wireless Communications Systems –

Theory and Practice”, McGraw-Hill International, 2015.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------

Blooms’ Learning levels:

L1: Remembering and Understanding
L2: Applying
L3: Analyzing, Evaluating
L4: Designing, Creating

373 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A04802c) INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

Course Objectives:

This course will enable students to:

• Describe semi-conductor devices (such as PN junction diode &
Transistor) and their switching characteristics.
• Understand the characteristics of AC to DC converters.
• Understand about the practical applications Electronics in industries
• Describe the Ultrasonics and its application.

UNIT I

Scope of industrial Electronics, Semiconductors, Merits of semiconductors, crystallinestructure,

Intrinsic semiconductors, Extrinsic semiconductors, current flow insemiconductor, Open-
circuited p-n junction, Diode resistance, Zener diode,Photoconductors and junction photo
diodes, Photo voltaic effect, Light emitting diodes(LED).

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the importance of Electronics and semiconductor devices in industry,
operation of semiconductor devices (L1)
• Describe the working of semiconductor diodes (L1)

UNIT II

Introduction, The junction transistor, Conventions for polarities of voltages and currents,Open
circuited transistor, Transistor biased in the active region, Current components in transistors,
Currents in a transistor, Emitter efficiency, Transport factor and transistor-α,Dynamic emitter
resistance, Transistor as an amplifier, Transistor construction, Lettersymbols for semiconductor
Devices, Characteristic curves of junction transistor in common configuration, static
characteristic curves of PNP junction transistor in common emitter configuration, The transistor
in common collector Configuration.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the working of Transistor and its different configurations (L1)
• Describe the working of CE, CC, CB configurations (L1)

374 Page
UNIT III

AC to DC converters- Introduction, Classification of Rectifiers, Half wave Rectifiers, Fullwave

Rectifiers, Comparison of Half wave and full wave rectifiers, Bridge Rectifiers,Bridge Rectifier
meter, Voltage multiplying Rectifier circuits, Capacitor filter, LC Filter,Metal Rectifiers,
Regulated Power Supplies, Classification of Voltage Regulators, Shortperiod Accuracy of
Regulators, Long period .Accuracy of Voltage Regulator, Principle ofautomatic voltage
Regulator, Simple D.C. Voltage stabilizer using Zener diode, D.C.Voltage Regulators, Series
Voltage Regulators, Complete series voltage regulatorcircuit, Simple series voltage regulator.

UNIT IV

Resistance welding controls: Introduction, Resistance welding process, Basic Circuitfor A.C.
resistance welding, Types of Resistance welding, Electronic welding controlused in Resistance
welding, Energy storage welding. Induction heating: Principle ofinduction heating, Theory of
Induction heating merits of induction heating, Application ofinduction heating, High frequency
power source of induction heating. Dielectricheating: Principle of dielectric heating, theory of
dielectric heating, dielectric propertiesof typical materials, electrodes used in dielectric heating,
method of coupling ofelectrodes to the R.F. generator, Thermal losses in Dielectric heating,
Applications.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the principle of operation of Resistance welding, Induction heating and

Dielectric heating (L1)
• Apply the process of Resistance welding, Induction heating and Dielectric heating
in the industry (L2)

UNIT V:

Ultrasonics: Introduction, Generation of Ultrasonic waves, Application of Ultrasonicwaves,

Ultrasonic stroboscope, ultrasonic as means of communication, ultrasonic flawdetection,
Optical image on non-homogeneities, ultrasonic study of structure of matter,Dispersive study of
structure of matter, Dispersive and colloidal effect of Ultrasonic,Coagulating action of
Ultrasonic, separation of mixtures by ultrasoni8c waves, cuttingand machining of hard materials
by ultrasonic vibrations, Degassing of liquids byultrasonic waves, Physio-chemical effects of
ultrasonics, chemical effects ofultrasonics, Thermal effects of Ultrasonics, soldering and
welding by ultrasonics,Ultrasonic Drying

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Understand the principle of operation of Ultrasonics and its applications (L1)

375 Page
 • Analyze the thermal effects of Ultrasonics, soldering and welding by
ultrasonics,Ultrasonic Drying in the industry (L3)

Course Outcome:

• Understand the semi-conductor devices and their switching characteristics.

• Apply the Ultrasonic waves with different applications
• Analyze the thermal effects of Ultrasonics, soldering and welding by
ultrasonics,Ultrasonic Drying in the industry, Interpret the characteristics of AC to DC
converters,
• Develop the practical applications Electronics in industries.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. G. K. Mithal, “Industrial Electronics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2000.

2. J.Gnanavadivel, R.Dhanasekaran, P.Maruthupandi, “Industrial Electronics”,Anuradha
Publications, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. F. D. Petruzulla, “Industrial Electronics”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1996.

2. M. H. Rashid, “power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Application”, PHI, 3rdedition,
2004.
3. G. M. Chute and R. D. Chute, “Electronics in Industry”, McGraw Hill Ltd,Tokyo, 1995.

376 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)–IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A04802d) ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

Course Objectives:

This course will enable students to:

• To introduce various measuring instruments and their functionality
• To teach various measurement metrics for performance analysis
• To explain principles of operation and working of different electronic instruments
• To familiarize the characteristics, operations, calibrations and applications of the
different oscilloscopes and signal generators.
• To provide exposure to different types of transducers

UNIT – I

Measurement and Error: Definitions, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution and Significant

Figures, Types of Errors, Measurement error combinations. (Text 2)
Ammeters: DC Ammeter, Multi-range Ammeter, The Ayrton Shunt or Universal Shunt,
Requirements of Shunt, Extending of Ammeter Ranges, RF Ammeter (Thermocouple),
Limitations of Thermocouple. (Text 1)
Voltmeters and Multi-meters: Introduction, Basic Meter as a DC Voltmeter, DC Voltmeter,
Multi range Voltmeter, Extending Voltmeter Ranges, Loading, AC Voltmeter using Rectifiers.
True RMS Voltmeter, Multi-meter. (Text 1)

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the importance of measurement system (L1)
• Examine the characteristics of different Instruments (L2)
• Illustrate different types of errors that may occur in instruments during measurements
(L2)

UNIT – II

Digital Voltmeters: Introduction, RAMP technique, Dual Slope Integrating Type DVM,
Integrating Type DVM, Most Commonly used principles of ADC, Successive
Approximations, -Digit, Resolution and Sensitivity of Digital Meters, General Specifications
of DVM, (Text 1)
Digital Instruments: Introduction, Digital Multi-meters, Digital Frequency Meter, Digital
Measurement of Time, Universal Counter, Digital Tachometer, Digital pH Meter, Digital
Phase Meter, Digital Capacitance Meter, (Text 1)

Learning Outcomes:

377 Page
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
• Explain working of digital measuring Instruments (L2)
• Compare the various measuring techniques for measuring voltage (L4)

UNIT – III

Oscilloscopes: Introduction, Basic principles, CRT features, Block diagram of Oscilloscope,

Simple CRO, Vertical Amplifier, Horizontal Deflecting System, Sweep or Time Base
Generator, Measurement of Frequency by Lissajous Method, Digital Storage Oscilloscope.
(Text 1)
Signal Generators: Introduction, Fixed and Variable AF Oscillator, Standard Signal
Generator, Laboratory Type Signal Generator, AF sine and Square Wave Generator, Function
Generator, (Text 1)

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Describe functions of basic building of CRO (L1)
• Measure parameters viz. Amplitude, frequency and time period using CRO (L2)
• Classify signal generators and describe its characteristics (L2)

UNIT – 4

Measuring Instruments: Field Strength Meter,Stroboscope, Phase Meter, Q Meter, Megger.

(Text 1)
Bridges: Introduction, Wheatstone‘s bridge, Kelvin‘s Bridge; AC bridges, Capacitance
Comparison Bridge, Inductance Comparison Bridge, Maxwell‘s bridge, Wien‘s bridge. (Text
1)

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Describe function of various measuring Instruments. (L1)
• Describe how unknown capacitance and inductance can be measured using bridges
(L1)
• Select appropriate bridge for measuring R, L and C parameters (L2)

UNIT – 5

Transducers: Introduction, Electrical transducers, Selecting a transducer, Resistive transducer,

Resistive position transducer, Strain gauges, Resistance thermometer, Thermistor, Inductive
transducer, LVDT, Piezoelectric transducer, Photo cell, Photo voltaic cell, Semiconductor photo
diode and transistor. (Text 1)

378 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

• Explain the importance of transducer (L1)
• Illustrate different measuring techniques in transducers to measure physical
quantities.(L2)
• Select the appropriate transducer for the measurement of physical parameters (L2)

Course outcomes:

• Learn different types of errors in measurement, calibration process and standards,

various methods for measurement of non-electrical quantities, Understand the different
methods for measurement of various electrical quantities.
• Familiarize the dynamics of instrument systems, various passive and active transducers
• Compare the various measuring techniques for measuring voltage (L4)

TEXT BOOKS:

• H. S. Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2012,

ISBN:9780070702066.
• A. D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper, “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measuring
Techniques”, Pearson, 1st Edition, 2015, ISBN: 9789332556065.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

• David A. Bell, “Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements”, Oxford University Press

PHI 2nd Edition, 2006 ISBN 81-203-2360-2.
• A. K. Sawhney, “Electronics and Electrical Measurements”, Dhanpat Rai &Sons.
ISBN -81-7700-016-0

379 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)–IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3
(19A27802a) FOOD PLANT UTILITIES & SERVICES
OPEN ELECTIVE - IV
PREAMBLE
This subject focuses on different utilities like water, steam, electricity and its properties,
production of consumption of these sources in the food plant.

OBJECTIVES
• To give brief idea about the utilities that are required/used in food industry and their
sources and importance.

UNIT – I

Introduction Classification of various utilities and services in food industry. Water use in Food
Processing Industry Water supply system: Pumps of different types, operational aspects, piping
system for fresh water, chilled water etc., fittings and control, water requirement for cleaning
and processing, water quality, water purification and softening Unit

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Water use in Food Processing Industry
• Water supply system: Pumps of different types, operational aspects, piping system
for fresh water, chilled water etc.,
• fittings and control, water requirement for cleaning and processing,
• water quality, water purification and softening Unit

UNIT – II

Water use in food processing: Different types of water requirements in food processing plants,
types of water use, waste water sources, water wastage minimization, water loadings per unit
mass of raw material. Water conservation: Water and waste water management, economic use
of water, water filtration and recirculation.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Different types of water requirements in food processing plants,
• types of water use, waste water sources, water wastage minimization,
• water loadings per unit mass of raw material
• Water and waste water management, economic use of water,

380 Page
 • water filtration and recirculation

UNIT – III

Steam uses in Food Industry Steam uses in food industry: Food processing operations in which
steam is used, temperature, pressure and quantity of steam required in various food processing
operations Steam generation system: Components of a boiler system, fuels used in boilers,
energy analysis for a steam generation system, heat loss from boiler system, boiler design
consideration.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Food processing operations in which steam is used
• Temperature, pressure and quantity of steam required in various food processing
operations
• Components of a boiler system, fuels used in boilers, energy analysis for a steam
generation system
• Heat loss from boiler system, boiler design consideration.

UNIT – IV

Waste-Heat Recovery in Food Processing Facilities Quantity and quality of waste heat in food
processing facilities, waste heat utilization, heat exchangers for waste heat recovery, heat pumps
for waste heat recovery. Waste Disposal and its Utilization Industrial waste, sewage, influent,
effluent, sludge, dissolved oxygen, biological oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Waste-heat recovery in food processing facilities
• Quantity and quality of waste heat in food processing facilities,
• Waste heat utilization, heat exchangers for waste heat recovery, heat pumps for waste
heat recovery.
• Waste disposal and its utilization industrial waste, sewage, influent, effluent, sludge,
• Dissolved oxygen, biological oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand

UNIT – V

Planning and Design of Service Facilities in Food Industry Estimation of utilities requirements:
Lighting, ventilation, drainage, CIP system, dust removal, fire protection etc. Maintenance of
facilities: Design and installation of piping system, codes for building, electricity, boiler room,
plumbing and pipe colouring, maintenance of the service facilities. Services required in offices,

381 Page
laboratories, locker and toilet facilities, canteen, parking lots and roads, loading docks, garage,
repair and maintenance shop, ware houses etc.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Planning and Design of Service Facilities in Food Industry Estimation of utilities
requirements: Lighting, ventilation, drainage, etc.
• Maintenance of facilities: Design and installation of piping system, codes for building,
electricity, plumbing, maintenance of the service facilities.
• Services required in offices, laboratories, locker and toilet facilities, canteen, parking lots
and roads, repair and maintenance shop, ware houses etc

Course Outcomes

By end of the course, students will understand the following

• Various utilities and services used in food industry and its applications in food industry
namely water, steam, electricity and etc.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Lijun Wang. “Energy Efficiency and Management in Food Processing Facilities”. CRC
Press. 2008,
2. M. E. Casper. “Energy-saving Techniques for the Food Industry”. Noyes Data Corporation.
1977,

REFERENCES

1. P.L. Ballaney, “Thermal Engineering in SI Units”, 23rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
2003.
2. C.P. Arora. “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”. 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd. New Delhi. 2008,
3. W. E. Whitman, “A Survey of Water Use in the Food Industry”, S. D. Holdsworth. Published
by British Food Manufacturing Industries Research Association.
4. Chilton's Food Engineering. 1979, Chilton Co Publishers.

382 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A27802b) NUTRACEUTICALS AND FUNCTIONAL FOODS

OPEN ELECTIVE – IV

PREAMBLE

This course will cover the classification, brief history and the impact of nutraceuticals and
functional foods on health and disease prevention. Nutraceuticals to be covered in the course
include isoprenoids, isoflavones, flavanoids, carotenoids, lycopene, garlic, omega 3 fatty acids,
sphingolipids, vitamin E and antioxidants, herbal products in foods. Also marketing issues
related to functional foods and nutraceuticals as well as stability testing will be reviewed.

Course Objectives:

• To understand the interrelationship between nutraceuticals and health maintenance.

• Cite the evidence supporting the efficacy and safety of nutraceutical and functional food
products
• To explain the metabolic consequences of nutraceuticals and functional foods.
• Describe the physiologic and biochemical changes associated with consumption of
nutraceuticals

UNIT – I

Introduction, definition, Modification in the definition of nutraceuticals. Classification of

nutraceuticals, Nutraceuticals market scenario, formulation considerations. Challenges for
Nutraceuticals.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Classification of nutraceuticals,
• Nutraceuticals market scenario and formulation considerations.
• Challenges for Nutraceuticals.

UNIT – II

Nutraceuticals value of spices and seasoning – Turmeric, Mustard, Chilli, Cumin, Fenugreek,
Black Cumin, Fennel, Asafoetidia, Garlic, Ginger, Onion, Clove, Cardamom etc., Nutraceuticals
from Fruits And Vegetables – Mango, Apple, Grapes, Bel, Banana, Broccoli, Tomato, Bitter
Melon, Bitter Orange etc.

383 Page
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Nutraceuticals value of spices and seasoning – Turmeric, Mustard, Chilli, Etc.
• Nutraceuticals from Fruits and Vegetables – Mango, Apple, Grapes, Tomato etc.

UNIT – III

Omega -3 fatty acids from fish- Typical properties, structural formula, functional category.
CLA- typical properties, structural formula, functional category. Application in Nutraceuticals.
Calcium, chromium, copper, iodine, iron, magnesium, Zn- mechanism of action, bioavailability,
uses and deficiency, dietary sources.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Properties of Omega -3 fatty acids from fish and structures
• Application in Nutraceuticals. Calcium, iodine, iron, Zn- mechanism of action,
bioavailability, uses and deficiency, dietary sources.

UNIT – IV

Definition, classification – Type of classification (Probiotics, probiotics and synbiotics:

Taxonomy and important features of probiotic microorganisms. Health effects of probiotics
including mechanism of action. Probiotics in various foods: fermented milk products, non-milk
products etc. Prebiotics. Definition, chemistry, sources, metabolism and bioavailability, effect
of processing, physiological effects, effects on human health and potential applications in risk
reduction of diseases, perspective for food applications for the following: Non-digestible
carbohydrates/oligosaccharides: Dietary fibre, Resistant starch, Gums.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

• Probiotics, probiotics and synbiotics: important features of probiotic
microorganisms.
• Non-digestible carbohydrates/oligosaccharides: Dietary fibre and etc.

UNIT – V

Phytosterol, Fatty Acids, Carotenoids, Anthocyanins, Carotenoids, Amino Acids, Water Soluble
Vitamins, Free radical biology and antioxidant activity of nutraceuticals. Regulations of
Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods in India and rest of the world.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of unit, students will be able to understand the following

384 Page
 • Phytosterol, Fatty Acids, Carotenoids, Anthocyanins, Free radical biology and
antioxidant activity of nutraceuticals.
• Regulations of Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods in India and rest of the world.

Course Outcomes

• Students will get know the nutraceuticals and its active components in different foods,
regulations on nutraceuticals in India.

TEXT BOOKS

1. “Handbook of Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods. Yashwant Pathak, Vol. 1. (Ingredients,

formulations, and applications)” CRC Press 2005.
2. “Handbook of Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods”. Robert Wildman, 2nd Edition. CRC
Press 2001.

REFERENCES

1. B. Shrilakshmi, “Dietetics”, 5th Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
2. A. E. Bender, “Nutrition and Dietetic Foods”, Chem. Pub. Co. New York, 2nd Edition, 2004.
3. P. S. Howe, “Basic Nutrition in Health and Disease”, 2nd Edition,W. B. Saunders Company,
London, 2003.
4. Kramer, “Nutraceuticals in Health and Disease Prevention”, Hoppe and Packer, Marcel
Dekker, Inc., NY 2001.
5. Bao and Fenwick, “Phytochemicals in Helath and Disease”, Marcel Decker, Inc. NY 2004.

385 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A54802a) MATHEMATICAL MODELING & SIMULATION

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

Course Objective:

This course focuses on what is needed to build simulation software environments, and
not just building simulations using preexisting packages.

UNIT-I:

Simulation Basics-Handling Stepped and Event-based Time in Simulations-Discrete versus

Continuous Modeling-Numerical Techniques-Sources and Propagation of Error

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Understand computer simulation technologies and techniques.

UNIT-II

Dynamical, Finite State, and Complex Model Simulations-Graph or Network Transitions

Based Simulations-Actor Based Simulations-Mesh Based Simulations-Hybrid Simulations

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• implement and test a variety of simulation and data analysis.

UNIT-III

Converting to Parallel and Distributed Simulations-Partitioning the Data-Partitioning the

Algorithms-Handling Inter-partition Dependencies

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Understand concepts of modeling layers of society's critical infrastructure
networks.
• Understand partitioning the data.

UNIT-IV

386 Page
Probability and Statistics for Simulations and Analysis-Introduction to Queues and Random
Noise-Random Variates Generation-Sensitivity Analysis

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Understand Queues and Random noise.
• Understand sensitivity analysis.

UNIT-V

Simulations Results Analysis and Viewing Tools-Display Forms: Tables, Graphs, and
Multidimensional Visualization-Terminals, X and MS Windows, and Web Interfaces-
Validation of Model Results

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to

• Build tools to view and control simulations and their results.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of course, student will be able to

• Understand basic Model Forms.
• Understand basic Simulation Approaches.
• Evaluate handling Stepped and Event-based Time in Simulations.
• Distinguish Discrete versus Continuous Modeling.
• Apply Numerical Techniques.
• Calculate Sources and Propagation of Error.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. JN Kapur, “Mathematical modelling”, Newage publishers

2. Kai Velten, “Mathematical Modeling and Simulation: Introduction for Scientists and
Engineers” Wiley Publishers.

387 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE)– IV-II L T P C
3 0 0 3

(19A51802a) GREEN CHEMISTRY AND CATALYSIS FOR SUSTAINABLE

ENVIRONMENT

Course Objectives:
• Learn an interdisciplinary approach to the scientific and societal issues arising from
industrial chemical production, including the facets of chemistry and environmental
health sciences that can be integrated to promote green chemistry and the redesign of
chemicals, industrial processes and products.
• Understand the use of alternatives assessments that combine chemical, environmental
health, regulatory, and business considerations to develop safer products.

UNIT 1: PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTS OF GREEN CHEMISTRY

Introduction, Green chemistry Principles, sustainable development and green chemistry, atom
economy, atom economic: Rearrangement and addition reactions and un-economic reactions:
Substitution, elimination and Wittig reactions, Reducing Toxicity. Waste - problems and
Prevention: Design for degradation, Polymer recycling.
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Apply the Green chemistry Principles for day to day life as well as synthesis (L3)
• Describe the sustainable development and green chemistry (L2)
• Explain economic and un-economic reactions (L2)
• Demonstrate Polymer recycling (L2)

UNIT 2: CATALYSIS AND GREEN CHEMISTRY

Introduction to catalysis, Heterogeneous catalysts: Basics of Heterogeneous Catalysis, Zeolites
and the Bulk Chemical Industry, Heterogeneous Catalysis in the Fine Chemical and
Pharmaceutical Industries, Catalytic Converters, Homogeneous catalysis: Transition Metal
Catalysts with Phosphine Ligands, Greener Lewis Acids, Asymmetric Catalysis, Heterogenising
the Homogenous catalysts, Phase transfer catalysis: Hazard Reduction, C–C Bond Formation,
Oxidation Using Hydrogen Peroxide, Bio-catalysis and photo-catalysis with examples.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Explain Heterogeneous catalyst and its applications in Chemical and Pharmaceutical

Industries (L2)
• Differentiate Homogeneous and Heterogeneous catalysis (L2)

388 Page
 • Identify the importance of Bio and Photo Catalysis (L3)
• Discuss Transition metal and Phase transfer Catalysis (L3)

UNIT 3: ORGANIC SOLVENTS: ENVIRONMENTALLY BENIGN SOLUTIONS

Organic solvents and volatile organic compounds, solvent free systems, supercritical fluids:
Super critical carbondioxide, super critical water and water as a reaction solvent: water based
coatings, Ionic liquids as catalyst and solvent

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Demonstrate Organic solvents and importance of solvent free systems (L3)

• Discuss Super critical carbondioxide (L2)
• Explain Super critical water and water as a reaction solvent (L2)
• Interpret Ionic Liquids as Catalyst and Solvent (L2)

UNIT 4: EMERGING GREENER TECHNOLOGIES AND ALTERNATIVE ENERGY

SOURCES
Biomass as renewable resource, Energy: Fossil Fuels, Energy from Biomass, Solar Power, Other
Forms of Renewable Energy, Fuel Cells, Chemicals from Renewable feedstocks: Chemicals
from Renewable Feedstocks: Chemicals from Fatty Acids, Polymers from Renewable
Resources, Some Other Chemicals from Natural Resources, Alternative Economies: The Syngas
Economy, The Biorefinery, Design for energy efficiency: Photochemical Reactions: Advantages
of and Challenges Faced by Photochemical Processes, Examples of Photochemical Reactions,
Chemistry Using Microwaves: Microwave Heating, Microwave-assisted Reactions,
Sonochemistry: Sonochemistry and Green Chemistry, Electrochemical Synthesis: Examples of
Electrochemical Synthesis. Industrial applications of alternative environmentally benign
catalytic systems for carrying out the important reactions such as selective oxidation, reduction
and C-C bond formations (specific reactions).
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Describe importance of Biomass and Solar Power (L2)

• Illustrate Sonochemistry and Green Chemistry ((L2)
• Apply Green Chemistry for Sustainable Development (L3)
• Discuss the importance of Renewable resources (L3)

UNIT 5: GREEN PROCESSES FOR GREEN NANOSCIENCE

Introduction and traditional methods in the nanomaterials synthesis, Translating green chemistry
principles for practicing Green Nanoscience. Green Synthesis of Nanophase Inorganic Materials
and Metal Oxide Nanoparticles: Hydrothermal Synthesis, Reflux Synthesis, Microwave-

389 Page
Assisted Synthesis, Other methods for Green synthesis of metal and metal oxide nanoparticles,
Green chemistry applications of Inorganic nanomaterials
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit, the students will be able to

• Discuss green Chemistry Principles for practicing Green nano synthesis (L3)
• Illustrate Microwave Assisted Synthesis (L2)
• Differentiate Hydrothermal and Reflux synthesis (L2)
• Demonstrate Green Chemistry applications of Inorganic nanomaterials (L2)

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course the students should recognize and acquire green chemistry
concepts and apply these ideas to develop respect for the inter connectedness of our world and
an ethic of environmental care and sustainability.

Text Books :
1. M. Lancaster, Green Chemistry an introductory text, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2002.
2. Paul T. Anastas and John C. Warner, Green Chemistry Theory and Practice, 4th Edition,
Oxford University Press, USA
References :
1. Green Chemistry for Environmental Sustainability, First Edition, Sanjay K. Sharma
and Ackmez Mudhoo, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Edited by Alvise Perosa and Maurizio Selva , Hand Book of Green chemistry Volume
8: Green Nanoscience, wiley-VCH, 2013.

390 Page
HONOURS

391 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) L T P C
3 1 0 4

(19A05H01) SECURE SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

(Common to CSE & IT) Honors

Course Objectives

The Course is designed to:

▪ Model and analyze the security of a software system

▪ Improve the security of a product, process, and project objectives.
▪ Perform secure coding and testing
▪ Apply governance and management for secure software

UNIT I
Why Is Security a Software Issue?
Introduction, The problem, Software assurance and software security, Threats to software
security, Sources of software insecurity, The benefits of detecting software security defects
early, Managing secure software development.
What Makes Software Secure?
Defining properties of secure software, How to influence the security properties of software,
How to assert and specify desired security properties.

UNIT II
Requirements Engineering for Secure Software
Introduction, Misuse and Abuse Cases, The SQUARE process model: SQUARE sample outputs,
Requirements elicitation, Requirements Prioritization.
Secure Software Architecture and Design
Introduction, Software security practices for architecture and design: Architectural risk analysis.
Software security knowledge for architecture and design: Security principles, Security
guidelines, and Attack patterns.

UNIT III
Considerations for Secure Coding and Testing
Introduction, Code analysis, Coding practices, Software security testing, Security testing
considerations throughout the SDLC.
Security and Complexity: System Assembly Challenges
Introduction, Security failures, Functional and attacker perspectives for security analysis,
System complexity drivers and security, Deep technical problem complexity.

UNIT IV
Governance and Managing for More Secure Software
Introduction, Governance and security, adopting an enterprise software security framework,
How much security is enough?, Security and project management, maturity of practice.

392 Page
UNIT V
Security Metrics
Defining security metrics, Diagnosing problems and measuring technical security, Analysis
techniques, Organize, aggregate, and analyze data to bring out key insights.

Course outcomes:

Students will be able to:

▪ Identify project security risks & selecting risk management strategies. (L2)
▪ Describe and discuss security concerns designs at multiple levels of abstraction (L3)
▪ Comply with data privacy and security requirements when designing a software
system. (L5)
▪ Design a software solution for secure access and protection of data. (L6)

TEXT BOOKS

1. Software Security Engineering: A Guide for Project Managers, by Julia H. Allen, Sean
Barnum, Robert J. Ellison, Gary McGraw, Nancy R. Mead, Addison-Wesley, 1st edition,
2008.
2. Security Metrics: Replacing Fear, Uncertainty, and Doubt, by Andrew Jaquith, Addison-
Wesley, 1st edition , 2007.
References:

1. Software Security: Building Security In by Gary McGraw. Addison-Wesley.

2. Software Security Engineering: A Guide for Project Managers by Julia H. Allen, Sean
Barnum, Robert J. Ellison, Gary McGraw, and Nancy Mead. Addison-Wesley.

393 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) L T P C
3 1 0 4

(19A05H02) MULTI-CORE ARCHITECTURES & PROGRAMMING

(Common to CSE and IT)
Honors
Course Objectives:
The Course is designed to:

• Provide knowledge on basics of Multi-core architectures and parallel programming

models.
• Design and develop parallel programs using parallel computing platforms such as
OpenMP.

UNIT – I:
Fundamentals of SuperScalar Processor Design, Introduction to Multicore Architecture – Chip
Multiprocessing, homogeneous Vs heterogeneous design - SMP – Multicore Vs Multithreading.
Shared memory architectures– synchronization – Memory organization – Cache Memory –
Cache Coherency Protocols - Design of Levels of Caches.

UNIT - II
Multicore programming Model – Shared memory model, message passing model, transaction
model – OpenMP and MPI Programming. PowerPC architecture – RISC design, PowerPC ISA,
PowerPC Memory Management - Power 5 Multicore architecture design, Power 6 Architecture.

UNIT - III
Cell Broad band engine architecture, PPE (Power Processor Element), SPE (Synergistic
processing element), Cell Software Development Kit, Programming for Multicore architecture.

UNIT - IV
PRAM Model – PRAM Algorithms – Parallel Reduction – Prefix Sums – List Ranking –
Preorder Tree Traversal – Merging Two Sorted Lists – Graph Coloring – Reducing Number of
Processors – NC Class. Classifying MIMD Algorithms – Hypercube SIMD Model – Shuffle
Exchange SIMD Model – 2D Mesh SIMD Model – UMA Multiprocessor Model – Broadcase –
Prefix Sums. Enumeration Sort – Lower Bound on Parallel Sorting – Odd-Even Transposition
Sort –Bitonic Merge – Parallel Quick Sort – Complexity of Parallel Search – Searching on
Multiprocessors.

UNIT - V
P-Depth Search – Breadth Death Search – Breadth First Search – Connected Components – All
pair Shortest Path – Single Source Shortest Path – Minimum Cost Spanning Tree. Matrix
Multiplication on 2-D Mesh, Hypercube and Shuffle Exchange SIMD Models – Algorithms for
Multiprocessors – Algorithms for Multicomputers – Mapping Data to Processors.
Course Outcomes:

394 Page
Students will be able to:

• Outline the developments in the evolution of multi-core architectures and parallel

programming paradigms feature vectors for the Images. (L2)
• Compare various programming languages and libraries for parallel computing
platforms.(L4)
• Make use of profiling tools to analyze the performance of applications by
interpreting the given data (L3)
• Build parallel programs using OpenMP. (L3)
• Evaluate efficiency trade-offs among alternative parallel computing architectures
for an efficient parallel Application design. (L5)
• Analyze performance parameters such as speed-up, efficiency for parallel
programs against serial programs.(L4)

REFERENCES
1. Hennessey and Pateterson, “Computer Architecture A Quantitative Approach”, Harcourt
Asia, Morgan Kaufmann, 1999.
2. Joseph JaJa, “Introduction to Parallel Algorithms”, Addison-Wesley, 1992.
3. Kai Hwang, “Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability and
Programmability” McGraw-Hill, 1993.
4. Richard Y. Kain, “Advanced Computer Architecture: A System Design Approach”, PHI,
1999.
5. Rohit Chandra, Ramesh Menon, Leo Dagum, and David Kohr, “Parallel Programming in
OpenMP”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2000.
6. Michael J. Quinn, “Parallel Computing: Theory & Practice”, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2003.
7. Ananth Grame, George Karpis, Vipin Kumar and Anshul Gupta, “Introduction to Parallel
Computing”, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley, 2003.

395 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) L T P C
3 1 0 4

(19A05H03) REINFORCEMENT LEARNING

(Common to CSE and IT)

Course Objectives:
The Course is designed to:

• Learn how to define RL tasks and the core principles behind the RL, including policies,
value functions.
• Understand and work with tabular methods to solve classical control problems.

UNIT - I : Introduction and Basics of RL

Defining RL Framework, Probability Basics: Probability Axioms, Random Variables,
Probability Mass Function, Probability Density Function, Cumulative Distribution Function
and Expectation. Introduction to Agents, Intelligent Agents – Problem Solving – Searching,
Logical Agents.

UNIT – II: Markov Decision Process and Dynamic Programming

Markov Property, Markov Chains, Markov Reward Process (MRP), Bellman Equations for
MRP, Dynamic Programming: Polices (Evaluation, Improvement, Iteration, Value
Iteration),Asynchronous Dynamic Programming, Generalized Policy Iteration, Efficiency of
Dynamic Programming.

UNIT – III : Monte Carlo Methods and Temporal Difference Learnings:

Monte Carlo: Prediction, Estimation of Action Values, Control and Control without Exploring
Starts, Off-Policy Control, Temporal Difference Prediction:TD(0), SARSA: On-Policy TD
control, Q-Learning: Off-Policy TD control, Games, Afterstates, and Other Special Cases.

UNIT – IV : Deep Reinforcement Learning:

Deep Q-Networks, Double Deep-Q Networks(DQN, DDQN, Dueling DQN, Prioritized
Experience Replay).
Policy Optimization in RL:
Introduction to Policy-based Methods, Vanilla Policy Gradient, REINFORCE Algorithm and
Stochastic Policy Search, AsynchronousActor-Critic and Asynchronous Advantage Actor-
Critic (A2C, A3C), Advanced Policy Gradient (PPO, TRPO, DDPG).

UNIT – V : Multi Agent in RL:

Multi-Agent Learning, Meta-learning, Partially Observable Markov Decision Process, Ethics
in RL, Applying RL for Real-World Problems.

Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:

396 Page
• Create in-code common algorithms following coding standards and libraries used in
RL. (L6)
• Understand and work with approximate solutions.(L1)
• Elaborate imitation learning tasks and solutions.(L6)
• Identify current advanced techniques and applic
Text Books :
• 1.Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, "Reinforcement learning: An Introduction",
Second Edition, MIT Press, 2019.
• 2.Russell, Stuart J., and Peter Norvig. "Artificial intelligence: a modern approach.",
Pearson Education Ltd, 2016.
• 3.Michael Wooldridge, “An Introduction to Multi Agent Systems”, John Wiley, 2002.

Reference Books :
• 1. Ian Goodfellow, YoshuaBengio, and Aaron Courville. "Deep learning." MIT press,
2017.
• 2. Marco Wiering, Martijn van Otterlo(Ed),"Reinforcement Learning, State-of-the-Art,
Adaptation, Learning, and Optimization book series, ALO, volume 12, Springer, 2012.
• 3. Keng, Wah Loon, Graesser, Laura, "Foundations of Deep Reinforcement Learning:
Theory and Practice in Python", Addison Wesley Data & Analytics Series, 2020.
• 4. Francois Chollet, “Deep Learning with Python”, Manning Publications, 2018.
• 5. Ragav Venkatesan, Baoxin Li, “Convolutional Neural Networks in Visual
Computing”, CRC Press, 2018

397 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) L T P C
3 1 0 4

(19A05H04) TRUSTED NETWORK SYSTEMS

(Common to CSE & IT)
Honors

Course Objectives:
The Course is designed to:

• Understand the need for End to end security in wireless communication networks
• Identify the security issues in communication networks. .
• Understand the methods of securing Telephonic Network
• Familiarize with the technologies that enable the operation of trusted network systems

UNIT-1: Certificates and Public Key Infrastructure:

X.509 Basic Certificate fields, RSA Certification- PKI Management Model- Certificate Life
Cycle, CA Trust models Encryption algorithms supported in PKI- Two models for PKI De-
ployment
Proactive Security - Framework Identity and Trust -Visibility - Correlation - Instrumentation
and Management-Isolation and Virtualization -Anomaly Detection Zones -Network Device
Virtualization -Policy Enforcement Visualization Techniques

UNIT-2: Wireless Security

Overview of Cisco Unified Wireless Network Architecture -Authentication and Authorization
of Wireless Users - Lightweight Access Point Protocol (LWAPP) - Wireless Intrusion
Prevention System Integration - Precise Location Tracking -Network Admission Control (NAC)
in Wireless Networks.

UNIT-3: IP Telephony Security

Protecting the IP- Securing the IP Telephony Applications-Protecting Cisco Unified Call
Manager Protecting Against Eavesdropping Attacks
IPv6 Security -Filtering in IPv6 -ICMP Filtering - Extension Headers in IPv6 Spoofing -
Broadcast Amplification or Smurf Attacks -IPv6 Routing Security IPsec and IPv6

UNIT-4: Data Center Security

Protecting the Data Center Against Denial of Service (DoS) Attacks and Worms-Data Center
Segmentation- Deploying Network Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems

UNIT-5: What’s App Encryption

Introduction -Terms -Client Registration - Initiating Session Setup -Receiving Session Setup
Exchanging Messages -Transmitting Media and Other Attachments -Group Messages -Call
Setup - Verifying Keys -Transport Security-Conclusion

398 Page
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:

• Summarize the issues and technologies involved in designing a wireless and mobile
system that is robust against various attacks (L2)
• Identify the state-of-the-art and open problems in wireless end to end security (L3)
• Outline the latest encryption techniques that enable secured communications (L2)
• Analyze the techniques and standards used to implement Secured and trusted network
systems (L4)
• Categorize the attacks on the networks and analyze the methods of ensuring security (L4)

Text Books:

1. O. Santos and Omar Lupi Da Rosa Santos, End-to-end network security: Defense-in- depth.
Indianapolis, IN: Cisco Press, 2007.
2. G. Schudel and D. J. Smith, Router security strategies: Securing IP network traffic planes.
United States: Cisco Press, 2007.

Reference Books

1. E. A. Fisch, G. B. White, and U. W. Pooch, Secure computers and networks: Analysis, design,
and implementation. Boca Raton, FL: Taylor Francis, 1999.

399 Page
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
B.Tech (CSE) L T P C
3 1 0 4

(19A05H05) PARALLEL DATABASE SYSTEMS

(Common to CSE and IT)
Honors

Course outcomes:

The Course is designed to:

• Introduce the need for parallelism in databases

• Teach parallel information retrieval techniques

UNIT- I
Introduction-A Brief Overview: Parallel Databases and Grid Databases, Parallel Query
Processing: Motivations, Parallel Query Processing: Objectives, Forms of Parallelism, Parallel
Database Architectures, Grid Database Architecture
Analytical Models- Cost Models, Cost Notations, Skew Model, Basic Operations in Parallel
Databases

UNIT-II
Parallel Search-Search Queries, Data Partitioning, Search Algorithms
Parallel Sort and GroupBy-Sorting, Duplicate Removal, and Aggregate Queries, Serial
External Sorting Method, Algorithms for Parallel External Sort, Parallel Algorithms for
GroupBy Queries, Cost Models for Parallel Sort, Cost Models for Parallel GroupBy

Parallel Join-Join Operations, Serial Join Algorithms, Parallel Join Algorithms, Cost Models,
Parallel Join Optimization

UNIT-III
Parallel GroupBy-Join: Groupby-Join Queries, Parallel Algorithms for Groupby-Before-Join
Query Processing, Parallel Algorithms for Groupby-After-Join Query Processing, Cost Model
Notations, Cost Model for Groupby-Before-Join Query Processing, Cost Model for “Groupby-
After-Join” Query Processing.
UNIT-IV
Parallel Indexing: Parallel Indexing–an Internal Perspective on Parallel Indexing Structures,
Parallel Indexing Structures, Index Maintenance, Index Storage Analysis, Parallel Processing of
Search Queries using Index, Parallel Index Join Algorithms, Comparative Analysis.
Parallel Query Scheduling and Optimization: Query Execution Plan, Subqueries Execution
Scheduling Strategies, Serial vs. Parallel Execution Scheduling, Scheduling Rules, Cluster
Query Processing Model, Dynamic Cluster Query Optimization, Other Approaches to Dynamic
Query Optimization.
UNIT-V
Hash Table-Introduction to Hash Table, Static Hashing, Dynamic Hashing.

400 Page
Transactions in Distributed and Grid Databases-Grid Database Challenges, Distributed
Database Systems and Multidatabase Systems, Basic Definitions on Transaction Management,
Acid Properties of Transactions, Transaction Management in Various Database Systems,
Requirements in Grid Database Systems, Concurrency Control Protocols, Atomic Commit
Protocols, Replica Synchronization Protocols

Course outcomes:

Students will be able to:

• Identify the introductory distributed database concepts and its structures. (L2)
• Describe terms related to distributed object database design and management. (L2)
• Design transaction management and query processing techniques in DDBMS. (L5)
• Relate the importance and application of emerging database technology. (L4)

Text Books:

1. DAVID TANIAR, CLEMENT H.C. LEUNG WENNY RAHAYU, SUSHANT GOEL,

“High-Performance Parallel Database Processing and Grid Databases”, Wiley, 2008.

References:

1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, M.T. Ozsu and P. Valduriez, Prentice-

Hall, 1991.
2. Distributed Database Systems, D. Bell and J. Grimson, Addison-Wesley, 1992.

401 Page